We are consulting on the following changes to the Knowledge Base. ... Why we are consulting Via our July 2026 Handbook Notice, we updated rules in our Prospectus Rules: Admission to Trading on a Regulated Market (PRM) sourcebook which require us to update Technical Notes (TNs) 602 and 605.Following consultation on TN…
AI Analysis
The FCA is consulting until 9 December 2026 on consequential updates and deletions from its Primary Markets Knowledge Base following the 19 January 2026 commencement of the Public Offers and Admissions to Trading Regulations 2024 regime and the FCA’s 31 July 2026 PRM amendments. The proposals would align TN 602.5 with the narrower employee/director prospectus exemption, align TN 605.5 with the revised “manifestly the same” test for supplementary prospectuses, and remove superseded or duplicative guidance; they do not themselves introduce new binding Handbook obligations.
Key dates
2026-01-19
The Public Offers and Admissions to Trading Regulations 2024 regime and the PRM sourcebook came into force, replacing the UK Prospectus Regulation framework for relevant new activity.
2026-07-31
The FCA’s PRM Clarificatory Amendments Instrument 2026 came into force, including amendments to PRM 1.4.12R and PRM 10.1.9R.
2026-11-04
GC26/8 consultation opened and the FCA published Primary Market Bulletin No. 67.
2026-12-09 Deadline
Deadline for comments on the proposed amendments and revocations.
Suggested considerations
Firms should review the proposed amendments to TN 602.5 and TN 605.5 and consider submitting comments to the FCA at [email protected] by 9 December 2026.
Issuers and advisers should reassess employee and director share-scheme prospectus-exemption analyses under PRM 1.4.12R, including whether any onward-transfer purpose could make the exemption unavailable.
Issuers, arrangers and counsel should update precedent opinions, prospectus checklists and supplementary-prospectus procedures to use the PRM 10.1.9R “manifestly the same” formulation rather than relying on the former “fungible” wording.
Firms should identify references to UKLA/TN/103.1 and PN 902.4 in listing manuals, training, transaction checklists and legal memoranda, and determine whether those references should be removed or replaced with current UKLR, PRM or FCA website material.
Teams handling legacy prospectuses should distinguish the new PRM framework from saving provisions for prospectuses approved under the former UK Prospectus Regulation, including the transitional provisions in regulation 48 of the Public Offers and Admissions to Trading Regulations 2024.
Compliance teams may wish to monitor the FCA’s final decision and the Knowledge Base after the consultation closes before treating the proposed deletions or amended notes as final guidance.
What changed
The FCA proposes to amend Primary Market/TN/602.5 so that its guidance on the prospectus exemption for securities offered, allotted or to be allotted to existing or former directors or employees refers to PRM 1.4.12(2)(c). The related PRM 1.4.12R amendment is intended to ensure that the exemption is used only for legitimate incentive and employee share schemes and is unavailable where the purpose is subsequent transfer rather than a genuine employee or director scheme.
Compliance impact
The immediate impact is limited because GC26/8 is a consultation on non-Handbook Knowledge Base material and does not itself create new binding rules. The practical risk is interpretive: continuing to rely on superseded premium-listing or final-terms guidance, or applying the employee/director exemption or supplementary-prospectus route using outdated assumptions, could contribute to an incorrect prospectus analysis or deficient FCA submission under the binding PRM rules.
On 4 November 2026, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA launched the consultation on the partially revised Circular 2019/2 “Interest rate risks – banks”. The consultation will go on until 15 January 2027.
AI Analysis
FINMA opened a consultation on 4 November 2026 to partially revise Circular 2019/2, including implementation of the Basel Committee’s July 2024 recalibrated interest-rate shocks for banking-book risk. The proposal also responds to FINMA’s 2025 ex-post evaluation by refining proportionality, validation expectations and consideration of earnings effects; it is not yet a binding final rule.
Key dates
2025-11-26
FINMA published its ex-post evaluation of Circular 2019/2, identifying potential improvements to proportionality and validation requirements and announcing a planned partial revision.
2026-11-04
FINMA launched the consultation on the partial revision of Circular 2019/2.
2027-01-15 Deadline
The FINMA consultation period closes; consultation responses should be submitted by this date.
Suggested considerations
Banks should review the consultation package and consider submitting comments to FINMA by 15 January 2027, particularly on proportionality, validation burden, earnings-risk metrics and implementation timing.
Risk and finance teams should perform an impact assessment using the Basel Committee’s July 2024 recalibrated shock methodology, including the potential effect of 25-basis-point rounding and updated historical calibration data.
Banks should map current interest-rate-risk models, independent validation procedures and model governance against the expected clarification of minimum validation requirements.
Compliance teams may wish to reassess whether the institution’s proportionality framework appropriately differentiates requirements by size, business model, complexity and risk profile, while retaining evidence supporting those judgments.
Treasury and risk functions should assess whether existing interest-rate-risk reporting captures both economic-value effects and effects on net interest income or other relevant revenue measures.
Governance bodies should record the consultation assessment, scenario-analysis results, model changes and any decision to submit industry comments, while continuing to apply the currently effective Circular 2019/2 until a final revision enters into force.
What changed
The proposed revision would update the standardised interest-rate shock scenarios used to measure interest-rate risk in the banking book, reflecting the Basel Committee’s July 2024 recalibration. The Basel recalibration uses updated historical data, a 99.9th-percentile shock-factor methodology and shock values rounded to 25 basis points; the Basel standard contemplated implementation from 1 January 2026, but the Swiss implementation timeline will depend on FINMA’s final circular.
Compliance impact
The consultation does not itself create new binding obligations, but it signals a likely near-term supervisory adjustment affecting interest-rate-risk measurement, model validation, proportionality assessments and earnings-risk monitoring. Banks may face implementation, model redevelopment, data, governance and reporting work once the final circular is adopted; weaknesses in managing banking-book interest-rate risk can also lead to intensified supervisory monitoring or other supervisory measures under FINMA’s existing powers.
Notice of proposed rulemaking and request for comment. The FDIC is seeking comment on a proposal that would: remove the regulation regarding recordkeeping for timely deposit insurance determination; revise the regulation regarding large-bank deposit insurance determination modernization to modify the requirements…
AI Analysis
The FDIC proposed rescinding 12 CFR part 370 and shifting institutions currently subject to that rule into an amended 12 CFR 360.9 framework. The proposal would remove the obligation for the largest insured depository institutions to build and maintain their own deposit-insurance calculation systems, while preserving standardized data, provisional-hold, recordkeeping, and depositor-notification capabilities needed for prompt FDIC determinations.
Key dates
2026-11-04
The proposed rule was published in the Federal Register at 91 FR 69642.
2027-01-04 Deadline
Comments on RIN 3064-AG35 must be received by the FDIC.
2029-10-01
First proposed inflation-based adjustment to the section 360.9 covered-institution and larger-covered-institution thresholds.
Suggested considerations
Affected banks should assess whether they meet the proposed covered-institution or larger-covered-institution thresholds using Call Report definitions and current deposit-account and asset data.
Current part 370 institutions should map existing output files and deposit-account records against the 26 proposed mandatory fields in 12 CFR part 360 appendices C through G, identifying gaps in account title, ownership, relationship, beneficiary, domestic-versus-foreign, and other required data.
Part 370 institutions should evaluate the effect of replacing their own deposit-insurance calculation systems with FDIC-calculation reliance, while preserving or redeveloping the provisional-hold capabilities required by proposed section 360.9.
Larger covered institutions should inventory transactional accounts subject to the proposed account-holder contractual or disclosure requirement and determine which mortgage-servicer, fiduciary, real-estate, IOLTA, employee-benefit-plan, and trust-related accounts may be excluded.
Compliance, operations, legal, and technology teams should review the proposed six-month implementation period for general requirements and 18-month period for provisional-hold requirements for institutions that are larger covered institutions on the final rule's effective date.
Banks approaching the thresholds should establish monitoring for two consecutive quarters, the proposed 12-month implementation period after becoming a larger covered institution, and the proposed release mechanism after three consecutive quarters below the relevant threshold.
Institutions should consider whether to submit comments by January 4, 2027, particularly on field-level data requirements, provisional-hold redevelopment, account-holder disclosures, transition timing, exemptions, and the CPI-W indexing methodology.
Industry commentary indicates that the proposal is being read primarily as a burden-reduction measure for large banks, with estimated annual savings of approximately $33 million offset by approximately $14 million in transition costs; firms should nevertheless account for operational work associated with standardized data and provisional holds.
What changed
Proposed revised 12 CFR 360.9 would apply to insured depository institutions with at least $2 billion in deposits and either at least 250,000 deposit accounts or at least $20 billion in total assets, regardless of deposit-account count. A new category of larger covered institution would include institutions with at least $2 billion in deposits and two million or more deposit accounts. Part 370 institutions would generally become larger covered institutions under section 360.9, and would no longer need to operate systems capable of calculating deposit-insurance coverage themselves.
Compliance impact
The proposal would materially reduce the technology and ongoing recordkeeping burden for current part 370 institutions, but it would preserve significant resolution-readiness obligations involving standardized data, provisional holds, and customer communications. The FDIC estimates 148 affected IDIs, approximately $14 million in aggregate transition costs, approximately $33 million in annual savings from rescinding part 370, and approximately $31 million in annualized net savings over a 10-year horizon.
This joint Discussion Paper with the Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) and The Pensions Regulator (TPR) seeks views on proposals for a Guided Retirement framework in both contract and trust-based workplace pension schemes. ... Read DP26/2 ... Why we are publishing this Discussion PaperThis Discussion Paper, which…
AI Analysis
The FCA, DWP and TPR have opened DP26/2, a joint policy consultation on how Guided Retirement should operate across contract-based and trust-based workplace defined contribution schemes. It is not yet a binding rule change, but it signals a substantial future shift toward default retirement-income solutions and indicates that FCA conduct requirements will build on and adapt the targeted-support framework in COBS 9B.
Key dates
2026-11-03
DP26/2 opened and was first published by the FCA jointly with the DWP and TPR.
2026-12-22 Deadline
Deadline for responses to the Guided Retirement policy consultation.
Suggested considerations
Firms should consider submitting responses to the DWP Guided Retirement Policy Team by 22 December 2026, including evidence on feasibility, consumer outcomes, product design, costs, data and operational dependencies.
Contract-based providers should assess how potential Guided Retirement requirements could interact with their existing COBS 9B targeted-support processes, governance, suitability or appropriateness controls, customer communications and record keeping.
Providers, trustees and administrators should map current retirement journeys and identify gaps in member data, administration systems, payment capabilities, transfer processes, decumulation products and management information.
Scheme operators should consider which default retirement-income models could meet the emerging policy objectives, including approaches involving staged or flexible access and protection against longevity risk, while avoiding premature conclusions before the FCA rules and DWP regulations are consulted on.
Governance teams should establish ownership for Guided Retirement readiness and monitor the FCA, DWP and TPR consultations expected to follow, including the FCA consultation on draft rules and guidance planned for the second half of 2027.
Firms should assess interactions with other workplace-pension reforms, particularly value-for-money requirements, consumer-support arrangements, conflicts management and member communications, because independent commentary has identified a risk of overlapping or inconsistent standards.
What changed
The Discussion Paper sets out initial joint proposals for implementing Guided Retirement, under which workplace pension schemes would provide a clear, high-quality default route into retirement for eligible savers who do not make complex active choices. The framework is intended to apply across both FCA-regulated contract-based schemes and trust-based schemes, with the FCA required to introduce rules that achieve, so far as possible, the same outcomes as the duties imposed on trustees by the Pension Schemes Act 2026.
Compliance impact
The immediate compliance impact is low because DP26/2 is a discussion paper and does not create binding obligations. Its strategic impact is high for workplace DC providers and trustees: the emerging regime is expected to require materially different retirement-product, conduct, administration, governance and communications capabilities, with the FCA indicating that future rules will be aligned as far as possible with the trustee duties introduced by the Pension Schemes Act 2026.
This joint Discussion Paper with the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) seeks views that will help inform future consideration of the regulatory framework for credit unions. ... Read DP26/1 ... Why we are publishing this Discussion PaperThe PRA and FCA are not proposing or committing to any specific policy changes…
AI Analysis
The FCA and PRA published joint Discussion Paper DP26/1 on 3 November 2026 to review whether the UK credit-union regulatory framework remains proportionate for a larger and more diverse sector. It introduces no rules or immediate compliance obligations, but signals possible future differentiation between smaller credit unions and larger, more complex firms, alongside potential reforms supporting innovation, competition, resilience and orderly exit.
Key dates
2026-11-03
FCA and PRA published DP26/1: Credit unions: review of the regulatory regime.
2027-03-05 Deadline
Deadline for responses to DP26/1 to be sent to the FCA.
Suggested considerations
Credit unions should consider whether to submit a response by 5 March 2027, addressing the questions and evidence relevant to their business model, size, complexity, growth plans and risk profile.
Boards and senior management may wish to assess how potential changes to prudential requirements, permitted activities, governance expectations, operational resilience and resolution or exit arrangements could affect strategic plans, without treating the Discussion Paper as a change to current rules.
Compliance and regulatory-policy teams should map the firm’s current obligations under the PRA Rulebook Credit Unions Part, applicable FCA conduct requirements and the Credit Unions Act 1979, then identify areas where proportionality or regulatory barriers create material costs or risks.
Credit unions may wish to engage with representative bodies and credit union service organisations to develop evidence on member outcomes, access to affordable credit, innovation, consolidation, operational dependencies and barriers to orderly exit.
Firms should monitor subsequent FCA and PRA consultation papers, policy statements and rule changes because any future implementation would require a separate policy process and could include differentiated requirements for smaller and larger credit unions.
What changed
No binding regulatory requirements or policy changes have been introduced. The regulators are seeking evidence on whether the existing prudential framework remains appropriate; whether risk-based and proportionate requirements could better support growth and complexity; whether the framework provides adequate safeguards while enabling competition and innovation; and whether credit unions have effective tools for orderly market exit. The publication is relevant to credit unions in Great Britain and Northern Ireland, their members, credit union service organisations and trade associations.
Compliance impact
Immediate compliance impact is low because the Discussion Paper creates no new obligations, thresholds or reporting requirements. Strategic and supervisory significance is moderate: the regulators are testing the future shape of the regime for a sector serving more than 2 million members, and later reforms could alter prudential proportionality, permitted growth and innovation, governance or orderly-exit expectations.
Credit unions could benefit from several ideas put forward today by the Prudential Regulation Authority and Financial Conduct Authority aimed at helping the sector grow, innovate and meet the changing needs of their members.
AI Analysis
The PRA and FCA published a joint discussion paper on 3 November 2026 reviewing whether the UK credit union regulatory framework remains proportionate as firms grow, diversify and adopt new technology. No rule changes have been made: the paper seeks evidence on potentially lighter requirements for smaller credit unions, more risk-sensitive prudential treatment for larger firms, improved outsourcing and innovation support, conversion to building societies and more flexible solvent exit arrangements; responses are due by 5 March 2027.
Key dates
2026-11-03
PRA and FCA publish the joint discussion paper and open the feedback period.
2027-03-05 Deadline
Deadline for responses to the discussion paper to be submitted to the PRA and FCA.
Suggested considerations
Firms should assess the discussion paper against their size, growth trajectory, business model, lending mix, capital methodology, governance arrangements and operational-risk profile.
Credit unions may wish to submit evidence to the PRA and FCA by 5 March 2027, including quantified costs and benefits of simplified requirements, risk-based capital treatment, revised reporting and any proposed thresholds.
Compliance and risk teams should map current internal-audit, regulatory-documentation, capital, leverage-ratio, risk-weighted-asset, capital-add-on and stress-testing requirements so that the impact of possible future options can be assessed without assuming that any proposal is yet effective.
Boards and senior management should consider whether planned growth, aggregator arrangements, mortgage or fixed-rate lending, outsourcing and technology investment are matched by appropriate governance, liquidity, credit-risk, operational-resilience and third-party oversight capabilities.
Firms considering new products or services should identify statutory, prudential, conduct, systems and outsourcing barriers and document the safeguards that would be needed to support a credible response to the regulators.
Credit unions should review current wind-down, transfer and restructuring plans and identify legislative or contractual barriers to sale of loan books, transfer of business or conversion to another mutual form.
Industry bodies and service providers may wish to coordinate submissions on FCA fees, shared-service models, CUSO capability, third-party guidance and the practical consequences of applying Small Domestic Deposit Takers rules.
What changed
This is a discussion paper, not a consultation proposing or committing to specific policy changes, so existing PRA and FCA requirements continue to apply. The regulators are examining whether internal-audit and regulatory-document requirements could be reduced for smaller and simpler credit unions; whether larger or more complex credit unions should move to a risk-based framework with more flexible capital requirements; and whether relevant Small Domestic Deposit Takers rules, including the standardised approach for risk-weighted assets, could replace the current simple leverage-ratio...
Compliance impact
Immediate compliance impact is low because the regulators have expressly stated that they are not proposing or committing to policy changes at this stage. Strategic and supervisory significance is medium to high for credit unions: future reforms could materially alter capital calculations, reporting, internal audit, outsourcing expectations, product capability and exit planning, while rapid growth without stronger controls could increase supervisory scrutiny and member-outcome risk.
The PRA has consulted on rulebook and supervisory-statement changes to support Northern Ireland’s proposed Credit Unions (Amendment) Bill, expected to take effect in April 2027. The proposals would bring member referrals and loan participation within the PRA’s additional-activities framework, with enhanced expectations for governance, due diligence, contractual risk allocation, lending limits, large exposures, provisioning and capital; market materials describe the reforms as enabling and voluntary, with practical impact depending on each credit union’s uptake and capability.
Key dates
2026-11-03
PRA published CP15/26 for consultation.
2026-12-04
Northern Ireland Assembly consultation on the Credit Unions (Amendment) Bill closes; this is a legislative scrutiny date, not a stated PRA consultation deadline.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to track the Northern Ireland Assembly’s passage and final commencement provisions for the Credit Unions (Amendment) Bill rather than treating the consultation proposals as final requirements.
Credit unions considering member referrals should assess governance, counterparty due diligence, member eligibility and service-specific responsibilities, and consider whether contracts prevent inappropriate transfer of credit risk back to the referring credit union.
Credit unions considering loan participation should consider documenting originator and participant roles, borrower relationship ownership, underwriting and monitoring responsibilities, security and enforcement rights, default allocation, concentration limits, large-exposure treatment, provisioning and capital treatment.
Boards and senior managers may wish to assess whether existing risk appetite, lending policies, management information, stress testing and internal controls are proportionate to the additional activities contemplated by the PRA.
Firms may wish to map existing lending-limit, large-exposure, provisioning and capital processes against the proposed treatment of participation loans and identify data or systems changes needed before implementation.
Credit unions that do not intend to undertake the new activities may wish to document that decision and retain evidence that their existing governance and control framework remains appropriate for their current business model.
Affected firms may wish to monitor the PRA’s final policy statement and any revised SS2/23 or Rulebook text before committing to new products or contractual arrangements.
What changed
The PRA proposes amendments to the Credit Unions Part of the PRA Rulebook and SS2/23 – Supervising Credit Unions. Member referral arrangements would be treated as an additional activity; the receiving credit union would retain responsibility for the referred member’s credit risk, and firms would be expected to maintain effective governance, due diligence and clear contractual allocation of responsibilities.
Compliance impact
The impact is medium for NICUs that choose to undertake referrals or loan participation and limited for firms that remain within their existing business model. The PRA describes targeted increases in compliance, governance, risk analysis, stress-testing and operational costs, with potential prudential consequences if credit, concentration, operational or contagion risks are not properly controlled; the changes are not yet final rules and are intended to align with legislation targeted for April 2027.
The PRA and FCA published a joint review of the UK credit-union regulatory framework, focused on whether rules designed for small, simple institutions remain proportionate as some credit unions grow, diversify and undertake more complex lending. DP2/26 is exploratory rather than rule-making: it introduces no immediate obligations, but signals possible future changes to prudential calibration, governance, outsourcing, mortgage and fixed-rate lending safeguards, CUSOs and solvent-exit tools.
Key dates
2026-11-03
PRA publication date for DP2/26 and FCA publication date for the parallel credit-union discussion paper DP26/1.
Firms should consider whether to submit evidence or a response to DP2/26 by 2027-03-05, addressing the questions most relevant to their size, business model, activities and growth plans.
Compliance teams may wish to map current prudential, reporting, governance and operational-resilience requirements against the proposed distinction between small and simple firms and larger or more complex credit unions.
Credit unions considering growth should assess whether board expertise, senior-management capacity, capital and liquidity planning, credit-risk controls, member-servicing capability and operational resilience will scale with membership and lending volumes.
Firms may wish to review governance and controls for aggregator-driven growth, mortgage lending, fixed-rate products, outsourced activities, third-party providers and CUSO relationships, because these are identified as areas where future safeguards or supervisory expectations may develop.
Boards and senior managers should consider how existing responsibilities under Rule 11.5(3) of the Credit Unions Part of the PRA Rulebook are evidenced, including oversight of regulatory compliance, risk management and business growth.
Credit unions may wish to evaluate their current solvent-exit and wind-down arrangements, including the feasibility of transferring business, selling a loan book, restructuring or maintaining continuity of member services.
Trade associations and service organisations may wish to provide data on compliance costs, asset-based thresholds, barriers to permitted activities, common-bond expansion, CUSO use and the practical effects of different prudential models.
Firms should monitor subsequent PRA and FCA consultations and any legislative proposals; no implementation plan or transition timetable has been established at this stage.
What changed
No rules, thresholds, permissions or supervisory requirements have been amended by DP2/26. The regulators are seeking evidence on six outcomes: proportionate regulation; consumer confidence and protection; competition and innovation; long-term sustainability; operational resilience and risk management; and orderly market exit.
Compliance impact
The immediate compliance impact is low because the discussion paper creates no binding requirements or policy changes. Strategic and supervisory significance is nevertheless material: the review may lead to a more differentiated regime, with reduced burden for the smallest firms but stronger, more risk-sensitive governance, capital, liquidity and operational controls for larger or faster-growing credit unions.
MAS announced new initiatives to support insurers in mobilising long-term capital for infrastructure and securitisation investments. These include a S$30 million grant scheme to support insurers in building infrastructure investment capabilities, and a more risk-sensitive insurance capital framework.
AI Analysis
MAS announced a S$30 million Infrastructure Capability Development Grant for insurers and consulted on further differentiated capital treatment under the enhanced Risk-Based Capital 2 framework. The proposals could reduce capital charges for qualifying rated infrastructure debt, risk-mitigated infrastructure debt and equity, and certain senior investment-grade securitisation tranches, but they are not yet binding; industry reporting indicates the measures build on capital changes effective 31 March 2026 and respond to concerns about limited insurer infrastructure allocations and inconsistent asset assessment.
Key dates
2026-11-02
MAS announced the grant scheme, commenced Consultation Paper P018-2026, and the Infrastructure Capability Development Grant took effect.
2026-12-18 Deadline
Deadline for comments on MAS Consultation Paper P018-2026 concerning capital treatment for securitisation and infrastructure investments under RBC 2.
2026-03-31
Earlier RBC 2 revisions concerning differentiated capital treatment for qualifying infrastructure investments took effect; this is relevant background to the current consultation.
Suggested considerations
Compliance and regulatory affairs teams should review Consultation Paper P018-2026 and consider submitting comments to MAS by 18 December 2026.
Insurers should distinguish the currently effective RBC 2 requirements from the proposed capital treatments and avoid applying the proposed lower charges before the relevant amendments take effect.
Investment, risk and actuarial teams should inventory infrastructure debt, infrastructure equity and securitisation exposures and assess which assets could potentially satisfy the proposed credit-quality, contractual-revenue, demand-risk, counterparty, securitisation, diversification and liquidity criteria.
Firms should review their investment due-diligence, valuation, credit-assessment and documentation processes so that qualifying characteristics can be evidenced and maintained throughout the investment lifecycle.
Insurers considering the grant should contact MAS to obtain the Infrastructure Capability Development Grant terms, eligibility requirements, application process, eligible-cost rules and reporting conditions.
Firms should monitor MAS updates on standardised disclosure templates, assessment guidance and fund-manager declarations and assess whether investment mandates and manager reporting can support those formats.
Insurers should monitor MAS recognition of additional external credit assessment institutions and review whether expanded recognised-rating coverage could affect sourcing, eligibility or capital calculations.
Governance committees should consider whether proposed infrastructure allocations remain consistent with policyholder protection, asset-liability management, concentration limits, liquidity needs and existing investment-risk policies.
What changed
The Infrastructure Capability Development Grant takes effect on 2 November 2026 and will be funded through the Financial Sector Development Fund. It may support dedicated investment teams, staff capability development, and professional services used to establish or expand infrastructure investment activities in Singapore; insurers must approach MAS for scheme details and eligibility conditions. MAS is consulting on further amendments to the insurance capital framework under RBC 2.
Compliance impact
The immediate impact is moderate because the capital changes are proposals rather than binding requirements, while the grant and future assessment infrastructure create implementation and governance considerations for affected insurers. If adopted, the amendments could materially change risk-based capital calculations, eligible-asset analysis, investment incentives and documentation expectations, but MAS states that prudential standards and policyholder protection will be maintained.
Informs insurers on the issuance of the Consultation Paper on Capital Treatment for Securitisation and Infrastructure Investments for Insurers.
AI Analysis
MAS has opened consultation P018-2026 on further refinements to the RBC 2 capital treatment of securitisation and infrastructure investments, following revisions that took effect on 31 March 2026. The proposals would make capital charges more risk-sensitive by extending potential relief to qualifying rated infrastructure debt, risk-mitigated infrastructure investments and certain senior investment-grade securitisation tranches, while supporting insurer capability-building through a separate S$30 million grant scheme.
Key dates
2026-11-02
MAS published Circular ID 12/26 and opened consultation P018-2026 on capital treatment for securitisation and infrastructure investments under RBC 2.
2026-11-02
The S$30 million Infrastructure Capability Development Grant for Insurers took effect, subject to MAS grant arrangements.
2026-12-18 Deadline
Deadline for submitting comments on consultation P018-2026.
2026-03-31
Earlier finalised RBC 2 revisions to the capital treatment of securitisation and infrastructure investments took effect; the current consultation proposes further refinements to that framework.
Suggested considerations
Compliance and capital teams should review the consultation paper and consider submitting comments to MAS by 18 December 2026, particularly on eligibility tests, evidence requirements, capital calibrations and implementation timing.
Firms should map current and planned infrastructure debt, infrastructure equity, infrastructure-fund and securitisation exposures against the proposed qualifying criteria, distinguishing assets that could benefit from lower charges from assets that would remain subject to existing treatment.
Investment, risk and finance functions should assess whether existing due diligence, valuation, credit assessment, look-through analysis and documentation can evidence contractual revenues, demand-risk limitations, counterparty strength, tranche seniority, investment grade status, diversification, liquidity and simplicity, transparency and comparability.
Firms should monitor amendments to MAS Notice 133 and Notice FHC-N133 and avoid reflecting proposed capital relief in regulatory capital planning, pricing or investment limits until the proposals are finalised and effective.
Insurers may wish to assess whether they qualify for or could benefit from the Infrastructure Capability Development Grant and identify capability gaps in origination, underwriting, infrastructure valuation, credit analysis and ongoing monitoring.
Governance teams should establish a process for monitoring the additional external credit assessment institutions, standardised disclosure templates, fund-manager declarations and assessment guidance that MAS may introduce.
Groups with infrastructure investments held through funds or structured products should confirm whether the final treatment will permit look-through and should not assume that infrastructure-backed structured products qualify for infrastructure treatment rather than structured-product treatment.
What changed
This is a consultation and does not itself amend Notice 133 or impose new binding capital requirements. MAS is proposing lower capital charges for rated infrastructure debt that satisfies specified credit-quality and other qualifying criteria; for qualifying infrastructure equity and debt investments with risk mitigants such as long-term contractual or regulated revenues, limited demand-risk exposure and strong counterparties; and for senior investment-grade securitisation tranches meeting relevant simplicity, transparency and comparability criteria or specified diversification and liquidity...
Compliance impact
The publication has no immediate effect on binding capital calculations, but it is strategically significant for insurers because final measures could change risk-weighted capital requirements, asset allocation economics, investment limits and eligibility controls for infrastructure and securitised assets. Market commentary characterises the initiative as a targeted easing for qualifying assets intended to mobilise insurers' long-term capital, while preserving prudential safeguards through credit-quality, structural, liquidity, diversification and risk-mitigation conditions.
BOARD MEETING | OCTOBER 30, 2026 FDIC Board of Directors Approve New Action By notational vote, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation's Board of Directors today unanimously approved the following matter. Materials and information related to this Board action are available on the Board Matters webpage . Notice of…
AI Analysis
On October 30, 2026, the FDIC Board unanimously approved a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to modernize large-bank deposit-insurance determination requirements. The proposal appears intended to reduce the operational burden created by overlapping requirements under 12 CFR part 370 and 12 CFR 360.9 while preserving the FDIC’s ability to obtain standardized depositor data promptly after a bank failure; it is not yet a binding rule.
Key dates
2026-10-30
FDIC Board unanimously approved the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking by notational vote.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams should obtain and review the complete NPRM, including proposed amendments, definitions, scope thresholds, transition provisions, and the Federal Register comment deadline, because the bulletin itself contains only a high-level announcement.
Firms should map each insured depository institution against the current applicability criteria in 12 CFR part 370 and 12 CFR 360.9, documenting deposit-account counts, domestic deposits, total assets, existing exemptions, certifications, and any voluntary compliance elections.
Affected institutions should inventory overlapping deposit-insurance determination, depositor-record, provisional-hold, data-format, and reporting capabilities to identify systems that could potentially be consolidated if the proposal is finalized.
Technology, operations, deposit administration, legal, resolution-planning, and third-party-risk teams should assess whether current data lineage, account ownership and capacity coding, reconciliation, testing, and FDIC access processes would satisfy a revised standardized-record framework.
Firms should consider submitting comments on the operational feasibility, treatment of affiliates and mergers, transition periods, testing expectations, treatment of custodial and pass-through accounts, and whether any proposed relief would create gaps in failure-day data availability.
Institutions should continue complying with currently effective 12 CFR part 370 and 12 CFR 360.9 requirements until a final rule becomes effective and any applicable transition period expires.
What changed
The FDIC has proposed amendments concerning the framework used by large insured depository institutions to maintain depositor records and support rapid deposit-insurance determinations. Based on the FDIC’s accompanying policy direction and independent industry commentary, the proposal would likely preserve standardized depositor-record and data-access requirements while reducing or eliminating the need for institutions subject to 12 CFR part 370 to maintain separate, independent deposit-insurance determination systems.
Compliance impact
The immediate legal impact is limited because this is a proposal rather than a final rule, and the bulletin does not announce a compliance deadline. The potential operational impact is material for covered large banks: a finalized rule could reduce duplicative technology and recordkeeping obligations, but institutions would still need accurate, standardized depositor data and reliable failure-day access capable of supporting prompt FDIC insurance determinations.
ASIC consults on financial resources requirements for market operators
AI Analysis
ASIC is consulting on a substantial clarification of the financial-resources guidance in RG 172 for Australian licensed market operators. The proposed framework would make six months of operating expenses a minimum baseline, require clearer separation of liquidity and capital resources, and impose stronger scenario analysis, stress-testing, reporting and monitoring expectations, particularly for significant market venues.
Key dates
2026-12-04 Deadline
ASIC consultation on CS 69 and the proposed RG 172 update closes at 5pm AEDT.
Suggested considerations
Market licensees should consider submitting responses to CS 69 by 5pm AEDT on 4 December 2026, addressing whether the proposed methodology is workable for their business model and venue type.
Compliance teams may wish to map current financial-resources calculations against the proposed six-month minimum and identify whether all venue, group, outsourcing and related-party operating costs are included.
Licensees should consider separating liquid resources supporting continuity and recovery from capital buffers supporting positive net assets and loss absorption, and documenting the legal availability of each resource.
Market operators may wish to perform severe-but-plausible recovery and orderly-wind-down scenarios, including critical-service recovery, prolonged disruption, higher professional costs and support for affected users.
Significant market venues should consider developing or enhancing scenario analysis, stress-testing governance, assumptions, frequency, management information and escalation thresholds.
Finance and compliance functions may wish to prepare evidence linking financial-resources calculations to specific balance-sheet items and to the methodologies and assumptions reported under section 792F.
Boards and senior management should consider reviewing dividend, distribution, intra-group funding and other capital-management controls to prevent actions that could cause or reasonably be expected to cause a financial-resources shortfall.
Licensees should consider establishing documented monitoring, notification and remediation processes for actual or prospective shortfalls, including assessment of notification obligations under section 792B and restoration timeframes agreed with ASIC.
What changed
The consultation proposes revised RG 172 guidance supporting the existing obligation in section 792A(1)(d) of the Corporations Act 2001 to maintain sufficient resources to operate a market properly. A licensee would assess resources for all of its activities, not only a particular venue, and would generally need resources sufficient to cover at least six months of operating expenses; the assessment should include relevant service and outsourcing costs, including related-party arrangements.
Compliance impact
The proposal does not yet create final additional binding requirements, but it materially sharpens ASIC's stated expectations under the existing section 792A(1)(d) obligation. A shortfall could raise questions about continued compliance, trigger notification under section 792B, require corrective action and resource restoration agreed with ASIC, and increase the risk of supervisory intervention or an orderly-wind-down concern.
The text contains only a title, publication date, and a link to a PDF of the firm's submission. The firm name, State Street Global Advisors Ireland Limited, supports an Investment Management and Asset Manager classification. The consultation's subject matter is not stated in the text, so the topic is General.
The document is titled as an answer to a public consultation by Schroders Investment Management (Europe) S.A., an asset manager, and published by the CSSF. The text contains no substantive content, so the topic cannot be determined and is tagged General.
We're consulting on how the equity consolidated tape provider (CTP) should share income with data contributors, and enhanced operational incident reporting requirements for all CTPs. ... Read CP26/39 (PDF)We’re introducing an equity CT to bring together and distribute UK trading data in a single, comprehensive…
AI Analysis
The FCA is consulting until 17 December 2026 on the methodology for distributing the equity consolidated tape provider’s income-sharing pool among data contributors, following its July 2026 decision that the equity CTP must share part of its income. It is also proposing enhanced operational incident reporting requirements for all CTPs, alongside the broader incident-reporting regime taking effect on 18 March 2027; market commentary indicates that income sharing is being viewed as a mechanism to secure venue participation and the tape’s long-term commercial viability, while the incident regime is intended to standardise escalation and improve supervisory visibility.
Key dates
2026-10-29
FCA CP26/39 published and consultation opens.
2026-12-17 Deadline
Deadline for responses to CP26/39.
2027-03-18
PS26/2 final rules and guidance on operational incident and material third-party reporting come into force; the CTP-related enhanced reporting framework is expected to apply from this date.
2027-01-01
FCA plans to publish a Feedback Statement confirming the income-sharing metric and percentage for the equity CTP.
2027-04-01
FCA expects to publish its Policy Statement on how shared equity-CTP income is distributed among data contributors during spring 2027.
Suggested considerations
Trading venues and other potential data contributors should consider modelling how alternative allocation metrics, including data contribution, trading activity, quote quality or coverage measures, could affect their expected income-sharing receipts.
Prospective equity CTP bidders should consider the proposed distribution methodology, the five-year concession structure and the resulting revenue, accounting, data-governance and contractual controls in procurement and operating models.
CTPs and firms providing critical technology or data services to CTPs should map operational incidents against the PS26/2 thresholds and assess whether current escalation, evidence retention and regulatory-notification procedures can support reporting as soon as practicable.
CTPs should consider whether their incident-management playbooks distinguish standard and enhanced reporting, capture significant status changes and support submissions through the FCA’s prescribed reporting channel.
Affected stakeholders should consider submitting responses to the FCA consultation by 17 December 2026, particularly on allocation fairness, data-contribution measurement, treatment of different contributor classes and the operational burden of enhanced incident reporting.
Compliance teams may wish to track the early-2027 Feedback Statement on the income metric and percentage, the spring-2027 Policy Statement on distribution rules and the separate final rules on systematic-internaliser quotes.
What changed
The FCA proposes to add Handbook rules and guidance governing how the portion of equity CTP income specified in the five-year concession agreement is allocated among data contributors. The proposed allocation rules would apply regardless of the income metric or percentage ultimately specified in that agreement; the FCA plans to confirm the income-sharing percentage and metric in an early-2027 Feedback Statement and the distribution rules in a spring-2027 Policy Statement.
Compliance impact
This is a consultation rather than a final rule, so it does not yet create the proposed allocation obligations or amend the final incident-reporting framework. Its practical significance is nevertheless high for CTPs, venues, APAs and SIs because it may determine future revenue entitlements, data-contribution incentives, contractual controls and operational reporting processes; the final PS26/2 incident rules will create binding reporting obligations from 18 March 2027.
The Bank of England has today launched a consultation supporting central counterparties (CCPs) acceptance of tokenised forms of eligible collateral.
AI Analysis
The Bank of England published a consultation on draft supervisory expectations for UK CCPs seeking to accept tokenised versions of collateral already eligible under the proposed UK CCP Rulebook. The proposal does not create a separate tokenised-collateral regime or expand the eligible-asset list; instead, it clarifies how existing approval, collateral-risk, custody, operational-resilience and governance requirements would apply to tokenised arrangements, subject to responses by 2027-02-12.
Key dates
2026-10-29
The Bank of England published the consultation and draft Supervisory Statement on CCP acceptance of tokenised collateral.
2027-02-12 Deadline
Consultation closes; responses on the draft supervisory expectations and wider tokenised-collateral policy are requested by this date.
2028-01-01
Target year for the Bank’s planned RT2 synchronisation capability supporting settlement between digital-asset ledgers and central bank money; this is a stated implementation target, not a compliance deadline.
Suggested considerations
CCPs and prospective CCP applicants should consider whether tokenised versions of currently accepted or eligible collateral would constitute new collateral requiring notification to, or permission from, the Bank under the existing supervisory and margin-permission processes.
Compliance, legal and risk teams should consider mapping each proposed tokenised collateral arrangement end to end, including issuance, representation of rights, custody, transfer, settlement finality, redemption, liquidation and default management.
CCPs should consider preparing evidence on valuation methodology, price reliability, liquidity, conversion between tokenised and conventional forms, repo or outright-sale access, stress-market behaviour and concentration treatment across identical underlying assets.
CCPs and their service providers should consider legal opinions addressing ownership, enforceability, insolvency treatment, settlement finality under the Settlement Finality Regulations, transfer restrictions and the relationship between ledger records, CSD records and underlying assets.
Operational-resilience assessments should consider ledger, bridge, smart-contract, custodian, wallet, key-management and other third-party failure scenarios, including alternative access, transfer, liquidation and recovery arrangements.
CCPs should consider whether proposed arrangements require changes to models, parameters, margining, collateral haircuts, default-management procedures, investment-policy controls, outsourcing oversight or governance approvals.
Affected firms and infrastructure providers may wish to submit responses to the Bank’s consultation by 2027-02-12, particularly on practical barriers, wider tokenised-asset use cases and whether the proposed expectations remain suitable for future collateral types.
Firms operating cross-border collateral arrangements should consider the interaction with parallel international developments, including ESMA’s October 2026 call for evidence on tokenised collateral in EU central clearing.
What changed
The Bank proposes to assess tokenised collateral through the existing supervisory process for new collateral, including where a tokenised version has risk characteristics that differ from the approved non-tokenised asset because of its delivery method, credit risk or liquidity profile. The draft Supervisory Statement adopts a technology-neutral, outcomes-focused and proportionate approach: CCPs would need to demonstrate that tokenised collateral can be valued, transferred, controlled and realised within required timeframes in normal and stressed conditions.
Compliance impact
The consultation does not impose immediate new binding obligations, but it is a significant supervisory signal that tokenisation will be assessed within existing CCP risk-management and approval frameworks rather than treated as inherently prohibited. Practical compliance impact is potentially high for CCPs and their members pursuing tokenised collateral because approval may depend on demonstrable legal certainty, reliable valuation and liquidation, operational resilience, custody control and management of additional intermediary and technology risks.
We're consulting on changes to our Financial Crime Guide to help firms strengthen their systems and controls. ... Read CP26/38 (PDF)Why we're consultingFirms are essential partners in tackling financial crime.We want firms to keep detecting, preventing and disrupting financial crime, so we can protect consumers and…
AI Analysis
The FCA opened CP26/38 on 23 October 2026 to consult on updates to its Financial Crime Guide, with responses due by 24 December 2026. The proposals would refresh supervisory expectations across fraud, cryptoassets, sanctions, proliferation financing, data security, financial-crime systems and controls, and money laundering and terrorist financing, including preparation for the new cryptoasset regime expected from October 2027.
Key dates
2026-10-23
FCA consultation CP26/38 opened and published.
2026-12-24 Deadline
Deadline for submitting responses to the FCA consultation.
2027-10-01
The FCA describes the new cryptoasset regime as applying from October 2027; the precise commencement date should be confirmed against the final legislation and FCA rules.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the proposed changes and submit consultation responses through the FCA online form by 24 December 2026, particularly where the proposals would create material implementation costs or operational challenges.
Firms should consider mapping current fraud, AML/CTF, sanctions, proliferation-financing, data-security and financial-crime systems-and-controls frameworks against the consultation themes, while recognising that the proposals are not yet final guidance.
Cryptoasset businesses and firms intending to provide regulated cryptoasset services may wish to assess readiness for the new regime expected in October 2027, including AML/KYC controls, blockchain analytics, Travel Rule processes, sanctions screening, transaction monitoring and governance.
Firms using AI or external technology providers for transaction monitoring, customer screening or other financial-crime controls should consider documenting model governance, validation, parameter testing, explainability, human oversight, data security, third-party oversight and retention of decision records.
Senior management and boards may wish to review whether financial-crime management information, risk assessments and escalation arrangements adequately cover proliferation financing, sanctions evasion, cryptoasset risks and reliance on outsourced or AI-enabled controls.
Firms may wish to monitor the FCA's final Policy Statement and consolidated Financial Crime Guide, since the final text may differ from the consultation proposals and is likely to inform future supervisory assessments.
What changed
No new binding rules have been made by this consultation. The FCA proposes to revise non-Handbook guidance and practical examples in the Financial Crime Guide to reflect emerging risks and regulatory developments, including AI and third-party tools used in financial-crime controls, cryptoasset-specific risks, evolving financial and trade sanctions, proliferation financing, data security, fraud, and AML/CTF systems and controls.
Compliance impact
The immediate legal impact is limited because CP26/38 is a consultation and does not itself impose new binding obligations. Its supervisory significance is nevertheless high: the proposed guidance would provide the FCA's updated benchmark for assessing whether firms' systems and controls are adequate, and weaknesses may contribute to supervisory intervention, remediation requirements or enforcement where they also indicate breaches of applicable obligations under the Money Laundering Regulations, sanctions legislation or FCA rules.
Publication of list of rules scheduled for review. The Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission") is publishing a list of rules to be reviewed pursuant to section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. The list is published to provide the public with notice that these rules are scheduled for review by the…
Why this matters
The SEC publishes a list of rules scheduled for review under RFA section 610 and invites public comment by 11/23/2026, which makes it a consultation with a comment deadline.
We’re consulting on changes to streamline and improve the Senior Managers and Certification Regime (SM&CR) as part of the second phase of our reforms. ... Read CP26/37 (PDF)Why we are consultingChanges proposed in the Financial Services and Markets (FSM) Bill remove many prescriptive SM&CR requirements from…
AI Analysis
The FCA is consulting on the second and more substantial phase of its SM&CR review, proposing to remove the Certification Regime, retire the Directory, reduce the number of pre-approved Senior Management Functions and narrow the Enhanced-firm population. The proposals are intended to preserve senior-manager accountability while reducing an estimated £229.9 million of annual compliance costs, but firms would retain responsibility for fitness, competence, conduct, internal Statements of Responsibilities and management-responsibility mapping.
Key dates
2026-10-22
FCA published CP26/37 and opened the consultation.
2027-01-22 Deadline
Deadline for consultation responses.
2027-06-30
End of the first half of 2027, during which the FCA expects to publish final regulatory requirements; the exact publication date is not specified.
Suggested considerations
Firms should assess the consultation proposals against their current SMF population, including whether SMF18, SMF22 or the existing SMF7 definition is used and how responsibilities would be reallocated.
Dual-regulated and Enhanced firms should review whether SMF5 and SMF10 to SMF15 appointments would move from prior approval to notification, while considering the continuing need for documented fitness and propriety assessments.
Compliance teams may wish to model whether the proposed £200 million, £100 billion, £75 million and £750 million Enhanced thresholds would change the firm's classification, including group-level and three-year rolling-average calculations.
Firms should plan to preserve accurate internal Statements of Responsibilities and Management Responsibilities Maps even if routine FCA submissions are removed.
Firms should review Prescribed Responsibility allocations and identify the impact of removing nine responsibilities, including the proposed retention of A, D, Z and J-3.
Certification-function inventories, annual certification processes, regulatory-reference procedures and Directory reporting should be mapped so that transition arrangements can be implemented if the proposals are finalised; firms should not discontinue current obligations before final rules and commencement.
Conduct and HR teams should assess changes to training, staff notifications, disciplinary classifications, appeal processes and breach-reporting workflows, distinguishing staff subject only to Individual Conduct Rules from those also subject to Senior Manager Conduct Rules.
Firms should retain processes for prompt notification of matters of regulatory significance under Principle 11, SUP 15 and SUP 10C, because the consultation does not remove those obligations.
What changed
The FCA proposes to make SMF5 (Head of Internal Audit) and SMF10 to SMF15 functions notified rather than subject to prior approval at specified dual-regulated and Enhanced firms. It proposes to remove SMF18 (Other Overall Responsibility) and SMF22 (Local Responsibility), narrow SMF7 (Group Entity Senior Manager), and retain SMF24 (Chief Operations Function) as a pre-approved function.
Compliance impact
This is a broad, high-significance consultation rather than binding law or final rules, and existing SM&CR, Certification Regime, Directory and Conduct Rules obligations continue unless and until amended requirements commence. If adopted, the package would materially reduce recurring administrative work but create substantial transition activity around role mapping, firm classification, competence controls, disciplinary reporting and the preservation of internal accountability evidence.
The number of financial services roles required to face enhanced checks from regulators will fall significantly under proposals that will support growth.
AI Analysis
The PRA and FCA opened parallel consultations on 22 October 2026 to substantially simplify the Senior Managers and Certification Regime (SM&CR), while retaining pre-approval and individual accountability for the most important roles. The proposals would remove certification requirements for approximately 139,000 individuals, shift selected senior functions from approval to notification, and reduce estimated industry compliance costs by approximately £2 billion over 10 years, but they are not yet binding and several changes require legislation.
Key dates
2026-10-22
The FCA and PRA published parallel Phase 2 SM&CR consultations.
2027-01-22 Deadline
Deadline for responses to the FCA and PRA SM&CR Phase 2 consultations.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the FCA consultation CP26/37 and PRA consultation CP14/26 and consider submitting responses by 22 January 2027.
Firms should continue operating existing SM&CR approval, certification, Directory, Conduct Rule and responsibility-mapping processes unless and until final rules and any required legislation take effect.
Firms may wish to map current Senior Management Functions and identify Chief Actuary, Risk Committee Chair and Audit Committee Chair roles that could move from pre-approval to notification, while retaining evidence of fitness, propriety, competence and suitability assessments.
Compliance teams should identify employees who could fall outside the proposed Certification Regime and assess how internal competence, performance, disciplinary and conduct controls would operate without annual regulatory certification.
Firms may wish to model the effect of the proposed Enhanced-regime threshold increases on their classification, governance documentation, prescribed responsibilities and approval processes.
Firms should review Conduct Rule breach-reporting workflows and training curricula, but should not apply a higher reporting threshold or reduced training scope until the relevant final rules are published and effective.
Governance teams may wish to assess the proposed removal of ongoing Statements of Responsibilities and Management Responsibilities Map submissions and determine what internal records will still be needed to demonstrate clear accountability.
Firms with cryptoasset activities or planned authorisation may wish to consider the interaction between these proposals, the FCA's modification-by-consent approach for cryptoasset firms and the wider cryptoasset perimeter work.
What changed
The regulators propose removing pre-approval for a range of functions, including Chief Actuaries and Chairs of Risk and Audit Committees, with firms instead notifying the regulators and retaining responsibility for fitness and propriety. Chief Executive, Chief Financial Officer and Chair roles would generally remain subject to regulatory pre-approval, while regulators could require pre-approval for otherwise notified roles in high-risk cases.
Compliance impact
This is a high-significance consultation rather than a current change in legal obligations. If adopted, it would materially reduce approval, certification, Directory, reporting and training administration across a broad population of firms, but firms would still need robust evidence of individual accountability, fitness and propriety, competence and conduct; independent market commentary also emphasises that the reforms are contingent on the Financial Services and Markets Bill 2026 and subsequent final rules.
The PRA has proposed the second and most substantial phase of reforms to the Senior Managers and Certification Regime, subject to enactment and commencement of the Financial Services and Markets Bill 2026. The package would shift many senior appointments from pre-approval to notification, remove most PRA Certification Regime assessment and documentation requirements for approximately 7,700 individuals, and extend temporary SMF cover from 12 to 18 weeks while retaining firms’ accountability for fitness, propriety, competence and conduct.
Key dates
2026-10-22
PRA CP14/26 was published and the Phase 2 consultation opened.
2027-01-22 Deadline
Deadline for responses to the PRA consultation.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map current SMFs against the proposed pre-approved and notified categories, with particular attention to Chief Actuary, Risk Committee Chair, Audit Committee Chair and SMF7 roles.
Firms should consider how they would evidence fitness, propriety, competence and conduct decisions if formal Certification Regime assessments, certificates and regulatory references are removed.
Governance functions may wish to assess the proposed reduction in Prescribed Responsibilities and the future frequency of Statements of Responsibilities and Management Responsibilities Maps, while preserving clear accountability records.
Firms may wish to review succession and contingency arrangements against the proposed 18-week temporary SMF cover period and assess whether internal approval workflows can support faster interim appointments.
Dual-regulated firms should compare PRA CP14/26 with FCA CP26/37 and identify differences in scope, timing, forms, conduct-breach notifications and transitional arrangements.
PRA-authorised firms may wish to prepare a consultation response addressing the proposed implementation period before the 2027 final policy.
Firms should continue operating existing SM&CR approval, certification, fitness and propriety, regulatory-reference and notification obligations unless and until final rules and applicable legislative changes take effect.
Compliance teams may wish to monitor the passage and commencement of the Financial Services and Markets Bill 2026 because the principal Phase 2 reforms depend on those legislative steps.
What changed
The PRA proposes to introduce a notification approach for almost half of current Senior Management Functions, including Chief Actuaries and Chairs of Risk and Audit Committees, while retaining an anticipated power to require pre-approval for an otherwise notified role in exceptional cases. Group Entity Senior Manager Function SMF7 would be divided between pre-approved and notified roles.
Compliance impact
The proposal would have a high operational impact because it would require firms to redesign SMF appointment, governance-record, certification, conduct-notification and HR control processes across affected populations. It is not yet binding: existing requirements continue to apply pending legislation, final rules and commencement, and the PRA’s stated objective is to preserve individual accountability while reducing regulatory burden and pre-approvals.
We’re consulting on non-Handbook guidance to help firms providing financial services using decentralised finance (DeFi) comply with our rules on operational resilience and financial crime, and with the Money Laundering Regulations (MLRs). ... Read GC26/7 (PDF) ... Why we are consultingOur guidance covers observations…
AI Analysis
The FCA has opened consultation GC26/7 on non-Handbook guidance for FCA-regulated firms using decentralised finance, focusing on operational resilience, financial crime controls and the Money Laundering Regulations. The consultation does not itself create new binding rules, but it signals that existing expectations will apply to DeFi arrangements and that firms should assess heightened risks before the new cryptoasset perimeter takes effect on 25 October 2027.
Key dates
2026-10-21
FCA published GC26/7 and opened the guidance consultation.
2026-11-18 Deadline
Deadline for consultation responses to GC26/7.
2027-01-01
FCA plans to publish final DeFi guidance during January 2027; no specific publication day has been stated.
2027-10-25
The Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Cryptoassets) Regulations 2026 are due to bring new cryptoasset activities into the FCA regulatory perimeter.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map each DeFi use case, protocol, smart-contract dependency, service provider and customer-facing activity against the firm's existing SYSC 15A, SYSC 6 and Money Laundering Regulations obligations.
Firms should consider documenting governance and accountability for DeFi arrangements, including who controls or can materially influence protocol changes, access permissions, treasury assets, upgrades, emergency controls and customer outcomes.
Operational resilience teams may wish to assess important business services, impact tolerances, vulnerabilities, third-party and smart-contract dependencies, oracle and bridge risks, key-management arrangements, cyberattack scenarios and credible disruption testing.
Financial-crime teams should consider whether existing customer due diligence, transaction monitoring, sanctions screening, blockchain analytics, wallet-risk assessment, suspicious activity escalation and record-keeping controls remain effective for pseudonymous, automated or cross-chain activity.
Firms may wish to review outsourcing and third-party risk assessments for protocol developers, validators, custodians, wallet providers, analytics providers, cloud infrastructure and other critical DeFi dependencies.
Legal and regulatory teams should assess whether current and planned activities fall within the existing perimeter or the new cryptoasset activities introduced by the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Cryptoassets) Regulations 2026, including whether there is an identifiable controlling entity.
Affected stakeholders may wish to submit responses to the FCA by 18 November 2026 and identify any areas where the illustrative guidance is unclear, disproportionate or difficult to apply to genuinely decentralised arrangements.
Firms may wish to track the FCA's planned final guidance in January 2027 and update risk assessments, policies, control testing and implementation plans before the new cryptoasset regime commences.
What changed
The FCA is proposing guidance describing the operational resilience and financial crime risks associated with DeFi and providing illustrative measures firms may consider. The guidance is relevant to firms within SYSC 15A, SYSC 6 and the Money Laundering Regulations, including firms using distributed-ledger technology, automated protocols, open and interoperable systems or arrangements with limited traditional intermediation. It is intended to clarify application of existing requirements rather than establish a separate DeFi regime or new Handbook obligations.
Compliance impact
The immediate legal impact is limited because GC26/7 is proposed non-Handbook guidance and does not itself impose new binding requirements. Its practical significance is nevertheless material: the FCA is signalling supervisory expectations for governance, resilience and financial-crime controls in DeFi, and weaknesses may contribute to consumer harm, market-integrity concerns, operational disruption or regulatory breaches under existing SYSC and MLR requirements.
We're consulting on guidance to help firms understand new exclusions from cryptoasset regulation, following recent legislative changes. ... Read CP26/36 (PDF)Why we are consultingWe're consulting on guidance to explain how recent legislative changes affect the UK's cryptoasset regulatory perimeter. The draft…
AI Analysis
The FCA is consulting on amendments to PERG guidance explaining exclusions created by the draft Cryptoassets (Miscellaneous Amendments) Regulations 2026. The clarification is material for firms assessing whether their activities will require FCA authorisation from 25 October 2027, particularly technical-service providers, stablecoin payment arrangements, settlement intermediaries and proprietary traders; market commentary indicates that the exclusions are fact-dependent and do not automatically exempt DeFi front ends or automated blockchain services.
Key dates
2026-09-30
The application period opened for existing UK cryptoasset businesses seeking to conduct new regulated cryptoasset activities and benefit from the savings provision.
2026-10-21
FCA consultation CP26/36 opened and was published.
2026-11-18 Deadline
Deadline for responses to FCA consultation CP26/36.
2027-01-01
FCA aims to publish final perimeter guidance after considering consultation responses.
2027-02-28 Deadline
Application period closes for firms seeking to rely on the savings provision for newly regulated cryptoasset activities.
2027-10-25
The Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Cryptoassets) Regulations 2026 are scheduled to bring the new cryptoasset activities into the FCA regulatory perimeter.
Suggested considerations
Firms should map each proposed and existing cryptoasset activity against the statutory regulated activities in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Cryptoassets) Regulations 2026 and the proposed PERG guidance, documenting the factual basis for any exclusion relied upon.
Technical-service providers should assess whether they merely provide access to a third-party service or decentralised protocol, or whether they also arrange, execute, safeguard, operate, control or otherwise provide a service to users; the use of automation or decentralised technology should not be treated as determinative.
Stablecoin and payment businesses should identify the precise duration, purpose, parties and asset flows associated with temporary holding and backing-asset arrangements and test whether the relevant statutory conditions are met.
Trading firms and market makers should distinguish genuine proprietary trading from activity performed as a service for another person and retain evidence supporting any reliance on the proprietary-trading or qualifying-cryptoasset-trading-platform market-maker exclusion.
Firms should review safeguarding and settlement structures, including structures involving central securities depositaries and third-country central securities depositaries, for possible inclusion within the proposed exclusions or within regulated custody-related activities.
Businesses that may need authorisation should consider submitting responses to CP26/36 by 18 November 2026 and should not defer application planning while the guidance remains in consultation.
Existing UK cryptoasset businesses seeking to conduct newly regulated activities should consider submitting an otherwise complete application between 30 September 2026 and 28 February 2027 to preserve access to the applicable savings provision.
Firms materially affected by uncertainty about the technical-services-provider exclusion should consider engaging the FCA through its pre-application support service and retaining evidence of how that uncertainty affected application preparation.
What changed
The FCA proposes guidance on exclusions from regulated cryptoasset activities introduced by the draft Cryptoassets (Miscellaneous Amendments) Regulations 2026. The examples include temporary settlement arrangements; temporary arrangements for holding UK qualifying stablecoins in connection with payment transactions; arrangements involving backing assets held in relation to a UK qualifying stablecoin; proprietary trading where the person is not providing a service to another person; proprietary trading by a market maker on a qualifying cryptoasset trading platform; and technical services that...
Compliance impact
The immediate publication is guidance consultation rather than a final new obligation, but it materially affects perimeter analysis and authorisation strategy ahead of the 25 October 2027 commencement date. Firms that incorrectly rely on an exclusion may face carrying on regulated activities without the required FCA permission, while firms that apply unnecessarily may incur avoidable authorisation and compliance costs; the FCA expressly identifies inadvertent perimeter breaches as a risk.
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) is finalizing a new information collection that would include weekly and quarterly reporting forms that must be completed by permitted payment stablecoin issuers and foreign payment stablecoin issuers registered with the OCC under the Guiding and Establishing…
AI Analysis
The OCC has revised proposed Forms PS-01 and PS-02 for OCC-supervised permitted payment stablecoin issuers and registered foreign payment stablecoin issuers, following feedback on its June 2026 proposal and the OCC’s October 21, 2026 final rule implementing the GENIUS Act. Subject to Office of Management and Budget approval, issuers would face standardized weekly reporting on stablecoin activity and reserves beginning with the January 25, 2027 report date and quarterly financial-condition reporting beginning with the March 31, 2027 report date.
Key dates
2026-10-21
OCC publishes Bulletin 2026-52, revised PS-01 and PS-02 forms for public comment, and issues its GENIUS Act implementing final rule.
2027-01-18
The OCC final rule implementing the GENIUS Act and the GENIUS Act take effect, according to the OCC’s related final-rule materials.
2027-01-25 Deadline
First weekly PS-01 report date, subject to OMB approval of the information collection.
2027-03-31 Deadline
First quarterly PS-02 report date, subject to OMB approval of the information collection.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams at affected issuers should review the revised PS-01 and PS-02 workbooks and instructions and identify every required data element, reporting frequency, aggregation rule, and responsible control owner.
Firms should consider submitting comments within 30 days after publication of the information-collection notice in the Federal Register, with particular attention to data availability, calculation methodology, confidentiality, reporting burden, and transition timing.
Issuers should map daily issuance, redemption, reserve, ownership-concentration, and trading data to PS-01 and test whether systems can produce a complete weekly submission for the January 25, 2027 report date, subject to OMB approval.
Issuers should assess whether finance and regulatory-reporting systems can produce PS-02 information on income, assets, liabilities, off-balance-sheet activities, and capital for the March 31, 2027 report date.
Firms should establish governance for data certification, reconciliation to general-ledger and reserve records, exception management, senior review, and retention of supporting documentation for OCC examination.
Issuers should assess the interaction between the reporting forms and the final rule’s reserve, redemption, risk-management, audit, capital, custody, and supervisory requirements, rather than treating the forms as an isolated reporting exercise.
Foreign issuers should confirm their OCC registration status, reporting perimeter, U.S. activities, and allocation of information-production responsibilities between U.S. operations, parent entities, and service providers.
What changed
The OCC is reopening public comment on revised weekly Form PS-01 and quarterly Form PS-02 and their instructions. PS-01 requires daily data compiled and submitted weekly for each payment stablecoin, covering issuance, reserves, ownership concentration, and trading activity. PS-02 requires quarterly reporting on the issuer’s condition and income, including balance-sheet assets and liabilities, off-balance-sheet activities, income, and capital.
Compliance impact
The impact is high for affected issuers because the proposal converts stablecoin activity, reserve, and financial-condition data into recurring supervisory reporting obligations, with weekly operational data and quarterly financial reporting. Independent legal and industry commentary characterizes the broader OCC rule as establishing enforceable reserve, redemption, capital, risk-management, audit, custody, and supervision standards; failures in reporting or underlying controls could therefore increase examination, enforcement, and—in the broader GENIUS Act framework—potential penalty...
Proposed rule. The NCUA Board (Board) solicits public comment on a proposal to streamline the methods a federally insured credit union (FICU) may use to provide its members with notice of share insurance coverage. The current regulation is overly prescriptive, mandating that a FICU make available hard copies of…
Why this matters
The text is a web-access notice from the Federal Register/eCFR sites, not a consultation. It asks flagged users to complete a CAPTCHA, points to the developer APIs, and directs IP-range requests to a help form.
Proposed rule. The NCUA Board (Board) is proposing to amend its regulations governing the requirements for federal share insurance. This action would remove the requirement for federally insured, state-chartered credit unions to establish a special reserve for certain investments that are beyond those authorized for…
Why this matters
The publication type is set by the regulator as consultation. The body is a Federal Register/eCFR scraping-block and CAPTCHA page, not the consultation text, so no deadline, obligations, or proposed provisions can be confirmed.
Proposed rule. The NCUA Board (Board) solicits public comment on a proposal to remove a regulatory provision regarding the process for maintaining federal share insurance following the conversion of a federal credit union (FCU) to a state charter. The provision is unnecessarily duplicative of a similar provision…
Why this matters
The regulator sets the publication type as consultation and the title identifies a charter-conversion subject, which supports Banking & Credit, Authorisation & Licensing, and Credit Union.
Japan’s Financial Services Agency published the Business Accounting Council Audit Standard Committee’s exposure draft revising Japanese auditing standards, focused on going-concern audits and consistency of fraud-audit requirements with International Standards on Auditing. The draft is not yet binding, but market commentary indicates that it may lead to expanded auditor evaluation of management’s going-concern assessment, enhanced audit-report explanations, and implementation for audits of fiscal years ending in March 2028 if finalized.
Key dates
2026-10-16
The FSA published the exposure-draft consultation materials prepared by the Audit Standard Committee of the Business Accounting Council.
2026-11-16 Deadline
Public comments close at 5:00 p.m. JST.
Suggested considerations
Audit firms should review the exposure draft against current Japanese Auditing Standards, the Standard to Address Fraud Risks, ISA 240, and ISA 570, and identify differences in required procedures, documentation, communications, and reporting.
Issuers and other audited entities should assess whether their going-concern assessment process, cash-flow forecasts, stress testing, remediation plans, and financial-statement disclosures can support a more demanding auditor review.
Finance and audit-committee functions should consider whether management’s documented assessment period extends to at least 12 months after the financial statements’ authorization date, as indicated by independent commentary on the draft.
Audit committees and supervisory boards should consider whether existing oversight of fraud-risk assessment, management override, whistleblowing, unusual transactions, and remediation of control deficiencies addresses issues highlighted by recent Japanese fraud cases.
Eligible stakeholders should consider submitting comments to the FSA by 5:00 p.m. Japan Standard Time on November 16, 2026, particularly on transition timing, the scope of enhanced going-concern reporting, and the interaction between the Japanese standards and international standards.
Multinational groups should monitor the final Japanese requirements and compare them with the going-concern and fraud-audit requirements applied to the group under ISA or other local auditing frameworks.
What changed
The consultation proposes revisions requiring auditors to take more appropriate and consistent actions regarding the going-concern assumption and to enhance explanations and information provided about going-concern matters, while maintaining consistency with international auditing standards. It also initiates a review of the alignment between International Standards on Auditing, Japanese Auditing Standards, and Japan’s Standard to Address Fraud Risks, including whether the standards adequately address lessons from recent fraud cases.
Compliance impact
No immediate new legal obligation applies because the publication is an exposure draft. If finalized, the revisions could materially increase the evidence, challenge, documentation, communications, and reporting expected from auditors and could require audited entities to strengthen going-concern forecasting, fraud-risk governance, and disclosure controls; independent commentary points to possible application for audits of fiscal years ending in March 2028.
Interval Fund Modernization; Expansion of Multiple Share Class to Registered Closed-End Management Investment Companies and Business Development Companies
AI Analysis
The SEC corrected the comment-period language for its September 30, 2026 proposed rule on interval-fund modernization and multiple share classes. The correction confirms that comments on the substantive proposal are due December 4, 2026; it does not itself adopt any new compliance obligation or change the proposal’s substance.
Key dates
2026-09-30
The SEC issued the proposed rule, Release Nos. 33-11444, 34-106534, and IC-36351; this is the underlying proposal date, not an effective date for new obligations.
2026-10-05
The proposed rule was published in the Federal Register at 91 FR 63388.
2026-10-20
The SEC published a correction replacing the DATES section and confirming the comment deadline.
2026-12-04 Deadline
Comments on the proposed rule must be received by the SEC.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to calendar December 4, 2026 as the deadline for submitting comments to File No. S7-2026-34 and coordinate comments across legal, fund governance, distribution, operations, and investor-relations functions.
Affected fund sponsors should consider assessing whether monthly or otherwise revised repurchase intervals, delayed initial repurchase offers, or more frequent discretionary repurchases would better align with portfolio liquidity and investor-liquidity expectations if the proposal is adopted.
Registered closed-end funds and BDCs considering multiple share classes should consider mapping proposed Rule 18f-3 and Rule 17d-3 conditions against existing exemptive orders, board procedures, fee arrangements, allocation methodologies, distribution agreements, and conflict controls.
Fund boards and advisers may wish to evaluate the anticipated written multiple-share-class plan, board approval requirements, class-level expense allocation, asset-based distribution and service-fee arrangements, and related disclosure controls.
Operations and disclosure teams should consider a gap analysis for proposed changes to Form N-2, Form N-CEN, Form N-23c-3, shareholder reports, prospectus legends, expense examples, NAV and repurchase processing, and investor communications.
Firms should continue treating the current Investment Company Act rules and existing exemptive orders as controlling until any final rule becomes effective and applicable transition or rescission provisions are issued.
What changed
The October 20, 2026 Federal Register correction replaces the prior DATES text in the October 5 proposal and expressly states that the release was published on October 5, 2026 and that comments must be received by December 4, 2026. The underlying proposal would amend Investment Company Act Rules 23c-3, 18f-3, and 17d-3 and related forms and rules to modernize interval-fund repurchase programs, including potentially allowing a first repurchase offer to be deferred for up to two years, monthly repurchase intervals, annual discretionary repurchases, and deduction of deferred sales loads from...
Compliance impact
The correction has low immediate compliance impact because it is administrative and does not impose binding requirements. The underlying proposal could have substantial operational, governance, disclosure, liquidity-management, and distribution consequences for interval funds, registered closed-end funds, and BDCs if adopted, particularly through expanded repurchase flexibility and multiple-share-class structures.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. Consistent with its jurisdiction over swaps, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("Commission" or "CFTC") is proposing to further define the term "swap" to explicitly include event contracts, including those based on sports-, politics-, cultural-, and weather- related events (the…
AI Analysis
The CFTC has proposed amending 17 CFR part 1 to expressly include event contracts based on sports, political, cultural, and weather-related events within the Commodity Exchange Act definition of “swap.” The proposal is not yet binding, but it would materially strengthen the CFTC’s asserted federal jurisdiction over prediction markets and could subject affected platforms and intermediaries to the CFTC’s swaps framework rather than state gambling regulation if finalized.
Key dates
2026-10-19
The proposed rule is published in the Federal Register as 91 FR 66022 and the public comment period begins.
2026-11-18 Deadline
Comments on the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking must be received by the CFTC.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to inventory sports-, political-, cultural-, and weather-related event contracts offered, intermediated, traded, or supported by the organization and document the current legal classification of each product.
Firms may wish to assess whether affected activities could require CFTC registration, designated contract market or swap execution facility arrangements, swap data reporting, recordkeeping, customer-protection controls, business-conduct procedures, clearing or margin analysis, and applicable anti-manipulation and surveillance controls if the proposal is finalized.
Platforms and intermediaries may wish to map product design, settlement terms, pricing, transferability, trading venue, customer type, and liquidity arrangements against the proposed swap definition and identify products whose classification is uncertain.
Compliance teams may wish to monitor the separate CFTC treatment of casino-style gambling products and distinguish state- or tribally licensed sportsbook and casino wagers from market-traded event contracts; the companion treatment should not be assumed to apply to prediction-market products.
Affected firms may wish to prepare comments addressing the scope of “event contract,” treatment of secondary-market trading, jurisdictional overlap with state gambling authorities, implementation timing, and any operational or cost impacts before the November 18, 2026 deadline.
Legal and regulatory affairs teams may wish to track litigation and appeals concerning CFTC jurisdiction over prediction markets, because court developments could affect the interpretation or implementation of any final rule.
What changed
The Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, RIN 3038-AF82, would further define “swap” to explicitly include specified event contracts, including contracts tied to sports, politics, cultural events, and weather. The CFTC describes these instruments as financial products commonly understood in the trade to be swaps and seeks to resolve perceived ambiguity over their classification and regulatory jurisdiction.
Compliance impact
Immediate compliance impact is limited because this is a proposal rather than a final rule. If finalized substantially as proposed, the classification of affected event contracts as swaps could create significant licensing, venue, reporting, recordkeeping, market-conduct, surveillance, clearing, margin, and customer-protection implications for prediction-market operators and their counterparties, while reinforcing the CFTC’s position that federal derivatives law governs these products.
Adgm Fsra Launches Consultation On Revisions To Its Fees And General Rulebooks
AI Analysis
On 2026-10-09, the ADGM FSRA published Consultation Paper No. 6 of 2026 proposing amendments to the FEES and GEN Rulebooks, with related amendments to the Guidance and Policies Manual. The proposals would revise market-infrastructure charges, introduce an annual supervision fee for securities admitted to the Official List, increase late regulatory-filing costs, and clarify permission-variation and change-in-control processes; independent market commentary indicates proposed implementation from 2027-01-01, subject to final rulemaking.
Key dates
2026-10-09
FSRA published Consultation Paper No. 6 of 2026 on proposed revisions to the FEES and GEN Rulebooks.
2026-11-06 Deadline
Consultation closes and written comments are due to the FSRA.
2027-01-01
Implementation is proposed by independent market commentary to begin, subject to consultation feedback and final FSRA rulemaking; this is not yet an adopted effective date.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the consultation paper, Appendix 1 amendments to FEES, Appendix 2 amendments to GEN and Attachment 1 amendments to the GPM, and submit written comments to [email protected] by 2026-11-06.
Market-infrastructure operators may wish to model the proposed application, annual supervision, Official List and trading-related charges against current budgets and assess whether the proposals affect pending applications or planned launches.
Virtual-asset MTF operators and applicants may wish to recalculate total regulatory costs using the proposed USD 100,000 base MTF application fee, USD 40,000 base annual supervision fee, USD 25,000 virtual-asset application fee and USD 20,000 virtual-asset annual fee.
Authorised Persons may wish to inventory permissions covering Virtual Assets, Fiat-Referenced Tokens and Spot Commodities and determine whether a proposed permission addition would trigger a separate variation or activity fee.
Regulatory reporting owners may wish to test filing calendars, escalation controls and management information against the proposed USD 1,000, USD 2,000 and USD 3,000 late-filing stages, while recognising that the proposed regime is not yet binding.
Applicants and compliance officers may wish to review change-in-control and variation-of-permission procedures, including whether proposed applications require additional supporting information or revised fee calculations.
Firms may wish to prepare implementation plans for a possible 2027-01-01 commencement while continuing to apply the existing FEES and GEN requirements until final amendments are published.
What changed
The consultation proposes completing the FSRA's review of market-infrastructure fees by revising charges payable by Recognised Bodies and by operators of Multilateral Trading Facilities and Organised Trading Facilities. For a virtual-asset MTF, independent analysis of the proposed FEES amendments identifies a proposed underlying MTF application fee of USD 100,000 and annual supervision fee of USD 40,000, plus proposed virtual-asset-specific fees of USD 25,000 on application and USD 20,000 annually, producing proposed totals of USD 125,000 and USD 60,000 before any applicable trading levy or...
Compliance impact
The proposals would increase the cost of operating or applying for certain ADGM market-infrastructure and virtual-asset permissions and would make late regulatory filings materially more expensive. A late filing would remain a regulatory breach and the FSRA may take additional supervisory action, including steps affecting authorisation, particularly where delays or incomplete or inaccurate submissions form a pattern.
ASIC consults on implementation of new digital asset laws
AI Analysis
ASIC has opened Consultation Paper 392 on the standards and guidance for the Corporations Amendment (Digital Assets Framework) Act 2026, which will bring digital asset platforms and tokenised custody platforms into the Australian financial services regulatory framework from 2027-04-08. The proposals indicate that affected operators will generally need an Australian financial services licence or variation, customer disclosures and platform rules, and compliance with asset-holding, transaction and settlement, and financial-requirement standards.
Key dates
2026-09-30
The extended sector-wide no-action position associated with INFO 225 ended.
2026-11-27 Deadline
Deadline for submissions on ASIC Consultation Paper 392, at 5pm AEDT.
2027-04-08
The DAF Act and the new DAP and TCP framework are scheduled to commence.
2027-10-07 Deadline
The proposed transition deadline by which platforms already operating as DAPs or TCPs should apply for an AFS licence or variation.
Suggested considerations
Firms should assess whether their products, custody arrangements and platform activities fall within the DAP or TCP definitions under the DAF Act and the proposed ASIC guidance.
Affected operators should consider whether they need a new Australian financial services licence or a variation to an existing licence, including whether any streamlined process may apply.
Compliance teams may wish to map current custody, segregation, asset-control, reconciliation, trading, settlement and incident-management processes against the proposed standards.
Firms should assess the likely impact of the proposed net tangible asset and other financial requirements on capital planning, liquidity and licence documentation.
Operators should review proposed customer disclosure documents and platform rules, including how digital-asset risks, custody arrangements, execution and settlement are explained to clients.
Businesses affected by the framework should consider submitting comments to ASIC by 2026-11-27 and engaging with ASIC's consultation events or targeted roundtables.
Firms should maintain evidence of their licensing analysis and transition planning, particularly because the sector-wide INFO 225 no-action position ended on 2026-09-30 and independent commentary indicates that existing licensing obligations apply outside the relief period.
What changed
CP 392 proposes implementation guidance for digital asset platforms (DAPs), which hold digital tokens for clients and provide associated platform services, and tokenised custody platforms (TCPs), which record underlying client assets as digital tokens. ASIC is proposing standards covering asset holding, trading and settlement activities, and financial requirements including net tangible asset requirements where relevant.
Compliance impact
The proposal signals a substantial licensing and operating-model change for digital-asset businesses, although the detailed standards remain subject to consultation and finalisation. Non-compliance after commencement could expose operators to operating without the required authorisation, inadequate customer disclosure and platform governance, and failures to meet custody, settlement or financial-resource requirements, with ASIC supervision and enforcement expected after the transition period.
The ADGM Registration Authority (the “RA”) has issued a consultation paper to explain and seek public feedback on proposed amendments to the Commercial Licensing Regulations across the Controlled Activities Rules, the Conditions of Licence and Branch Registration Rules, as well as the Fees Rules.
AI Analysis
On 15 October 2026, the ADGM Registration Authority published Consultation Paper No. 7 of 2026 proposing a regulatory framework for business centres. The proposal would make providing business centre services a controlled activity and introduce licence conditions and fees intended to protect tenants and support continuity of premises and registered-office arrangements.
Key dates
2026-10-15
ADGM announced publication of Consultation Paper No. 7 of 2026 on the proposed regulatory framework for business centres.
2026-11-06 Deadline
Consultation period closes; stakeholders wishing to provide feedback should submit comments by this date.
Suggested considerations
Business centre operators should consider reviewing the consultation paper and the proposed Controlled Activities Rules, Conditions of Licence and Branch Registration Rules, and Fees Rules to identify whether their current services would fall within the proposed controlled activity.
Existing and prospective operators should consider assessing licensing eligibility, governance, premises, staffing, client-contract, registered-office and continuity arrangements against the proposed framework once the detailed amendments are reviewed.
Company service providers and firms using business centres should consider assessing whether their current registered-office or premises arrangements depend on an operator that may require a new or amended ADGM licence.
Affected stakeholders should consider submitting comments to the RA before 6 November 2026, including feedback on scope, transitional arrangements, fees, continuity protections and the treatment of existing tenants.
Compliance teams may wish to monitor the RA’s final rules and any implementation or grandfathering provisions before treating the proposal as a binding obligation.
What changed
The RA proposes amendments to the Commercial Licensing Regulations (Controlled Activities) Rules, the Commercial Licensing Regulations (Conditions of Licence and Branch Registration) Rules, and the Commercial Licensing Regulations (Fees) Rules. The proposed framework would classify the provision of business centre services as a controlled activity, meaning that business centre operators would need the relevant ADGM commercial licence or applicable exemption.
Compliance impact
This is not yet a binding licensing requirement, but it signals a potentially material authorisation and operational-continuity change for ADGM business centre operators and users of their registered-office services. The proposal is consistent with the RA’s broader 2026-2027 supervisory emphasis on licensing accuracy, consumer protection, beneficial-ownership transparency and high standards among company service providers; firms should expect practical impact to depend on the final controlled-activity scope, licence conditions, fees and transition rules.
Proposed rule. The NCUA Board (Board) is proposing to adopt as final the revisions to the Central Liquidity Facility (CLF) rule made under two interim final rules (IFRs) published in the Federal Register on April 29, 2020, and March 24, 2021. The proposal would adopt the amendments made by these IFRs and, where…
Why this matters
The content_type follows the regulator-set publication type ('consultation'), but the body is a bot-detection and CAPTCHA notice from FederalRegister.gov/eCFR.gov rather than the consultation itself, so the text does not verify that classification. No sector or topic is supported by the text, so 'General' is used.
Proposed rule. The NCUA Board (Board) is proposing to amend the NCUA's regulations regarding incidental powers to clarify that federal credit unions (FCUs) are not required to seek an advisory opinion from the NCUA's Office of General Counsel before petitioning the Board to engage in an activity that does not fall…
Why this matters
The regulator-set publication type is 'consultation', and the title 'Powers of Federal Credit Unions' supports the Banking & Credit sector and the Credit Union firm type.
Proposed rule. The NCUA Board (Board) seeks comment on proposed amendments to its regulations governing fidelity bond and insurance coverage for federally insured credit unions (FICUs). The proposed rule would eliminate certain prescriptive procedural mandates and simplify requirements for coverage amounts and…
AI Analysis
NCUA published a proposed deregulatory rule on October 15, 2026, to amend 12 CFR parts 704 and 713 governing fidelity bond and insurance coverage for federally insured credit unions and corporate credit unions. The proposal would remove or simplify procedures for purchasing and renewing bonds, approval of bond forms, coverage amounts, and deductibles, while retaining the core obligation to maintain adequate coverage and the NCUA's oversight role.
Key dates
2026-10-15
The proposed rule is published in the Federal Register.
2026-12-14 Deadline
Public comments on the proposed amendments to 12 CFR parts 704 and 713 are due.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the proposal against existing policies and procedures under 12 CFR 704.18, 12 CFR 713, and 12 CFR 741.201, distinguishing provisions that would be removed from obligations that would remain.
Credit unions should continue to maintain existing fidelity-bond coverage, deductibles, renewal processes, and NCUA-related approvals unless and until a final rule becomes effective.
Boards and management may wish to assess whether current coverage remains adequate for fraud, dishonesty, theft, burglary, robbery, and other covered losses, and preserve documentation supporting the required board review.
Credit unions and insurers may wish to evaluate whether the proposed flexibility in coverage amounts and deductibles affects policy terms, underwriting, renewal timing, or internal risk assessments.
Interested parties may wish to submit comments by December 14, 2026, addressing the proposed treatment of coverage calculations, deductibles, bond forms, purchase and renewal procedures, and any transition or implementation concerns.
What changed
The proposal would amend 12 CFR part 713 and related corporate-credit-union requirements in 12 CFR 704.18 by eliminating or modifying prescriptive procedural requirements concerning fidelity-bond purchases and renewals, simplifying the rules governing coverage amounts and deductibles, and removing outdated requirements. The proposal would preserve the requirement that a federally insured credit union maintain adequate fidelity-bond coverage against losses involving fraud, dishonesty, theft, and other covered risks.
Compliance impact
The immediate compliance impact is low because the publication is a proposed rule and does not alter currently binding requirements. If finalized, the amendments could reduce administrative burden and provide greater flexibility in bond selection, coverage amounts, and deductibles, but credit unions would still need adequate coverage, board-level oversight, and compliance with NCUA-approved bond-form requirements.
Proposed rule. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") is proposing to amend the rule under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Investment Company Act") that permits securities transactions between a registered investment company and certain affiliates (referred to as "cross trades"), subject to…
AI Analysis
The SEC proposed amendments to Investment Company Act Rule 17a-7 that would broaden registered funds’ ability to conduct affiliated cross trades, including most securities valued using observable Level 2 inputs, while replacing prescriptive pricing and board determinations with adviser and CCO responsibilities. The proposal would also introduce six-year recordkeeping and aggregate monthly reporting through new Form N-PORT Item B.12 and Form N-MFP Item A.23, creating material compliance, data-governance, and oversight work even though the rule is not yet binding.
Key dates
2026-10-09
SEC issued the proposed amendments to Investment Company Act Rule 17a-7, Release No. IC-36358, File No. S7-2026-36.
2026-10-15
Proposed rule published in the Federal Register; the 60-day public-comment period begins.
2026-12-14 Deadline
Public comments are due, calculated as 60 days after Federal Register publication.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to inventory current and potential cross trades by asset class and valuation level, distinguishing Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 positions and identifying fixed-income portfolios that could become eligible.
Advisers may wish to design a documented pre-trade best-interest process for each participating registered fund, including consideration of open-market alternatives, alternative securities, and the option not to trade.
Funds and advisers may wish to assess pricing-source governance, including unaffiliated-source due diligence, periodic reasonableness reviews, NAV-pricing consistency, and controls preventing use of amortized-cost values.
CCOs may wish to map quarterly review, annual back-testing, subsequent-sale analysis, escalation, and reporting responsibilities across fund and adviser compliance functions.
Boards and counsel may wish to assess amendments to Rule 38a-1 policies, board reporting, and governance materials in light of the proposed shift away from board-adopted Rule 17a-7 procedures.
Operations and regulatory-reporting teams may wish to map internal asset classifications to Form N-PORT Item B.12 and Form N-MFP Item A.23, including controls for the preceding-12-month activity test and reconciliation of cross-trade and total purchases and sales.
Records-management teams may wish to evaluate systems capable of retaining trade records, CCO review materials, and board reports for six years.
Interested parties may wish to submit comments by the Federal Register deadline, addressing the 79 specific requests for comment, including Level 3 eligibility, bid-side NAV pricing, review frequency, scaling, and public-reporting impacts.
What changed
Eligible securities would expand from generally Level 1 securities with readily available market quotations to securities valued using inputs that are observable directly or indirectly, provided Level 2 inputs are the lowest level of inputs significant to measurement; Level 3 securities would remain excluded. The proposed independent current market price would be either the value used in the fund’s next NAV calculation on the trade date or a price the adviser reasonably determines represents current market value using one or more unaffiliated pricing sources, subject to periodic review.
Compliance impact
The proposal is not currently binding, but it would materially change cross-trade governance by moving prescriptive oversight from boards toward advisers and CCOs and by requiring documented best-interest determinations, quarterly reviews, annual back-testing, pricing controls, six-year retention, and new public reporting.
FSB seeks feedback on eight high-level principles to assist financial authorities in their modernisation efforts.
AI Analysis
The FSB published a consultation on eight high-level principles intended to help authorities modernise regulatory and supervisory frameworks while preserving or enhancing financial-system resilience. The consultation does not create binding obligations for firms, but it signals a more risk-focused, proportionate and forward-looking approach to future rulemaking; independent reporting also highlights the FSB's intention to prioritise genuinely cross-border, cross-sectoral and systemic vulnerabilities and to use high-level principles where risks are still emerging.
Key dates
2026-10-14
FSB published the consultation report on Regulatory and Supervisory Modernisation Principles and the 2026 G20 Implementation Monitoring Review.
2027-01-08 Deadline
Deadline for submitting comments on the consultation report and its questions through the FSB secure online form.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to determine whether their firm, trade association or parent group intends to submit feedback through the FSB's secure online form by 8 January 2027.
Firms should consider reviewing the consultation questions against their existing regulatory-change, horizon-scanning and risk-assessment processes, particularly for emerging technology, new financial offerings and changing market vulnerabilities.
Groups operating across jurisdictions may wish to map where differing legal frameworks, market structures or supervisory expectations could produce uneven implementation of future FSB-aligned measures.
Regulatory-policy teams should consider monitoring the final FSB report, expected in the first half of 2027, together with consultations and rulemaking by relevant national and regional authorities.
Firms may wish to retain evidence of material operational, prudential, technology and business-model risks that could inform proportionate, risk-based future regulation, without treating the consultation as a current change to applicable obligations.
What changed
The FSB proposed eight high-level principles for financial authorities in FSB member jurisdictions to apply when reviewing or modernising regulatory and supervisory frameworks. The principles are intended to improve effectiveness, efficiency, risk focus, coherence and responsiveness to new vulnerabilities, technologies, financial offerings and economic conditions.
Compliance impact
Immediate compliance impact is low because the publication is a consultation and introduces no directly binding requirements, thresholds or firm-level reporting duties. Its strategic impact is broader: the FSB describes slowing implementation as a potential threat to the financial system's ability to withstand future shocks, while the review signals that future international standards may be more targeted, proportionate, nationally adaptable and focused on cross-border systemic risks.
As FSB members review their regulatory and supervisory frameworks, the proposed principles should contribute to efforts to keep such frameworks effective and efficient.
AI Analysis
The FSB published a consultation report on 14 October 2026 proposing eight high-level principles to help authorities modernise regulatory and supervisory frameworks while preserving or enhancing financial-system resilience. The report is not a binding rule for firms, but it signals potential future changes involving proportionality, risk prioritisation, impact analysis, supervisory technology, regulatory coherence and adaptation to new technologies and business models; independent commentary frames the initiative as a move toward more targeted, risk-based oversight and reduced burden, particularly for less complex institutions.
Key dates
2026-10-14
FSB published the consultation report proposing eight high-level regulatory and supervisory modernisation principles.
2027-01-08 Deadline
Deadline for submitting responses to the FSB consultation through the secure online form.
2027-01-01
FSB expects to publish the final report in the first half of 2027; the exact publication date is not specified.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to monitor the consultation and identify whether proposed approaches to proportionality, tailoring, materiality and impact analysis could affect the firm’s prudential, supervisory or reporting perimeter.
Firms should consider preparing evidence-based comments or case studies, directly or through trade associations, on regulatory duplication, cliff effects, implementation costs, resilience outcomes and the consequences of applying complex-institution requirements to simpler business models.
Regulatory affairs teams may wish to map current and planned consultations by home and host authorities against the FSB themes, particularly risk-based supervision, technology-enabled supervision, responsible innovation and framework coherence.
Prudential and risk functions may wish to assess whether current data can demonstrate the firm’s size, complexity, systemic relevance, business-model risks and resilience if authorities introduce more differentiated requirements.
Firms should not treat the consultation as permission to reduce existing controls or as a change to applicable law; existing internationally agreed standards and jurisdiction-specific requirements remain in force unless separately amended.
Stakeholder-relations teams may wish to review communications about any future tailoring proposals so that efficiency measures are not characterised as reducing resilience or supervisory safeguards.
What changed
The FSB has proposed eight principles addressed to financial authorities rather than directly applicable obligations for regulated firms. The principles seek to improve the effectiveness, efficiency, risk focus, coherence and forward-looking nature of regulatory and supervisory frameworks, while remaining consistent with internationally agreed standards, national legal frameworks and jurisdiction-specific circumstances.
Compliance impact
Immediate legal and operational impact is low because the report is consultative and imposes no direct obligations or thresholds on firms. Strategic impact is potentially material over time: authorities may use the final principles to redesign supervisory frameworks, tailor requirements by risk and complexity, remove unnecessary duplication, update thresholds, and alter reporting or supervisory practices, while the FSB states that existing resilience should be preserved or enhanced.
Advanced notice of proposed rulemaking. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("Commission" or "CFTC") is issuing an advanced notice of proposed rulemaking regarding section 2(c)(2)(D) of the Commodity Exchange Act ("CEA" or "Act") to provide notice and seek public comment on its intent to develop and establish…
AI Analysis
The CFTC is seeking comment on an advanced notice of proposed rulemaking that would establish fit-for-purpose rules for retail crypto asset transactions under CEA section 2(c)(2)(D) and create a purpose-built Crypto Asset Market registration category. The proposal is preliminary and does not impose immediate new obligations, but it signals a potential federal framework for leveraged, margined, or financed crypto trading, including venue, intermediation, custody, clearing, margin, proof-of-reserves, reporting, and operational-risk requirements.
Key dates
2026-10-13
Federal Register publication date for the ANPRM, published as 91 FR 64811 and document number 2026-20888.
2026-12-14 Deadline
Deadline for submitting comments to the CFTC on Regulation CTX, Regulation CAM, and the interpretation and implementation of CEA section 2(c)(2)(D).
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to determine whether current or planned retail crypto products could constitute transactions covered by CEA section 2(c)(2)(D), including products described as spot, margin, leveraged, financed, perpetual, or otherwise structured to defer delivery.
Firms should consider mapping current customer agreements, funding arrangements, custody models, delivery controls, and liquidation processes against the CFTC's preliminary positions on offers and actual delivery.
Prospective venues may wish to assess the potential CAM operating model, including registration perimeter, governance, listing standards, market surveillance, position controls, execution, recordkeeping, cyber and system safeguards, proof-of-reserves, and customer-asset arrangements.
FCMs, IBs, DCOs, custodians, and leverage providers should consider identifying the registrations, permissions, capital, segregation, margin, clearing, insolvency, and operational dependencies that a CAM structure could create.
Crypto businesses may wish to prepare comments addressing the scope of section 2(c)(2)(D), the definition and practical test for actual delivery, treatment of fully paid open transactions, permissible crypto assets, and the allocation of responsibilities among CAMs, FCMs, DCOs, and leverage providers.
Firms should monitor whether the CFTC follows the ANPRM with a formal proposed rule and should not treat the ANPRM as creating immediate registration, margin, reporting, or conduct obligations.
Affected firms may wish to preserve evidence of product design, delivery capability, customer disclosures, surveillance controls, and legal analysis in anticipation of supervisory or enforcement scrutiny under the CFTC's stated interpretation of section 2(c)(2)(D).
What changed
The CFTC has published ANPRM RIN 3038-AF80, 91 FR 64811, concerning proposed Regulation Crypto Asset Transactions and Regulation Crypto Asset Markets. Regulation CTX would seek to clarify when section 2(c)(2)(D) applies to crypto asset transactions, including the meaning of covered offers, actual delivery, and actual delivery of fully paid open transactions. Regulation CAM would create a crypto asset market subcategory of designated contract market registration under 17 CFR part 38, supported by related amendments or requirements under 17 CFR parts 1, 38, and 39.
Compliance impact
The ANPRM is not itself binding and does not presently require registration or operational changes. Its potential impact is nevertheless substantial for platforms and intermediaries offering retail crypto leverage, margin, or financing because a subsequent rule could bring those activities within a structured CFTC regime with requirements covering market access, customer protection, margin, custody, clearing, surveillance, reporting, reserves, and operational resilience.
ASIC moves to extend and strengthen CFD consumer protections
AI Analysis
ASIC is consulting on a 10-year extension of the CFD product intervention order (PIO), which currently expires on 23 May 2027, subject to Ministerial approval. The proposed amendments would expand coverage to CFDs settled through digital assets, tighten initial-margin treatment for option-linked CFDs, prevent netting of opposing positions, and clarify discount and educational-tool conditions; market commentary indicates the draft may also impose seven-year record-keeping expectations for permitted discounts.
Key dates
2021-03-29
The current CFD product intervention order commenced, imposing leverage limits, standardised margin close-out arrangements, negative-balance protection and restrictions on specified inducements.
2022-04-06
ASIC extended the CFD PIO for five years to 23 May 2027.
2027-05-23
The current CFD PIO is due to expire unless it is remade, extended or revoked earlier.
2037-05-23
Indicative end of the proposed further 10-year extension, subject to Ministerial approval and the final instrument's commencement and expiry terms.
2026-11-09 Deadline
Deadline at 5pm AEDT for submissions on the proposed extension, amendments and separate question concerning CFDs over options with losses exceeding the premium.
Suggested considerations
CFD issuers and distributors should consider mapping all products against the proposed expanded CFD definition, including products settled by cash, set-off or transfer of digital assets.
Firms should consider testing initial-margin systems so that margin is calculated separately for each CFD and opposing long and short positions cannot reduce the required amount through netting.
Firms offering CFDs over options should consider classifying contracts by whether retail-client losses are capped at the premium and assessing the effect of the proposed margin methodology on collateral, liquidation and client disclosures.
Compliance teams may wish to review whether any option-linked CFD could expose a retail client to losses exceeding the premium and prepare evidence for the separate ASIC question on continued retail availability.
Firms should consider reviewing discounts, rebates, bonuses and educational or research tools against the proposed conditions and assessing whether records can be retained for the proposed seven-year period.
Product-governance teams may wish to refresh target-market determinations, onboarding controls, leverage settings, margin-close-out logic, negative-balance controls and inducement policies for the proposed extended period.
Affected stakeholders should consider submitting comments to ASIC by 5pm AEDT on 9 November 2026, particularly on digital-asset settlement, option CFD availability, margin methodology and operational implementation costs.
Firms should continue complying with the current PIO until any amended instrument takes effect and should plan on the basis that the existing order expires on 23 May 2027 unless remade or otherwise extended.
What changed
The proposed ASIC Corporations (Product Intervention Order Amendment—Contracts for Difference) Instrument 2026/XX would extend the existing CFD PIO until 2037 unless revoked earlier. It would modernise the definition of a CFD to capture products settled by transferring digital assets, replace the term cryptoasset with digital asset, clarify initial-margin rules for CFDs over options, and require initial margin to be calculated separately for each CFD rather than reduced by netting opposing positions.
Compliance impact
The proposal is a broad, high-impact conduct and product-governance development for retail CFD providers because it would preserve the existing intervention regime for another decade while closing potential perimeter gaps created by digital-asset settlement and tightening option-CFD margin treatment. ASIC reports that aggregate retail-account net losses fell by 91% within six months of the current order, but recent losses still exceeded $458 million over 12 months, including $73 million in fees; non-compliance could therefore expose firms to remediation, enforcement and product-distribution...
On October 9, 2026, the CFTC proposed amending 17 CFR 1.3 to expressly include event contracts, including sports-, politics-, cultural-, and weather-related contracts, within the definition of “swap.” The proposal would reinforce the CFTC’s position that these products fall within its exclusive Commodity Exchange Act jurisdiction, with potentially significant consequences for prediction-market operators, exchanges, and participants, although the CFTC states that it expects no new legal obligations beyond existing requirements.
Key dates
2026-10-09
CFTC announced publication of the NPRM concerning inclusion of certain event contracts in the definition of swap and identified a 30-day comment period beginning on Federal Register publication.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to inventory event contracts by underlying event, settlement structure, customer type, and current legal classification, including whether each product is a binary option, another swap, a future, a security-based swap, or a casino-style gambling product.
Potential operators, DCMs, SEFs, registrants, trade associations, and affected customers should consider submitting written comments through Regulations.gov within 30 days after the NPRM is published in the Federal Register; the Federal Register publication date and resulting calendar deadline should be monitored because the CFTC release does not specify either date.
Firms may wish to assess whether current exchange, venue, customer-eligibility, market-surveillance, anti-manipulation, product-certification, disclosure, margin, reporting, and recordkeeping controls would support treatment of relevant contracts as swaps under existing CFTC requirements.
Operators currently relying on state licenses may wish to evaluate the potential need for DCM or SEF arrangements, CFTC registration, federal compliance infrastructure, and transitional management of overlapping state and federal obligations if the rule is finalized.
DCMs and SEFs may wish to review product-listing governance against CEA section 5c(c)(5)(C), applicable core principles, and 17 CFR 40.2(c), including whether particular contracts are readily susceptible to manipulation or involve gaming or other activity contrary to the public interest.
Legal and tax teams may wish to keep CEA classification separate from federal tax and information-reporting analysis, which the NPRM states will continue to depend on the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury regulations, and IRS guidance.
Firms may wish to monitor the separate CFTC action concerning casino-style gambling products and assess how the two rulemakings interact for products near the boundary between event contracts and gambling wagers.
What changed
The NPRM, RIN 3038-AF82, would add proposed 17 CFR 1.3(Swap)(2)(i)(G): “Event contracts, including those based on sports-, politics-, cultural, and weather-related events.” The CFTC relies on several existing swap-definition provisions, including CEA section 1a(47)(A)(i), (ii), (iv), and (vi), covering options, transactions dependent on events with potential financial, economic, or commercial consequences, instruments commonly known as swaps, and combinations or permutations of covered instruments.
Compliance impact
The proposal is not currently binding, and the CFTC preliminarily states that it would not create new reporting, recordkeeping, disclosure, or other substantive obligations because existing CEA requirements already apply where event contracts are swaps. Its practical significance is nevertheless high for prediction-market businesses because finalization could establish a uniform federal regulatory perimeter, require use of CFTC-regulated venues for covered products, increase infrastructure and registration costs for some operators, and intensify conflicts with state gambling regimes.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed amendments to the Investment Company Act “cross-trading rule,” which permits transactions in securities between a registered fund and its affiliates under certain conditions. The proposed amendments…
AI Analysis
The SEC proposed amendments to Investment Company Act Rule 17a-7 on October 9, 2026, to restore and expand registered funds’ ability to cross-trade securities with affiliated funds, including most fixed-income securities. The proposal responds to the practical restriction created by the 2020 valuation-rule framework and could reduce bid-ask spreads and other execution costs, while adding updated pricing, oversight and aggregated-reporting safeguards.
Key dates
2026-10-09
SEC issued the proposal to amend Investment Company Act Rule 17a-7.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to determine which corporate, municipal and other fixed-income holdings are currently excluded from Rule 17a-7 cross-trading because they lack a readily available market quotation under the valuation-rule framework.
Firms should consider assessing potential execution-cost savings, liquidity benefits and conflicts risks from expanded internal crossing, using the SEC’s indication that market impact is concentrated among larger fund families and that corporate-bond cross-trading materially declined after the valuation-rule compliance date.
Registered fund advisers may wish to review pricing governance, independent price verification, best-execution analysis, allocation controls and conflict-management procedures in anticipation of any final rule.
Firms may wish to map the data needed for the proposed aggregated cross-trade reporting and test whether existing order-management, compliance-monitoring and regulatory-reporting systems can capture it.
Affected firms should consider submitting comments during the 60-day period after publication of the proposal in the Federal Register, particularly on eligible security classes, pricing methodologies, reporting granularity and oversight conditions.
Until a final rule becomes effective, firms should continue applying the existing Section 17(a), Rule 17a-7 and Rule 2a-5 requirements and should not treat the proposal as a current exemption.
What changed
The proposal would amend Rule 17a-7, the exemption from Section 17(a) for specified purchases and sales between a registered investment company and certain affiliated persons. It would generally restore eligibility for cross-trading most fixed-income securities, which became substantially unavailable after the SEC’s adoption of the Investment Company Act valuation rule in 2020, while modernizing the conditions governing pricing and oversight to reflect more verifiable and transparent market pricing.
Compliance impact
The proposal is non-binding but potentially significant for registered fund complexes because it could change permitted execution channels for fixed-income holdings and require new controls and aggregated reporting if adopted. Existing restrictions remain in force pending a final rule, so premature reliance could create Section 17(a), Rule 17a-7, valuation, fiduciary-duty and books-and-records risk.
ESMA seeks evidence on the use of tokenised collateral in central clearing 09 October 2026 CCP Press Releases The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has today launched a Call for Evidence on the potential use of tokenised collateral by central…
AI Analysis
ESMA launched a Call for Evidence on 9 October 2026 examining whether EU central counterparties can safely accept and manage tokenised collateral, including digital twins, natively issued distributed-ledger assets and hybrid arrangements. The publication does not change collateral eligibility rules or impose immediate obligations, but it signals that ESMA is testing whether the existing EMIR framework can accommodate tokenised collateral while preserving legal enforceability, liquidity, segregation, settlement finality and default-management protections.
Key dates
2026-10-09
ESMA launched the Call for Evidence on the use of tokenised collateral by EU CCPs.
2027-01-15 Deadline
Deadline for stakeholders to submit responses to ESMA's Call for Evidence.
2027-03-31
ESMA is expected to assess the feedback during the first quarter of 2027; the source does not specify an exact day.
Suggested considerations
CCPs, clearing members and relevant infrastructure providers should consider whether to submit evidence through ESMA's consultation webpage by 15 January 2027, including practical data on existing pilots, live arrangements, legal structures and stress scenarios.
Compliance and legal teams may wish to map each proposed tokenisation model against the collateral requirements in Article 46 of Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 and Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 153/2013, including quality, liquidity, credit and market-risk, custody and operational-availability criteria.
Firms developing tokenised collateral arrangements should consider documenting whether the token gives the holder ownership of, a security interest in, or another enforceable right to the underlying asset, and how that right would operate across insolvency, default and cross-border situations.
CCPs and clearing members may wish to test whether tokenised collateral can be accessed, transferred, valued, liquidated or converted into central-bank money or other liquidity within required default-management timelines, including during distributed-ledger outages, congestion, cyber incidents and loss of connectivity to traditional infrastructures.
Firms should consider assessing client-asset segregation, title-transfer, custody, insolvency-remoteness and settlement-finality arrangements where distributed-ledger systems interact with traditional custodians, central securities depositories or payment systems.
Risk and compliance functions may wish to reassess whether tokenisation changes the risk profile of otherwise eligible collateral, including redemption, transfer restrictions, oracle dependence, smart-contract risk, operational resilience, concentration risk and liquidity-discount assumptions.
Industry respondents may wish to provide ESMA with evidence on interactions between tokenised collateral and tokenised cash, stablecoins, tokenised deposits and other settlement assets, rather than assuming that liquidity in the underlying asset automatically carries over to its tokenised form.
Firms should monitor ESMA's first-quarter 2027 assessment and any subsequent amendments to EMIR technical standards, supervisory convergence measures or supervisory expectations; no immediate change to existing collateral controls should be inferred from the Call for Evidence.
What changed
ESMA has opened a consultation and requested stakeholder evidence by 15 January 2027. It is examining the full collateral lifecycle, including transfer, custody, protection, segregation, access, valuation, settlement and conversion into liquidity during market stress or following a clearing-member default. The Call for Evidence covers tokenised representations of assets held in traditional infrastructures, assets issued directly on distributed-ledger technology, hybrid models, and interactions with tokenised cash and other settlement assets.
Compliance impact
The immediate compliance impact is low because the publication is evidential and introduces no binding obligations or changes to eligible collateral rules. Its supervisory significance is nevertheless material for CCPs and clearing participants: ESMA is signalling that tokenised collateral will need to demonstrate equivalent or stronger legal enforceability, liquidity, operational availability, segregation and default-management performance, with market commentary highlighting particular concerns about rapid liquidation, ownership rights and interoperability with traditional settlement...
Notice of proposed rulemaking; extension of comment period. The FDIC is extending the public comment period on the proposed rule "Extensions of Credit to Insiders," which was published in the Federal Register on August 6, 2026. The FDIC is extending the public comment period from October 5, 2026, to November 4, 2026…
AI Analysis
The FDIC extended the comment period for its proposed amendments to 12 CFR 337 governing extensions of credit to insiders of FDIC-supervised institutions. Comments are now due November 4, 2026, giving affected institutions additional time to assess proposed increases in insider-lending thresholds and a five-year inflation and economic-growth indexing mechanism.
Key dates
2026-08-06
FDIC published the underlying proposed rule on extensions of credit to insiders in 91 FR 50730.
2026-10-05
Original comment-period closing date superseded by the extension.
2026-11-04 Deadline
Extended deadline for comments on the FDIC proposal under RIN 3064-AG26.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the August 6, 2026 proposal in 91 FR 50730 alongside the parallel Federal Reserve Regulation O proposal and identify differences affecting the institution's governance and lending processes.
Affected institutions should consider submitting comments under RIN 3064-AG26 by November 4, 2026, particularly on the proposed $400,000 and $2 million thresholds, the interaction with the 5 percent statutory limitation, and the proposed five-year indexing methodology.
Banks may wish to inventory current insider extensions of credit, board-approval events, exception controls, and related-party monitoring data to assess how the proposed thresholds would change approval volumes and control design.
Compliance teams may wish to evaluate whether loan-origination, core-banking, employee-lending, board-reporting, and insider-identification systems can support revised thresholds and periodic indexed adjustments if the proposal is finalized.
Institutions should continue applying the currently effective Federal Reserve Act requirements and existing 12 CFR 337 provisions until any final rule becomes effective; the comment-period extension does not change current compliance obligations.
What changed
The FDIC changed only the procedural deadline: the comment period originally scheduled to close October 5, 2026, now closes November 4, 2026. The underlying August 6, 2026 proposal remains unchanged and would increase the threshold for extensions of credit to executive officers not otherwise specifically authorized by section 22(g) of the Federal Reserve Act from $100,000 to $400,000.
Compliance impact
This publication creates no immediate change to lending limits, approval requirements, or other binding compliance obligations because the underlying amendments remain proposed. If finalized, the higher thresholds and five-year indexing could materially reduce board-approval events for qualifying insider loans and require updates to policies, monitoring, reporting, and system controls; until then, institutions must follow the existing Federal Reserve Act and 12 CFR 337 requirements.
Adgm Registration Authority Publishes Consultation Paper On Enhanced Strata Regulations
AI Analysis
ADGM’s Registration Authority published Consultation Paper No. 4 of 2026 on 1 October 2026, proposing Strata Regulations 2026 to repeal and replace the Strata Title Regulations 2015. The proposal would materially modernise governance of ADGM strata developments by creating owners’ associations automatically by law, requiring ADGM-licensed association managers, introducing developer handover controls, and imposing structured general-fund and reserve-fund requirements.
Key dates
2026-10-01
ADGM published Consultation Paper No. 4 of 2026 proposing the Strata Regulations 2026.
2026-10-22 Deadline
Public consultation closes; comments should be submitted through the ADGM Registration Authority Consultation Portal by this date.
Suggested considerations
Compliance and legal teams may wish to review the proposed Strata Regulations 2026 and Model Articles against existing strata governance, management agreements, building management statements and developer rights.
Developers may wish to assess the proposed single Registrar approval process, required disclosure statement and strata management statement, staged-development arrangements, bank-guarantee exposure and six-month handover obligations.
Existing strata developments may wish to map the likely automatic establishment of an Association when the Regulations commence, including legal-entity, contracting, banking, governance and record-keeping implications.
Property-management businesses may wish to assess whether they hold, or can obtain, the required ADGM licence to act as an Association Manager and whether their service model supports competitive quotations and Registrar-approved budgets.
Associations and developers may wish to model general-fund and reserve-fund requirements, including the three-year minimum reserve-fund study cycle, annual reserve forecast and restrictions on reserve-fund expenditure.
Relevant stakeholders may wish to review defect-reporting, remediation, structural-integrity and Registrar-notification processes and identify evidence, escalation and document-retention controls.
Developers, owners and advisers may wish to submit comments through the ADGM Registration Authority Consultation Portal by 22 October 2026; comments sent only to the consultation email address may not be considered.
Firms should avoid treating the proposals as operative requirements because ADGM states that stakeholders should not act on them until the Regulations are enacted and published.
What changed
The proposed regime would replace the existing two-step strata-plan approval process with a single process administered by the Registrar. Developers would submit a proposed strata plan, disclosure statement and strata management statement; the Registrar could approve, condition, defer, request amendments to, or reject the application, and could defer registration until construction completion and required folios or subdivisions were established.
Compliance impact
This is a material consultation for ADGM real-estate stakeholders rather than a currently binding financial-services rule. If enacted, it would create significant governance, licensing, budgeting, reporting, defect-management and transition obligations for developers, Associations and Association Managers, with Registrar intervention powers including conditional approval, administrator appointment and directions on remediation.
The FCA has set out clearer expectations for asset managers about long-term investments, such as property. This will help give the market more confidence to invest in funds that support private markets.The new rules mean that investors will have to give 90 days' notice to access their funds but will be more certain…
AI Analysis
On 2026-10-08, the FCA consulted on CP26/35, proposing fairer redemption terms for authorised fund managers of non-UCITS retail schemes (NURS) investing in inherently illiquid assets such as property and infrastructure. The central proposal is a minimum 90-day redemption notice period, intended to reduce liquidity mismatches, disorderly asset sales and suspension risk while giving investors clearer expectations about access to their money.
Key dates
2026-10-08
FCA published the consultation announcement and CP26/35, Fair redemption terms for authorised funds investing in illiquid assets.
2026-12-11 Deadline
Deadline for feedback on the FCA consultation proposals.
Suggested considerations
Firms should identify NURS portfolios containing inherently illiquid assets and assess whether current dealing frequency, redemption terms, liquidity buffers and asset-realisation assumptions are consistent with a proposed 90-day minimum notice period.
Compliance teams may wish to compare each affected fund's prospectus, instrument constituting the fund, product governance documents, financial promotions and investor disclosures against the proposed requirement for clear access and suitability information.
Asset managers should model the effect of 90-day and longer notice periods on liquidity stress scenarios, orderly asset sales, valuation processes, dilution and the treatment of redeeming and remaining investors.
Firms should consider whether any fund requires a notice period longer than 90 days because its assets or strategy cannot support orderly realisation within that minimum period.
Managers of existing affected funds should develop a transition plan covering the two-year compliance period, including the required minimum one-year investor notice and any required investor-consent, documentation or distribution steps.
Firms should consider responding to CP26/35 by 2026-12-11, particularly on the proposed scope, definition and operational consequences of the redemption requirements.
Distributors and advisers should review whether product descriptions, target-market assessments and suitability or appropriateness communications accurately explain the proposed limited access to capital and the distinction between long-term illiquid funds and products offering quick access.
What changed
The FCA proposes that relevant NURS investors must provide at least 90 days' notice before redeeming units. Managers could set a longer notice period where the fund's assets or investment strategy require additional time to raise liquidity. Fund documentation and communications should state clearly how quickly investors can redeem and whether the fund is suitable for investors seeking rapid access to capital. Existing funds would have two years to comply, with investors receiving at least one year's notice of the change.
Compliance impact
The impact is potentially significant for affected NURS because firms may need to redesign redemption terms, fund documentation, liquidity-management processes, stress testing and investor communications. The FCA links the proposal to reduced suspension risk, fewer rushed or distressed asset sales, better protection for continuing investors and improved alignment with international liquidity standards; however, the measures remain proposals until final rules are made.
We’re consulting on changes to retail investment fund rules so that a fund’s redemption terms reflect the time it typically takes to sell illiquid assets. ... Read CP26/35 (PDF) ... Why we are consultingWe want to set clear standards for how firms design and operate their investment products and reduce the risk of…
AI Analysis
The FCA opened CP26/35 on 8 October 2026, proposing to require NURS funds predominantly invested in inherently illiquid assets to use redemption terms aligned with the time needed to sell those assets. The central proposal is a minimum 90-day redemption notice period, together with no more frequent than monthly redemption determinations, reflecting the existing LTAF framework and intended to reduce rushed asset sales, liquidity mismatches and potential investor harm.
Key dates
2026-10-08
FCA consultation CP26/35 opened and was first published.
2026-12-11 Deadline
Deadline for responses to the FCA consultation.
Suggested considerations
AFMs may wish to identify NURS funds with at least 50% exposure to inherently illiquid assets and compare their current dealing frequency, redemption notice periods and liquidity profile with the proposed monthly and 90-day minimum terms.
AFMs may wish to assess whether fund constitutional documents, prospectuses, application forms, investor communications and distribution agreements would need amendment if the proposals are adopted.
AFMs may wish to review liquidity risk-management frameworks, asset-sale assumptions, valuation processes, cash-flow stress testing and governance arrangements for consistency between investment strategy, liquidity profile and redemption policy.
Compliance teams may wish to assess the effect on the FIIA regime, suspension and deferred-redemption tools, depositary oversight and escalation procedures for liquidity mismatches.
Distributors, platforms, advisers, SIPP operators and unit-linked product providers may wish to assess how longer notice periods and less frequent dealing would be displayed, explained and operationally administered for retail customers.
Affected firms may wish to submit responses to the FCA by 11 December 2026, focusing on implementation feasibility, customer communications, operational dependencies and the treatment of indirect investors.
Firms may wish to monitor the FCA's expected final rules in H1 2027 and avoid treating the consultation proposals as currently binding requirements.
What changed
This is a consultation rather than a binding rule change. For NURS funds with at least 50% of scheme property invested in inherently illiquid assets and offering regular liquidity, the FCA proposes minimum redemption terms aligned with LTAF requirements: redemption determinations no more frequently than once a month and a notice period of at least 90 days after acceptance of a redemption request. The FCA also proposes allowing other NURS fund managers to introduce comparable limited redemption arrangements voluntarily, subject to related rule and disclosure changes.
Compliance impact
The proposals could require material changes to product design, prospectus disclosures, dealing and transfer-agent processes, liquidity governance and distribution communications for affected NURS funds. Although not yet binding, the FCA's proposed 90-day notice period and monthly dealing limit signal a significant supervisory expectation that redemption terms must match the liquidity of underlying private-market and real-estate assets; failure to manage that alignment could increase the risk of investor harm, rushed sales, dilution or fund suspension.
Adgm Fsra Invites Industry Feedback On Proposed Defi Risk Management Guidance
AI Analysis
ADGM FSRA has issued Consultation Paper No. 5 of 2026 proposing DeFi Risk Management Guidance for Authorised Persons and Recognised Bodies. The proposal does not create a standalone DeFi regime or directly regulate protocols; instead, market commentary indicates that FSRA intends to clarify how existing permissions, governance, risk-management, financial-crime and client-asset expectations apply when regulated entities engage with DeFi.
Key dates
2026-11-30 Deadline
Consultation period for ADGM FSRA Consultation Paper No. 5 of 2026 closes; comments may be submitted to [email protected].
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the proposed Guidance and submit written comments to [email protected] by 2026-11-30, particularly on operational feasibility, proportionality and the treatment of permissionless protocols.
Firms should consider inventorying current and planned DeFi activity, including protocol use, liquidity provision, staking, lending, borrowing, decentralised exchange activity, smart-contract interaction and client-facing exposure.
Firms should consider mapping each DeFi activity to existing ADGM permissions and identifying activities that may require a variation of permission, additional controls or discontinuation.
Risk and compliance functions may wish to assess whether existing governance arrangements clearly assign senior accountability for DeFi, approve protocols and counterparties, set exposure limits and address conflicts of interest.
Firms should consider enhancing due diligence for protocol code, governance structures, upgrade and administrative privileges, oracle dependencies, bridge and composability risks, concentration, liquidity, sanctions exposure and the availability of legal recourse.
AML and financial-crime teams may wish to assess transaction-monitoring, wallet-screening, sanctions-screening, blockchain analytics, travel-rule and suspicious-activity escalation controls for DeFi-related activity, taking account of limited visibility into beneficial ownership and counterparties.
Operations and technology teams should consider whether incident-management procedures cover smart-contract exploits, oracle failures, governance attacks, de-pegging, bridge compromise, protocol insolvency, loss of access and material service disruption.
Client-asset teams should review segregation, custody, ownership, valuation, reconciliation and disclosure arrangements where client assets interact with DeFi protocols or are exposed to protocol failure.
What changed
The proposed Guidance sets supervisory expectations for identifying, assessing, monitoring and managing risks arising from engagement with DeFi protocols and venues. It covers governance and accountability, risk assessments, due diligence, exposure and control measures, ongoing monitoring, financial-crime controls, incident escalation, recordkeeping, auditability, competence and client-asset safeguards. The proposal is guidance under consultation and does not itself introduce binding new rules at this stage.
Compliance impact
The immediate impact is supervisory and preparatory rather than the creation of a new binding obligation. Once finalised, the Guidance is likely to increase scrutiny of whether DeFi activity falls within a firm’s existing permissions and whether governance, risk assessment, financial-crime, operational resilience, recordkeeping and client-asset controls are demonstrably adequate; deficiencies could contribute to supervisory action, permission concerns, remediation requirements or restrictions on the activity.
Proportionality is set to be improved for firms as over 100 regulatory thresholds could be automatically increased periodically.
AI Analysis
The PRA is consulting on automatically increasing 128 regulatory thresholds across banking, insurance and credit unions in line with nominal UK GDP, replacing predominantly ad hoc manual updates. The proposal is intended to reduce prudential drag, improve proportionality and give firms greater certainty, but it would not change thresholds immediately: the first proposed adjustment is 1 July 2031, subject to consultation and final rules.
Key dates
2026-10-07
PRA consultation CP13/26 opens.
2027-02-07 Deadline
PRA consultation CP13/26 closes and responses are due.
2031-07-01
First proposed automatic threshold update would take effect, subject to the consultation outcome and final rules.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review CP13/26 and identify which of the 128 proposed thresholds currently determine the firm's prudential categorisation, reporting obligations or application of specific rules.
Firms should consider submitting consultation responses by 7 February 2027, particularly on the suitability of nominal UK GDP as the index, the five-year adjustment interval, the treatment of thresholds near business-planning boundaries and the thresholds excluded from the main proposal.
Banks and building societies may wish to model how the proposed mechanism could affect future eligibility for the Small Domestic Deposit Takers regime and detailed capital-reporting requirements, while recognising that no 2031 value has been specified in the publication.
Insurers may wish to assess potential future effects on Solvency UK scope and related governance, reporting and capital-planning assumptions.
Credit unions may wish to inventory member-related monetary thresholds, including the £7,500 threshold, and assess whether systems and monitoring processes can accommodate future indexed values.
Regulatory change teams should track the outcome of CP13/26 and the parallel Section 4 discussion on excluded and FCA-joint thresholds rather than treating the proposed increases as current law.
Firms operating across UK and non-UK regimes may wish to consider potential divergence between UK automatic indexation and static or differently indexed thresholds in other jurisdictions.
What changed
CP13/26 proposes that 128 thresholds determining which PRA rules apply, how those rules apply and what firms must report should be indexed to nominal UK GDP published by the Office for National Statistics. The proposed indexation cycle is every five years, using nominal GDP because it captures both price changes and real economic growth.
Compliance impact
The immediate compliance impact is low because this is a consultation and existing thresholds remain applicable unless and until amended through final PRA rules. If implemented, the framework could reduce recurring reporting and proportionality costs for smaller and mid-sized firms near thresholds, while requiring firms to update regulatory inventories, systems, forecasts and governance processes on a five-year cycle.
The PRA has proposed a cross-sector framework to automatically uprate specified fixed nominal regulatory thresholds every five years by cumulative UK nominal GDP growth, with the first adjustment proposed for 1 July 2031. Independent market commentary indicates that the proposal would cover 128 thresholds across banking, insurance and credit unions and is intended primarily to reduce prudential drag, cliff-edge effects and compliance costs for smaller and growing firms, although it would not change thresholds immediately because this remains a consultation.
Key dates
2027-02-07 Deadline
Deadline for responses to CP13/26 and the associated discussion-paper section.
2031-07-01
Proposed effective date for the first automatic update of in-scope thresholds, subject to finalisation of the framework.
Suggested considerations
Consider submitting responses on the proposed framework, the proposed in-scope threshold list, the methodology and the separate discussion-paper thresholds by 2027-02-07.
Map the firm's current and forecast assets, exposures, liabilities, lending and reporting metrics against relevant PRA thresholds, including proposed thresholds that may be revised before finalisation.
Assess whether nominal GDP indexation could move the firm out of, or into, a threshold-defined prudential treatment from 2031 onwards, while recognising that firms growing faster than nominal GDP would still be expected to cross thresholds.
Review regulatory reporting, capital, liquidity, governance, risk-management and policy systems that hard-code fixed threshold values or effective dates, and consider designing controlled update mechanisms for future indexed values.
Assess the effect of the proposed five-year update cycle on business planning, acquisitions, balance-sheet growth, lending strategies and group-structure decisions.
Consider providing quantitative evidence to the PRA on implementation costs, cliff-edge effects, reporting impacts and whether additional discussion-paper thresholds should be included.
Monitor the final PRA policy statement, the final automatic-indexation statement of policy and the consolidated threshold list before treating any proposed uprating as a binding change.
What changed
The PRA proposes to replace the current predominantly ad hoc threshold-review process for eligible fixed nominal thresholds with a rules-based framework. In-scope thresholds would be indexed using UK nominal GDP, based on data produced by the Office for National Statistics, on a common five-year cycle; the first automatic update would take effect on 1 July 2031, subject to final policy.
Compliance impact
The immediate compliance impact is limited because CP13/26 is a consultation and does not yet alter applicable thresholds. If finalised, the framework could reduce unintended expansion of prudential requirements for firms growing broadly in line with nominal GDP, but firms near thresholds would need reliable monitoring, updated systems and controls, and continued readiness for requirements where their growth exceeds the wider economy.
Notice of proposed rulemaking; extension of comment period. On August 4, 2026, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) published in the Federal Register a proposal that would update Regulation O, the Board's rule governing loans by member banks to their insiders and insiders of their affiliates…
Why this matters
The provided text contains only a bot-detection/access-blocking message from the Federal Register website, not the actual regulatory update on loans to executive officers. The title references a Federal Reserve consultation on executive lending, but the body text is entirely a technical error page.
Proposed rule. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") is proposing to amend the rule under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 that provides an exemption from the statutory prohibition on registered investment advisers receiving compensation on the basis of a share of capital gains in or capital…
AI Analysis
The SEC published a proposed rule on October 6, 2026, that would materially broaden when SEC-registered investment advisers may receive performance-based compensation. The proposal would permit qualifying regulated funds to pay performance compensation subject to a 20% cap and governance conditions, and would generally treat Regulation D accredited investors as qualified clients, potentially expanding access to performance-fee arrangements beyond the current $2.7 million net-worth or $1.4 million assets-under-management thresholds.
Key dates
2026-10-06
The proposed rule was published in the Federal Register at 91 FR 63676 and the comment period opened.
2026-12-07 Deadline
Comments on the proposed rule are due to the SEC.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to determine whether existing or proposed fund products could use the regulated-fund performance-compensation pathway and map each arrangement against the proposed 20% net-gains cap, specified-period methodology, governance requirements, and board-determination condition.
Advisers and fund sponsors should consider inventorying current performance-fee arrangements and identifying clients who could become eligible under the proposed accredited-investor route, without treating the proposal as authority to implement changes before adoption and an applicable compliance date.
Fund sponsors may wish to assess the operational and disclosure impact of separately reporting performance-based compensation in Forms N-1A, N-2, and N-CSR, including fee-table, prospectus, financial-reporting, and board-material changes.
Adviser compliance programs should consider reviewing Rule 205-3 eligibility controls, investor-classification procedures, accredited-investor evidence, client look-through analysis, and controls for the related Rule 203A-3, Rule 204-3, and Form ADV amendments.
Fund boards and advisers may wish to evaluate how performance-fee proposals would affect fiduciary-duty analysis, conflicts management, valuation, incentive alignment, investor communications, and approval documentation.
Affected firms should consider submitting comments by December 7, 2026, particularly on the 20% cap, specified performance period, governance conditions, disclosure design, accredited-investor eligibility, and transition or compliance-period issues.
What changed
Proposed amendments to Investment Advisers Act Rule 205-3 would create an additional route for registered investment advisers to receive compensation based on capital gains or capital appreciation from registered management investment companies and business development companies, collectively referred to as regulated funds.
Compliance impact
This is a proposed rule rather than a currently effective expansion of performance-fee authority, so it does not presently change firms' eligibility to charge performance-based compensation. If adopted substantially as proposed, it would create significant implementation work for adviser eligibility controls, fund-board oversight, valuation and fee calculations, prospectus and reporting disclosures, and investor classification, while increasing the potential conduct and conflict-management consequences of performance-fee arrangements.
Proposed rule. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission" or the "SEC") is proposing new custody rules under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Investment Company Act") and amendments to related reporting and recordkeeping requirements to address how regulated investment companies may custody…
AI Analysis
The SEC published a proposed rule on October 6, 2026, creating tailored custody frameworks for crypto assets held by registered investment advisers, registered investment companies, and business development companies. The proposal would permit limited adviser and regulated-fund self-custody, authorize qualifying state trust companies as custodians, and impose new safeguarding, cybersecurity, audit, reporting, disclosure, and recordkeeping requirements; it is not binding unless adopted in final form.
Key dates
2026-10-06
The proposed rule was published in the Federal Register as 91 FR 63870, covering pages 63870-64103.
2026-12-07 Deadline
Public comments must be received by the SEC on or before this date.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to determine whether client or fund crypto assets are currently held through arrangements that would constitute adviser or regulated-fund self-custody under the proposal, including arrangements involving service providers, private keys, wallets, or decentralized finance protocols.
Firms should consider mapping proposed requirements for key management, joint authorization, asset segregation, safeguarding expertise, cybersecurity, incident response, annual review, internal control reporting, and client or investor account statements against existing custody, information-security, and operational-resilience controls.
Advisers and regulated funds may wish to assess whether existing custodians, including state trust companies, could satisfy the proposed authorization, policy, audit, internal-control, and segregation conditions.
Compliance teams should consider preparing comments for File No. S7-2026-35 by December 7, 2026, particularly on the proposed scope of self-custody, the qualified-custodian determination, treatment of airdropped crypto assets, decentralized finance activity, and the interaction with existing custody arrangements.
Firms should assess potential changes to Form ADV, Form ADV-E, Form N-CEN, custody records, crypto-network records, audited financial statements, and accountant reports if the proposal is adopted.
Investment advisers and regulated funds may wish to inventory tokenized private funds and tokenized regulated-fund shares in anticipation of the proposed additional Form ADV and Form N-CEN questions.
Firms should distinguish proposal-stage planning from current legal obligations because the publication does not itself impose the proposed requirements and does not establish a final compliance date.
What changed
The proposal would add an adviser self-custody framework under proposed Advisers Act rule 223-1(b)(7), allowing an adviser to self-custody client crypto assets only in specified circumstances and subject to conditions addressing safeguarding expertise, documented safeguarding systems, key management, joint authorization, segregation, cybersecurity risk assessment, threat and vulnerability management, incident response and recovery, annual review, an internal control report, and client account statements.
Compliance impact
The proposal is not currently binding, but it signals a substantial potential redesign of crypto custody compliance for SEC-registered advisers and regulated funds. If finalized substantially as proposed, firms using self-custody or state trust companies would face significant governance, cybersecurity, segregation, audit, internal-control, disclosure, and recordkeeping burdens, while gaining a clearer regulatory pathway for crypto-related investment strategies.
Proposed rule; withdrawal. FinCEN is withdrawing a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) that proposed requiring banks and money service businesses (MSBs) to submit reports, keep records, and verify the identity of customers in relation to transactions involving convertible virtual currency (CVC) or digital assets with…
AI Analysis
FinCEN withdrew, effective October 6, 2026, its December 23, 2020 NPRM concerning reporting, recordkeeping, and customer-identification requirements for certain transactions involving convertible virtual currency or legal-tender digital assets and unhosted or certain foreign-hosted wallets. The proposal never became effective, so the withdrawal removes a prospective compliance framework rather than changing existing Bank Secrecy Act, AML, customer-identification, suspicious-activity-reporting, or sanctions obligations; independent industry commentary generally describes the action as reducing uncertainty and avoiding additional operational burdens.
Key dates
2020-12-23
FinCEN published the NPRM at 85 FR 83840 proposing additional reporting, recordkeeping, and identity-verification requirements for certain transactions involving unhosted or otherwise covered wallets.
2026-10-06
FinCEN withdrew the NPRM and stated that it would take no further action on that rulemaking.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to remove implementation workstreams, testing scenarios, and policy language that were created solely for the withdrawn NPRM's proposed $3,000 recordkeeping or $10,000 reporting thresholds.
Firms should consider documenting that the NPRM was never effective and that its withdrawal does not eliminate existing obligations under the Bank Secrecy Act or applicable implementing regulations in 31 CFR parts 1010, 1020, and 1022.
Banks and MSBs may wish to reassess whether current controls for transfers involving unhosted wallets remain risk-based and supported by documented AML risk assessments, rather than treating the withdrawn proposal's thresholds as mandatory rules.
Crypto businesses should continue reviewing applicable customer-identification, customer-due-diligence, suspicious-activity-reporting, recordkeeping, transaction-monitoring, and OFAC sanctions requirements independently of this withdrawal.
Regulatory-monitoring teams may wish to track whether FinCEN or Treasury develops a replacement digital-asset framework, particularly in light of the stated policy objective that digital-asset regulation be fit for purpose.
What changed
FinCEN withdrew the NPRM published at 85 FR 83840 and stated that it will take no further action on that rulemaking. The withdrawn proposal would have required banks and money services businesses to file reports when a transaction involving an unhosted or otherwise covered wallet exceeded $10,000, or multiple such transactions exceeded $10,000 in 24 hours. It also would have required records, counterparty information, and customer identity verification for covered transactions exceeding $3,000.
Compliance impact
The immediate compliance impact is low because the withdrawn proposal was never a binding rule and therefore created no operative $3,000 or $10,000 obligations. The principal effect is reduced regulatory uncertainty and the removal of a potential future reporting and data-collection burden; existing BSA and AML obligations for covered institutions remain in force.
Withdrawal of finding and notice of proposed rulemaking. FinCEN is withdrawing its finding and proposed rulemaking, pursuant to section 311 of the USA PATRIOT Act, that international Convertible Virtual Currency (CVC) mixing is a class of transactions of primary money laundering concern and that a special measure…
AI Analysis
FinCEN withdrew, effective October 6, 2026, its October 23, 2023 finding that international convertible virtual currency mixing was a class of transactions of primary money laundering concern and its related proposed special measure under USA PATRIOT Act section 311. The withdrawal eliminates the proposed mixer-specific enhanced reporting and recordkeeping regime, but it does not remove existing Bank Secrecy Act, customer due diligence, or suspicious activity reporting obligations; independent industry commentary characterizes the outcome as a deregulatory decision that avoids a potentially broad compliance burden while preserving FinCEN's ability to monitor and address illicit mixer activity.
Key dates
2023-10-23
FinCEN published the proposed section 311 finding and special measure concerning international CVC mixing at 88 FR 72701.
2026-10-06
FinCEN's withdrawal of the finding and proposed rulemaking became effective upon Federal Register publication at 91 FR 63513.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams should discontinue implementation work that was undertaken solely for the withdrawn section 311 CVC-mixing proposal, including plans for the proposal-specific data fields, reporting workflows, and enhanced customer records.
Firms should not interpret the withdrawal as authorization to process illicit mixer activity without controls; they should continue applying existing risk-based AML, sanctions, transaction-monitoring, escalation, and suspicious activity reporting procedures.
Crypto exchanges and other covered institutions should review whether current transaction-monitoring scenarios appropriately identify mixer exposure and other indicators of money laundering or terrorist financing under existing requirements, without treating all privacy-preserving activity as inherently suspicious.
Firms may wish to document the withdrawal in their regulatory inventory, rulemaking-impact assessments, and model or procedure change logs, while preserving controls that address independently applicable BSA or sanctions requirements.
Compliance teams should monitor future FinCEN notices, section 311 actions, enforcement activity, and interpretive guidance because FinCEN expressly reserved the possibility of future measures concerning mixers.
Legal and compliance functions should reassess any customer, product, or transaction restrictions adopted specifically in anticipation of the proposed rule and determine whether they remain justified by the firm's risk assessment, other legal requirements, or contractual obligations.
What changed
FinCEN withdrew the proposed rule published at 88 FR 72701 and the underlying section 311 finding concerning international CVC mixing. The proposed special measure one regime would have required covered financial institutions to report specified information for transactions they knew, suspected, or had reason to suspect involved international CVC mixing, including CVC type and amount, mixer and wallet information, transaction hashes, transaction dates, IP addresses, customer-identifying information, and a narrative description.
Compliance impact
The immediate compliance impact is low to moderate because no new binding reporting or recordkeeping obligation is imposed and the proposed mixer-specific regime will not take effect. The practical consequence is relief from a potentially expansive data-collection and reporting burden, while existing BSA suspicious activity reporting and risk-based AML obligations continue and FinCEN retains authority to pursue future measures.
The CFTC published an advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPRM) on October 5, 2026, seeking input on a future framework for retail crypto asset transactions under Section 2(c)(2)(D) of the Commodity Exchange Act (CEA) and on a purpose-built crypto asset market category within designated contract market registration. This is not a proposed or final rule and creates no immediate new obligations, but it signals potential federal regulation of leveraged, margined, or financed retail crypto activity and a new exchange framework; independent market commentary generally views the initiative as focused on the financing and derivatives layer rather than ordinary unleveraged spot trading.
Key dates
2026-10-05
CFTC published Release 9307-26 announcing the ANPRM and beginning consultation on a potential framework for crypto asset transactions and crypto asset markets.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to determine whether current or planned products involve retail commodity transactions under CEA Section 2(c)(2)(D), particularly where crypto assets are leveraged, margined, financed, or embedded in derivatives or perpetual-style products.
Firms should consider mapping their customer-facing crypto activities, order execution arrangements, custody model, financing terms, liquidation processes, conflicts, market-abuse controls, and consumer disclosures against the issues identified in the ANPRM.
Potential commenters may wish to prepare submissions addressing the scope of CTXs, the proposed treatment of spot versus financed transactions, appropriate registration and supervisory requirements, and the operational feasibility of a crypto asset market category.
Designated contract markets and prospective applicants should consider assessing whether existing governance, surveillance, listing, liquidity, technology, and risk-management controls could support a future crypto asset market registration framework.
Firms may wish to preserve evidence of existing controls and industry practices that they regard as effective, because the CFTC is specifically seeking information on crypto-specific contextual guidance and compliance practices.
Compliance teams should monitor the Federal Register for the ANPRM publication and calculate the 60-day comment period from that publication date rather than from the October 5 press release.
Firms should continue complying with currently applicable CEA, CFTC, securities, commodities, consumer-protection, AML, and state requirements because the ANPRM does not replace or suspend existing obligations.
What changed
The CFTC has opened a consultation process and is considering future rules referred to in market commentary as Regulation Crypto Asset Transactions (CTX) and Regulation Crypto Asset Markets (CAM). The ANPRM seeks views on preventing abusive practices in crypto asset markets and CTXs, providing crypto-specific context on compliance requirements and industry practices that the Commission considers best practices, and codifying a subcategory of designated contract market registration for crypto asset markets.
Compliance impact
Immediate legal impact is limited because the publication is an ANPRM rather than a proposed or final rule. Strategic and supervisory significance is high for retail crypto businesses, particularly those offering leverage, margin, or financing, because the CFTC signals possible preventive conduct requirements, consumer protections, and a dedicated market-registration framework intended to address abusive practices before enforcement occurs.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. FinCEN is issuing a finding and notice of proposed rulemaking, pursuant to section 9714(a) of the Combating Russian Money Laundering Act (Public Law 116-283), as amended by section 6106(b) of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2022 (Public Law 117-81), finding…
Why this matters
FinCEN's notice of proposed rulemaking under section 9714 of the Combating Russian Money Laundering Act establishes a finding that transactions involving A7 Network Sub-Agents constitute a class of transactions of primary money laundering concern in connection with Russian illicit finance.
Proposed rule. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") is proposing to amend the rule under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that allows registered closed-end management investment companies and business development companies (collectively, "regulated closed-end funds") to make repurchase offers to…
Why this matters
This is a SEC proposed rule (not final) with an 62-day comment period (closing 12/04/2026) that materially amends Rules 23c-3, 18f-3, and 17d-3 under the Investment Company Act.
Federal Reserve Board announces it will extend, until November 4, the comment period on its proposal to modernize Regulation O
Why this matters
This is a Federal Reserve consultation on Regulation O, which governs credit extension to bank insiders (executives, directors, major shareholders). The announcement extends the comment deadline from October 5 to November 4, 2026, indicating an active rulemaking process.
We’re consulting on guidance, consequential amendments and transitional provisions to help firms prepare for the new transaction reporting regime. ... Read CP26/34 (PDF) ... Why we are consultingWe are consulting on proposals to help firms implement our new transaction reporting rules.These include: Guidance focused…
AI Analysis
The FCA is consulting on implementation guidance, transitional provisions and consequential Handbook and Technical Standards amendments for the new UK transaction reporting regime established in PS26/15. The regime is scheduled to take effect on 3 April 2028, with firms expected to use the consultation, draft schema and validation rules to design and test systems before FCA systems switch from UK MiFIR formats.
Key dates
2026-10-02
CP26/34 consultation opened and the FCA published the consultation paper and draft implementation materials.
2026-11-06 Deadline
Deadline for responses to CP26/34.
2027-04-03
FCA target date for publication of the final Transaction Reporting User Pack.
2028-04-03 Deadline
New UK transaction reporting rules in MAR 13, MAR 14 and MAR 15 come into force; FCA systems switch to the new schema and validation rules and UK MiFIR reporting formats cease to be accepted.
Suggested considerations
Firms should consider submitting responses to CP26/34 by 6 November 2026, particularly on whether the proposed guidance and transitional provisions resolve practical implementation uncertainties.
Compliance and regulatory reporting teams may wish to map current UK MiFIR reporting processes, fields, instrument populations, back-reporting logic and delegation arrangements against MAR 13, MAR 14 and MAR 15.
Firms should assess the impact of reducing the reporting-field population from 65 to 52, removing EU-only instruments and excluding qualifying FX derivatives, while separately validating that CFDs, spread bets and other retained instruments remain correctly captured.
Technology and operations teams should review the FCA draft schema and validation rules, identify data-source and transformation changes, and begin controlled testing before the 3 April 2028 cutover.
Firms should plan for parallel controls over transaction reports, instrument reference data and order book data during migration, including reconciliation, exception management, resubmission and audit-trail requirements.
Firms considering conditional single-sided reporting should assess counterparty eligibility, reliance controls, data-quality monitoring, contractual arrangements and fallback procedures before changing reporting responsibilities.
Compliance teams may wish to distinguish the three-year default back-reporting period from applicable record-retention obligations and maintain evidence supporting any decision to use the reduced lookback.
Firms should monitor the FCA's planned Q1 2027 consultation and subsequent final Transaction Reporting User Pack, and align implementation governance, vendor deliverables and staff training to the final materials.
What changed
CP26/34 does not propose a new substantive reporting perimeter; it provides implementation detail for the rules introduced in PS26/15. The FCA is consulting on guidance explaining the new rules, transitional arrangements, amendments referring to MAR 13, MAR 14 and MAR 15, and the migration of relevant existing Level 3 Materials into a new Transaction Reporting User Pack.
Compliance impact
The impact is high for firms with substantial UK transaction-reporting activity because the migration affects reporting scope, data models, validation, back-reporting, delegation and operational controls. The FCA describes transaction reports as critical to market monitoring, market-abuse surveillance and supervision, so inaccurate or incomplete implementation could impair supervisory data and expose firms to regulatory scrutiny even though the consultation itself is not a final binding rule.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed new rules and amendments to provide a tailored framework for the custody of crypto assets for registered investment advisers and regulated funds, i.e. registered investment companies and business…
Why this matters
This is a formal SEC proposal (not final rule, hence score 4 not 5) that introduces new rules and amendments specifically addressing how investment advisers and funds may custody crypto assets.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today voted to propose rule amendments that would facilitate capital formation in the public and private markets by expanding retail investor choice and promoting innovation in regulated fund structures while…
Why this matters
The SEC proposal targets expansion of retail investor participation in private markets through regulated fund structure innovations. This is a consultation-stage rulemaking affecting asset managers and broker-dealers' authorization frameworks and disclosure obligations.
We are consulting on the following changes to the Knowledge Base. ... Why we are consultingOn 30 September 2026 we published Policy Statement PS26/19, setting out the new regime for sustainability disclosures for listed issuers.These new rules will come into force on 1 January 2027.In CP26/5 (PDF) we said that we…
AI Analysis
The FCA is consulting on technical guidance supporting the new UK Sustainability Reporting Standards (UK SRS) disclosure regime for listed issuers, which applies to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027. The proposals would introduce Technical Note 803.1 on the FCA’s expectations for comply-or-explain disclosures, amend the existing sustainability disclosure note, and remove the TCFD-specific note; market commentary indicates that issuers should prepare for granular explanations, transition-plan reporting and phased implementation reliefs.
Key dates
2026-09-30
The FCA published GC26/6 and PS26/19; the consultation on the proposed Knowledge Base changes opened.
2026-10-28 Deadline
Deadline for comments on the proposed Technical Note 803.1, amendments to TN 801.4 and deletion of TN 802.3.
2027-01-01
The new UK SRS sustainability disclosure rules apply to accounting periods beginning on or after this date.
2029-01-01
The transitional reliefs for Scope 3 and UK SRS S1 disclosures are expected to fall away for accounting periods beginning on or after this date.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the proposed TN 803.1 and assess whether current annual-report processes can produce sufficiently specific explanations for each UK SRS disclosure that is omitted or only partially provided.
Issuers should consider mapping existing TCFD disclosures, sustainability reporting and climate metrics against UK SRS S1 and UK SRS S2, identifying gaps in governance, strategy, risk management, metrics and targets.
Issuers should consider establishing ownership, evidence trails and internal controls for Scope 3 data, transition-plan disclosures and explanations of non-compliance, including procedures for board or audit committee review.
Listed companies may wish to assess whether they have published a climate-related transition plan and prepare the required statement on its existence and location, or the reasons why no plan has been published.
Issuers should consider confirming whether third-party sustainability assurance has been obtained and how that status will be described in the annual financial report.
Compliance teams may wish to plan for the transitional relief timetable, including the one-year Scope 3 deferral and two-year deferral for UK SRS S1 disclosures, while avoiding reliance on reliefs that will no longer be available for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2029.
Interested parties should consider submitting comments on the proposed Knowledge Base changes to the FCA by 28 October 2026.
Legal, reporting and investor-relations teams may wish to monitor the final version of TN 803.1 before the new rules apply and update disclosure templates, reporting calendars and controls accordingly.
What changed
The FCA proposes to add Primary Market/TN/803.1, “UK SRS sustainability disclosures for listed companies”, explaining the expected level of detail where an issuer complies with, or explains non-compliance with, UK SRS requirements. It proposes consequential amendments to Primary Market/TN/801.4, “Disclosures in relation to sustainability matters, including climate change”, and deletion of Primary Market/TN/802.3, “TCFD aligned climate-related disclosure requirements for listed companies”.
Compliance impact
This is a consultation on guidance rather than a new standalone binding obligation, but it supports final FCA rules that materially change listed-issuer annual-reporting requirements from 1 January 2027. Inadequate UK SRS disclosures or vague explanations may create financial-reporting, governance and regulatory-risk concerns, particularly because the FCA expects explanations to identify omitted requirements, reasons for omission and steps toward future compliance.
On 30 September 2026, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA launched the consultation on the partially revised Circular 2017/6 “Direct transmission”. The consultation will go on until 27 November 2026.
Why this matters
This is a formal consultation on revised regulatory guidance implementing statutory amendments to data transmission rules under FINMASA. The revision clarifies distinctions between supervisory and non-supervisory data transfers and introduces a legal presumption for confidentiality/purpose limitation compliance,...
Singapore, 30 September 2026… The Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) is seeking feedback on targeted updates to the Corporate Governance Regulations, as part of MAS’ regular review of regulatory standards to keep them current and effective for banks, insurers and their designated financial holding companies. The…
Why this matters
This is a formal MAS consultation paper proposing amendments to multiple corporate governance regulations. The update affects core governance frameworks for banks and insurers, including refinements to director independence criteria, board composition requirements for systemically important institutions, and new...
Marktpartijen willen graag meer duidelijkheid over beleggingsconcepten, waaronder automatisch herbalanceren en risicoafbouw bij zelfbeleggen (‘execution only’). De AFM onderzocht onder welke voorwaarden dat zou kunnen; ons consultatiedocument bevat concrete denkrichtingen én mogelijke oplossingsrichtingen. We nodigen…
Why this matters
This is a formal AFM consultation document (deadline 11 November 2026) addressing regulatory treatment of model portfolio services within execution-only (self-directed) investment services.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) proposes to issue regulations that would establish procedures to be followed by an insured State member bank that seeks to obtain Board approval for a subsidiary to issue payment stablecoins pursuant to the Guiding and…
Why this matters
This is a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) from the Federal Reserve implementing the GENIUS Act's application procedures for insured State member banks seeking Board approval for subsidiaries to issue payment stablecoins.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) proposes to issue regulations to implement the Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for U.S. Stablecoins Act (GENIUS Act) with respect to Board-supervised permitted payment stablecoin issuers (PPSIs) and certain other…
Why this matters
This is a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) from the Federal Reserve implementing the Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for U.S. Stablecoins Act (GENIUS Act).
The European Banking Authority (EBA) today started a public consultation on proposed revisions to the Implementing Technical Standards (ITS) governing the joint decision process for institution-specific prudential requirements foreseen by Article 113 of the Capital Requirements Directive. The revisions are part of the…
Why this matters
This is a formal EBA consultation on revised ITS governing joint decisions on prudential requirements under CRD Article 113. The update affects the supervisory framework for cross-border banking groups and introduces streamlined templates and alignment with revised SREP guidelines.
Federal Reserve Board requests public comment on two proposals related to establishing a regulatory framework for Board-supervised payment stablecoin issuers under the GENIUS Act
Why this matters
This is a formal consultation (not final rule) from the Federal Reserve on foundational regulatory requirements for a new asset class—payment stablecoins. The two proposals address reserve backing, capital requirements, risk management, asset safekeeping, and application procedures.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The FDIC is proposing amendments to its regulations to recognize parity between out-of-State State banks and national banks concerning the application of host State laws when State banks provide services outside of their chartering State. Under the proposed rule, when host State laws do…
Why this matters
This is a proposed rulemaking (not final) by the FDIC addressing parity between State-chartered banks and national banks regarding application of host State laws when providing services outside their chartering State.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) is inviting comment on a proposed rule that would fundamentally reform important aspects of the FDIC's approach to processing and evaluating merger transactions subject to the Bank Merger Act (BMA). Notable reforms under the proposed rule…
Why this matters
This is a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) from the FDIC that would substantially revise 12 CFR Parts 303, 314, and 333 governing merger transaction procedures and evaluation.
Reopening of comment period. On May 6, 2026, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission published in the Federal Register a notice of proposed rulemaking ("NPRM"), titled Privacy Act Regulations, to amend its Privacy Act regulations to exempt the CFTC-59 Insider Risk Program Records System of Records from certain…
Why this matters
This is a notice reopening the comment period for a proposed rulemaking (NPRM) by the CFTC to amend Privacy Act regulations. The proposal seeks to exempt the CFTC-59 Insider Risk Program Records System from certain Privacy Act provisions to protect insider risk investigations.
Proposed rule. The Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission") is proposing to rescind Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act") and leave determinations about the role of shareholder proposals to State law and company governing documents. The Commission also is proposing to amend…
Why this matters
This is a SEC proposed rule (not final) addressing the rescission of Rule 14a-8 governing shareholder proposals in proxy materials and amendments to Rule 14a-4 on discretionary voting authority.
Proposed rule. The Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission") is proposing amendments to modernize certain rules related to proxy solicitations. The proposed amendments would, among other things, eliminate the requirement that registrants deliver an annual report to security holders, eliminate the delivery…
Why this matters
This is a formal SEC proposed rule (Release Nos. 33-11439; 34-106385; 39-2566) published in the Federal Register on 09/21/2026 with a comment deadline of 11/20/2026.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed to rescind Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which exceeds the scope of the Commission's statutory authority and intrudes into matters of state law.The Commission outlined…
Why this matters
This is a formal SEC proposal to rescind a foundational shareholder rights rule under the Securities Exchange Act. The consultation affects capital markets participants (broker-dealers, asset managers) and all public companies regarding proxy processes and shareholder engagement.
The ADGM Registration Authority (the “RA”) has issued a Consultation Paper to seek public feedback on a proposal to issue new Undeveloped Commercial Land Regulations (the “Regulations”).
Why this matters
This is a formal Consultation Paper (No. 3 of 2026) issued by the ADGM Registration Authority seeking public feedback on proposed new regulations governing undeveloped commercial land. The consultation has a specific deadline (4 October 2026), indicating a structured regulatory process.
We’re seeking views on whether tokenising gold could improve how it is traded, transferred, pledged and held in UK markets. ... Read the Call for Input (PDF)Why we are consultingTokenisation means creating digital tokens that represent ownership of physical gold, which can then be transferred electronically. There is…
AI Analysis
On 14 September 2026, the FCA opened a Call for Input on whether tokenised gold could improve the trading, transfer, pledging and custody of gold in UK wholesale markets. The FCA is seeking evidence on use cases, operational and market risks, interoperability and the uncertainty over whether particular structures fall within the collective investment scheme (CIS) or alternative investment fund (AIF) perimeter; responses are due by 23 October 2026.
Key dates
2026-09-14
FCA published the Call for Input on tokenised gold.
2026-10-23 Deadline
Deadline for stakeholders to submit responses to the FCA.
Suggested considerations
Firms developing or considering tokenised gold may wish to assess whether their proposed token, contractual rights and underlying custody arrangements could constitute a CIS, an AIF, a financial instrument or another regulated product under FSMA 2000 and the Regulated Activities Order.
Potential issuers and platform operators should consider documenting the legal relationship between the token holder, the bullion custodian and the physical gold, including allocation, segregation, redemption, transfer, lien, insolvency and loss arrangements.
Wholesale market participants may wish to evaluate specific collateral use cases in securities lending, repo and derivatives, including eligibility, valuation, margining, haircut, settlement finality, enforcement and treatment following a platform or custodian failure.
Firms should consider whether their governance, outsourcing, operational-resilience, cyber-security, private-key management, ledger-access and business-continuity controls are appropriate for tokenised ownership records and programmable transfers.
Asset managers and product sponsors may wish to review whether existing disclosures, fund constitutional documents, custody arrangements, valuation policies and investor protections adequately address tokenised gold.
Industry participants may wish to submit evidence to the FCA by 23 October 2026, addressing practical use cases, barriers, risks, interoperability standards and the effect of CIS and AIF perimeter uncertainty.
Compliance teams may wish to monitor subsequent FCA policy development, including possible guidance or a bespoke regime, rather than treating the Call for Input as confirmation that any particular tokenised-gold structure is currently permitted or outside regulation.
What changed
No binding rule, authorisation requirement or supervisory obligation has been introduced. The FCA has begun an evidence-gathering exercise that may inform future guidance or a bespoke regime for tokenised gold. The regulator is examining whether digital tokens representing ownership of physical gold can support wholesale collateral, including potential use in securities lending, repo and derivatives transactions, while preserving market integrity, consumer protection and the existing strengths of London's gold-market infrastructure.
Compliance impact
The immediate compliance impact is limited because the publication is non-binding and does not change the regulatory perimeter. Its significance is nevertheless material for firms pursuing tokenised-gold products or collateral, because the FCA is signalling that classification under the CIS and AIF regimes, custody and title integrity, operational resilience, market infrastructure and investor protection will be central to future regulatory treatment.
PRESS RELEASE | SEPTEMBER 11, 2026 Agencies Seek Comment on Proposed Third-Party Risk Management Guidance and Issue Statement on Community Bank Engagement with Core Service Providers WASHINGTON— Today the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, the National Credit Union Administration, and…
Why this matters
This is a joint proposal from four federal banking regulators (FDIC, Federal Reserve, NCUA, OCC) seeking public comment on comprehensive third-party risk management guidance. The guidance is principles-based and non-binding but signals supervisory priorities and will eventually replace existing guidance.
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency today continued to empower community banks and reduce their burden with a proposal to tailor third-party risk management to actual risk, and by providing greater clarity regarding supervision and enforcement of core service providers.
Why this matters
This is a policy proposal from the OCC (U.S. banking regulator) that introduces tailored third-party risk management guidance and clarifies supervision of core service providers for community banks.
Agencies Seek Comment on Proposed Third-Party Risk Management Guidance and Issue Statement on Community Bank Engagement with Core Service Providers Today the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, the National Credit Union Administration, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency…
Why this matters
This is a formal consultation (OCC Bulletin) issued jointly by four federal banking agencies (OCC, Federal Reserve, FDIC, NCUA) proposing revised guidance on third-party risk management. The guidance applies broadly to national banks, federal savings associations, federal branches/agencies, and community banks.
Agencies seek comment on proposed third-party risk management guidance and issue statement on community bank engagement with core service providers
Why this matters
This is a joint consultation by four federal banking regulators (Federal Reserve, FDIC, OCC, NCUA) on proposed third-party risk management guidance. The update signals a material shift in supervisory approach—moving to principles-based guidance and rescinding prior guidance.
Today the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, the National Credit Union Administration, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (collectively, the agencies) requested comment on proposed guidance to assist financial institutions with managing risks associated with third-party…
Why this matters
This is a multi-agency (FDIC, Federal Reserve, NCUA, OCC) consultation requesting comment on proposed guidance to replace existing third-party risk management rules. The update directly addresses supervisory expectations for managing third-party relationships and core service provider engagement.
ESMA consults on disclosure requirements and updates guidelines and Q&As under the Prospectus Regulation 09 September 2026 Guidelines and Technical standards Prospectus Simplification and Burden Reduction The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has…
Why this matters
This is a multi-part regulatory package including a formal consultation (deadline 9 November 2026), final guidelines on product supplements, and final RTS on prospectus financial information submitted for Commission adoption.
Backgrounder: Draft Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) Guideline (2027)
Why this matters
This is a consultation on proposed updates to OSFI's TLAC Guideline affecting D-SIBs. The update introduces new binding obligations (biennial legal opinion updates, specified points of law) with a May 1, 2027 effective date.
Proposed rule; rescission. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission" or the "SEC") is proposing to rescind the political contribution rule under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the "Advisers Act"), which prohibits investment advisers from providing investment advisory services for compensation to a…
Why this matters
This is a proposed rule (not final) from the SEC targeting Rule 206(4)-5 under the Investment Advisers Act. It directly affects asset managers' governance and conduct obligations regarding political contributions and pay-to-play practices.
CPMI-IOSCO are seeking input from stakeholders on a cyber resilience toolkit for financial market infrastructures (FMIs) and on risks to FMIs from third-party service providers. The Cyber resilience toolkit: practical considerations for FMIs supports FMIs in strengthening their cyber resilience frameworks. The…
Why this matters
This is a formal consultation by CPMI-IOSCO seeking stakeholder input on two interconnected deliverables: a cyber resilience toolkit for FMIs and a discussion paper on third-party service provider risks. The toolkit complements existing PFMI principles and provides practical guidance on operational resilience.
Proposed rule. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") is proposing to adopt new rules, amend existing rules, amend the existing form for registration with the Commission as a transfer agent (Form TA-1) and the existing form for reporting activities of transfer agents (Form TA-2), and…
Why this matters
This is a SEC proposed rule (not final) that amends multiple transfer agent rules (17ac2-1, 17ac2-2, 17ad-1 through 17ad-17) and introduces two new rules (17ad-30 on compliance, 17ad-31 on restrictive legends).
The Securities and Exchange Commission today issued a proposal to rescind its “pay-to-play” rule that prohibits investment advisers from providing compensated investment advisory services to a government client for two years…
Why this matters
This is a formal SEC proposal to rescind Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-5 (the 'pay-to-play' rule), a binding compliance obligation for investment advisers since 2010. The proposal directly affects governance, compliance obligations, and licensing conditions for asset managers.
ASIC and APRA commence consultation on FAR streamlining
Why this matters
This is a formal consultation by two major Australian regulators (ASIC and APRA) proposing changes to the FAR that will reduce reporting burden across banking, insurance, and superannuation sectors. The update affects governance and accountability frameworks for a broad set of regulated firms.
Proposed rule. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission" or the "SEC") is proposing an amendment to designate debt obligations issued by the European Union as "exempted securities" for the purposes of marketing and trading futures contracts on those securities in the United States or to U.S. persons…
Why this matters
This is a proposed rule (not final) with a 61-day comment period (closing 11/02/2026) that would expand the scope of exempted securities under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to include EU debt obligations for purposes of futures contracts.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed to update the rules and forms that apply to registered transfer agents.Transfer agents are a key component of the national clearance and settlement system. Transfer agents now perform a more diverse…
Why this matters
This is a formal SEC rule proposal (consultation) that modernizes legacy regulations governing registered transfer agents, a critical component of the U.S. securities clearance and settlement system.
MAS published a consultation paper on proposed legislative amendments to the Payment Services Act 2019 (PS Act) to implement MAS’ regulatory framework for stablecoins in Singapore. The amendments will set out how stablecoin issuers may qualify to be MAS-regulated, and the safeguards they must meet to support value…
Why this matters
This is a formal consultation paper on proposed legislative amendments to the Payment Services Act 2019 to establish the MAS Single-Currency Stablecoin framework.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. FinCEN is issuing a notice of proposed rulemaking, pursuant to section 311 of the USA PATRIOT Act, that finds the five United Arab Emirates-based branches of Banque Misr (collectively, Banque Misr UAE) to be of primary money laundering concern and proposes imposing a special measure to…
Why this matters
This is a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) under section 311 of the USA PATRIOT Act by FinCEN designating Banque Misr UAE as a financial institution of primary money laundering concern due to facilitation of Iranian shadow banking (USD 1.8 billion identified). The proposed special measure five prohibits U.S.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) proposes to revise the supervisory framework for the issuance of matters requiring attention (MRAs) in response to violations of laws or regulations and for addressing violations for which the OCC does not take an enforcement action or…
Why this matters
This is a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) from the OCC that would materially revise the supervisory framework for addressing violations of banking laws and regulations. The proposal introduces a new categorical distinction (substantive vs.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed amendments to Rule 3a12-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to add the debt obligations of the European Union (EU) to the list of foreign government debt obligations designated as "exempted…
Why this matters
This is a formal SEC proposed rulemaking (consultation) that amends an existing Exchange Act rule to add EU debt obligations to the exempted securities list for futures purposes. It affects broker-dealers and asset managers engaged in futures trading and derivatives markets.
Notice of proposed rulemaking; extension of comment period. The FDIC is extending the public comment period on the proposed rule "Disclosure of Information," which was published in the Federal Register on June 30, 2026. FDIC is extending the public comment period from August 31, 2026, to October 5, 2026, to provide…
Why this matters
The provided content is a CAPTCHA/bot-detection message and technical notice about accessing Federal Register and eCFR APIs. It contains no regulatory substance, policy announcement, consultation, guidance, or enforcement action.
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) issued a notice of proposed rulemaking to refine the standard for the issuance of matters requiring attention (MRA) in response to violations of laws and regulations (12 CFR 4.92). The proposed rule would establish two categories of violations: "substantive…
AI Analysis
On August 27, 2026, the OCC proposed amending 12 CFR 4.92 to distinguish substantive violations from technical violations and to restrict violation-based MRAs to substantive violations. The proposal would raise the practical threshold for an MRA while preserving examiner authority to require correction of technical violations; independent commentary characterizes the broader supervisory direction as a shift toward material financial risk, legal violations, and more standardized supervisory communications.
Key dates
2026-08-27
The OCC issued Bulletin 2026-42 announcing the notice of proposed rulemaking.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to inventory open and recently closed MRAs arising from alleged legal or regulatory violations and assess whether each matter would satisfy one or more of the proposed substantive-violation criteria.
Firms should consider strengthening documentation linking examination findings to duration, frequency, systemic characteristics, financial-condition effects, books-and-records impacts, customer harm, restitution, or insider misconduct.
Banks may wish to separate remediation plans for legal or regulatory violations from broader supervisory enhancements, because the proposal would limit examiner authority over technical violations to directing correction of the violation itself.
Compliance and examination-management teams should consider preparing comments or internal positions on the undefined terms more than minimal, systemic, pattern, and meaningfully impact, including how those terms should be applied to isolated but high-severity events.
Management may wish to review escalation thresholds so that technical-violation treatment does not result in under-escalation of recurring findings that could become systemic or satisfy the proposed substantive criteria.
Banks should monitor the Federal Register publication of the notice of proposed rulemaking and calculate the 30-day comment period from that publication date rather than from the OCC bulletin date.
Legal and regulatory-change teams may wish to assess this proposal alongside the OCC-FDIC final rule and related supervisory reforms concerning unsafe or unsound practices, MRAs, and material financial risk, while treating the proposal as nonfinal until adopted.
What changed
The proposed rule would provide that the OCC may issue an MRA for a violation of a banking or banking-related law or regulation only when the violation is substantive. A violation would be substantive when its nature, duration, frequency, or severity could meaningfully impact the bank or its customers, and at least one of five criteria would need to be met: the violation is systemic or constitutes a pattern; it has had or could reasonably be expected to have a direct, clear, predictable, and more than minimal impact on the bank's financial condition; it has had or could reasonably be expected...
Compliance impact
The proposal is not currently binding, but it could materially change how OCC examination findings involving legal and regulatory violations are categorized, escalated, and remediated. It may reduce MRAs for genuinely minor violations while increasing the importance of evidence showing systemic conduct, recurring patterns, customer harm, financial impact, books-and-records effects, or insider misconduct; the OCC has not proposed eliminating the underlying obligation to comply with applicable law or correct violations.
The European Banking Authority (EBA) today launched a public consultation on draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) specifying the operational risk management framework that institutions must have in place as per Article 323 of the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR3). The draft RTS set out harmonised…
AI Analysis
The EBA launched a consultation on draft Regulatory Technical Standards under Article 323(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, as amended by CRR3 Regulation (EU) 2024/1623, defining institutions’ operational risk management framework. The draft would harmonise governance, operational risk processes, assessment systems, data, taxonomy, reporting, validation and audit requirements, with reduced granularity and review/reporting frequency for institutions with a business indicator below EUR 750 million.
Key dates
2026-08-26
EBA consultation launched and consultation period opened.
2026-09-25 Deadline
Deadline to register for the EBA virtual public hearing, at 16:00 CEST.
2026-09-29
EBA virtual public hearing from 10:00 to 12:00 CEST (Paris time).
2026-12-31 Deadline
Deadline for submitting consultation responses to the EBA, at 23:59 CEST.
Suggested considerations
Compliance and operational-risk teams should obtain and map the consultation draft against Article 323(1), points (a) to (h), of the CRR and identify requirements that would require changes to policies, committee mandates, controls or management information.
Institutions should determine their business indicator and assess whether it is below the proposed EUR 750 million proportionality threshold, while treating that threshold as proposed rather than final.
Firms should inventory operational-risk data sources, loss-event thresholds, taxonomies, reporting processes, validation controls and audit coverage, and assess whether data granularity is sufficient for the proposed framework.
Management-body and senior-management responsibilities should be compared with existing governance arrangements, including the independence, authority and resourcing of the operational risk management function.
Firms should assess alignment between the proposed RTS, CRR3 operational-risk capital and reporting implementation, the EBA Guidelines on internal governance and DORA, avoiding duplication or gaps for ICT-related risk.
Affected stakeholders should consider submitting comments to the EBA by 31 December 2026; compliance teams may wish to coordinate responses with risk, finance, internal audit and industry associations.
Stakeholders wishing to participate in the EBA public hearing should register by 25 September 2026 at 16:00 CEST and prepare questions on proportionality, data granularity, thresholds, reporting frequency and implementation timing.
Institutions should monitor the EBA’s final draft, the European Commission’s endorsement process and the eventual application date before treating the consultation text as a binding requirement.
What changed
The proposed RTS would give detailed effect to Article 323(1), points (a) to (h), of the CRR by requiring three framework components: governance arrangements, an operational risk management process and an operational risk assessment system. They clarify responsibilities of the management body, senior management and the independent operational risk management function, and address operational risk data and taxonomy, the business indicator component, reporting, validation and audit. ICT risk requirements are intended to remain governed primarily by Regulation (EU) 2022/2554 (DORA).
Compliance impact
The proposal is not yet legally binding, but it signals material future supervisory expectations for operational-risk governance, data quality, taxonomy, monitoring, validation and audit across CRR3 institutions. Impact is likely to be highest for institutions whose existing frameworks were designed around legacy operational-risk approaches or whose loss data and management information cannot support the proposed harmonised requirements; institutions below EUR 750 million business indicator should receive proportional relief, subject to the final text.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("Commission" or "CFTC") proposes to amend its regulations for swap execution facilities ("SEFs") to remove the requirement for SEFs to offer an order book for swap transactions that are not subject to trade execution requirement under section…
AI Analysis
On August 26, 2026, the CFTC proposed amending 17 CFR 37.3(a)(2) to require SEFs to offer an Order Book only for Required Transactions, rather than for all swaps listed for trading. The proposal would make Order Books optional for Permitted Transactions, codify the approach in No-Action Letter No. 25-24, and give SEFs greater discretion to use execution methods suited to episodic and less-liquid swaps.
Key dates
2026-08-26
The CFTC proposed the amendment in 91 FR 55030, RIN 3038-AF79, and opened the public-comment period.
2026-09-25 Deadline
Public comments on the proposed rule must be received by the CFTC.
Suggested considerations
SEF compliance teams should distinguish Required Transactions from Permitted Transactions under 17 CFR 37.9 and confirm that any planned platform changes preserve Order Book and RFQ functionality for Required Transactions.
SEFs may wish to inventory Permitted Transaction products, execution protocols, customer usage, liquidity, pre-trade transparency, surveillance dependencies, and annual Order Book operating costs before deciding whether to retain, modify, or discontinue optional Order Book functionality.
SEFs relying on CFTC No-Action Letter No. 25-24 should assess whether their current implementation remains consistent with the proposal and should monitor the eventual final rule rather than treating the NPRM as binding law.
SEF applicants may wish to reassess platform design and launch costs because the proposal could remove the need to build an Order Book solely for Permitted Transactions.
Swap dealers, major swap participants, and other active SEF users should assess whether removal of an optional Order Book could affect execution practices, liquidity access, pre-trade transparency, best-execution analysis, or internal trading procedures for Permitted Transactions.
Interested firms should consider submitting comments to CFTC docket CFTC-2026-1882, including quantified technology, staffing, infrastructure, surveillance-integration, and market-impact data, by September 25, 2026.
Compliance teams should continue applying CEA section 2(h)(8), 17 CFR 37.9, and applicable Part 43 reporting obligations unless and until a final rule changes them.
What changed
The proposed amendment would revise 17 CFR 37.3(a)(2) so that a SEF must, at a minimum, offer an Order Book as defined in 17 CFR 37.3(a)(3) for Required Transactions as defined in 17 CFR 37.9(a)(1). It would remove the obligation to offer an Order Book for Permitted Transactions, defined in 17 CFR 37.9(c)(1) as transactions that do not involve a swap subject to the CEA section 2(h)(8) trade-execution requirement. SEFs could continue offering Order Books for Permitted Transactions voluntarily and could use any execution method permitted under 17 CFR 37.9(c)(2).
Compliance impact
This is a proposed rule and does not itself create an immediate new obligation or remove the existing regulatory text. If finalized, SEFs could reduce costs and redesign execution workflows for Permitted Transactions, but firms may face changes in available pre-trade transparency and execution protocols; the CFTC identifies possible transparency and price-discovery effects as the principal adverse considerations and regards the expected direct compliance cost of removal as de minimis.
The European Banking Authority (EBA) today launched a consultation on three draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) on the reclassification of investment firms as credit institutions, when they exceed the EUR 30 billion total assets threshold. The proposals clarify how total assets should be calculated against this…
AI Analysis
The EBA launched a consultation on 25 August 2026 covering three draft RTS that would determine how investment firms monitor the EUR 30 billion asset threshold, report threshold information, and seek a waiver from credit institution authorisation. The consultation is particularly relevant to large EU investment firms and groups because exceeding the threshold can trigger an application for authorisation as a credit institution, with significantly broader prudential, supervisory and governance consequences.
Key dates
2026-08-25
EBA launched the consultation on three draft RTS.
2026-09-25 Deadline
Deadline at 16:00 CEST to register for the EBA virtual public hearing.
2026-09-30
EBA virtual public hearing scheduled from 10:00 CEST.
2026-11-25 Deadline
Deadline for submitting comments on the consultation.
Suggested considerations
Firms should assess whether their solo and group-level asset populations capture all entities and activities covered by the CRD amendments, including the potential effect of EU branches and consolidated group assets.
Compliance and finance teams may wish to reconcile the proposed threshold methodology against regulatory reporting, audited financial statements and internal management information, using a rolling 12-month monitoring process where relevant.
Investment firms above EUR 5 billion should review the draft reporting templates and instructions and identify data, governance, validation and submission gaps before the RTS become applicable.
Firms near the EUR 30 billion threshold should model the consequences of credit institution authorisation, including CRD and CRR application, supervisory engagement, capital and liquidity requirements, governance expectations and implementation timelines.
Groups potentially affected by the group test should consider submitting comments on the geographic scope of assets, treatment of branches, consolidation methodology and any disproportionate effects on cross-border business models.
Potentially eligible firms may wish to prepare evidence against the proposed waiver factors and engage early with their competent authority, while recognising that a waiver is discretionary and not guaranteed.
Stakeholders wishing to participate in the EBA public hearing should register by the stated registration deadline and firms wishing to influence the final RTS should submit consultation responses by 25 November 2026.
What changed
The EBA is revising its draft RTS following the 2024 amendments to the Capital Requirements Directive, including clarifications on which entities and assets must be included in the threshold calculation at solo and group level. The package addresses the methodology for calculating total assets against the EUR 30 billion threshold, reporting requirements for investment firms whose total assets exceed EUR 5 billion under Article 55(5) of the Investment Firms Regulation, and the factors competent authorities must consider when deciding whether to grant a waiver under Article 8a(7) of the CRD.
Compliance impact
The immediate impact is preparatory because these are draft RTS, but the potential consequence of crossing the EUR 30 billion threshold is high: an investment firm may be required to apply for authorisation as a credit institution rather than continue under a MiFID investment firm authorisation. Firms should treat the consultation as an important supervisory and implementation signal, particularly where asset growth, group consolidation or branch structures could bring them within scope.
Proposed rule. The Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission") is proposing new rules to create a tailored offering regime for certain investment contracts involving crypto assets. The proposed offering regime is intended to facilitate capital formation and accommodate innovation within the crypto asset markets…
Why this matters
The content is a technical notice regarding automated scraping prevention and CAPTCHA requirements on Federal Register and eCFR websites. It contains no regulatory substance, policy changes, guidance, or obligations.
Request for comment. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC" or "Commission") is seeking public responses to this Request for Comment to better inform its understanding and oversight of derivatives markets in compute.
AI Analysis
The CFTC published a Request for Comment on August 21, 2026, seeking empirical and data-driven views on whether and how compute derivatives—particularly contracts referencing rented AI-compute capacity, GPU capacity, inference tokens, and perpetual futures—could be listed and overseen. The publication does not create new binding requirements, but it signals that potential listings will be assessed under existing Commodity Exchange Act requirements concerning manipulation, benchmark reliability, surveillance, customer protection, AML, and financial integrity; independent market coverage describes this as an early regulatory step linked to proposed GPU-rental futures and a potential October 5, 2026 launch by CME Group and Silicon Data, subject to regulatory review.
Key dates
2026-08-21
Request for Comment published in the Federal Register.
2026-10-20 Deadline
Comments are due, calculated as 60 days after Federal Register publication.
2026-10-05
Reported target date for CME Group and Silicon Data to list two compute or GPU-rental futures contracts, subject to regulatory review; this date is not established by the CFTC Request for Comment.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to determine whether the firm has relevant empirical data on compute prices, volumes, counterparties, supplier concentration, utilization, capacity commitments, or bilateral contract terms that could support a CFTC submission.
Potential DCM and SEF applicants should consider mapping proposed contract specifications and settlement methodologies against CEA section 5(d), Core Principles 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, and 11, 17 CFR 38.150-38.160, 38.200-38.201, 38.250-38.258, 38.500, and 38.603, and the guidance in 17 CFR part 38 appendices B and C.
Firms developing or contributing data to a compute index should consider documenting data provenance, publication practices, governance, auditability, contributor concentration, observation-window controls, fallback mechanisms, and safeguards against manipulation by capacity providers.
FCMs, introducing brokers, and other intermediaries may wish to assess whether existing BSA/AML, KYC, onboarding, suitability, disclosure, and market-conduct controls address the risks identified for compute derivatives, including opaque bilateral markets and geopolitically sensitive supply.
Market participants may wish to submit comments by the applicable deadline, clearly referencing RIN 3038-AF77 and the Request for Comment on the Listing of Compute Derivatives Contracts, while avoiding unnecessary personal or confidential business information because submissions will be publicly posted.
Firms tracking product development should consider monitoring any subsequent DCM self-certification or Commission-approval filing, as the consultation itself does not authorize trading or postpone a proposed listing.
What changed
No final rule, approval, prohibition, or new compliance obligation was introduced. The CFTC is requesting comment on compute cash-market size, liquidity, transparency, supplier concentration, fungibility, benchmark methodology, deliverable supply, manipulation risks, surveillance feasibility, customer protection, heightened BSA/AML and KYC issues, retail protections, and the design and risks of perpetual compute futures.
Compliance impact
Immediate impact is limited because the publication is nonbinding, but it provides a significant signal about the CFTC's likely scrutiny of benchmark integrity, manipulation susceptibility, surveillance access, customer protection, and AML controls before compute contracts can be listed. Firms involved in a proposed market may face substantial evidentiary and control-design expectations under existing DCM, SEF, FCM, and intermediary rules, particularly where reference data is private, concentrated, or controlled by compute providers.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("Commission" or "CFTC") is proposing several amendments to its registration requirements for certain commodity pool operators ("CPOs") and commodity trading advisors ("CTAs") to reduce duplicative and overlapping regulation and reflect inflation…
AI Analysis
The CFTC proposed amendments to Regulations 4.13 and 4.14 that would create a formal registration exemption for SEC-registered investment advisers operating pools limited to qualified eligible persons and specified accredited investors, with a related CTA exemption. The proposal would also double the Small Pool Exemption’s aggregate gross capital-contributions ceiling from $400,000 to $800,000 while retaining the 15-participant limit, reducing potential duplicative SEC-CFTC obligations if adopted.
Key dates
2026-08-21
Proposal published in the Federal Register for public comment.
2026-10-05 Deadline
Written comments are due 45 days after Federal Register publication.
Suggested considerations
Firms should assess each pool’s investor eligibility against the natural-person and non-natural-person requirements in proposed Regulation 4.13(a)(4), including the distinctions between qualified eligible persons and accredited investors.
RIAs should review offering documents, subscription procedures, investor representations, and transfer controls to support the required reasonable belief at investment or conversion that all participants satisfy the applicable eligibility criteria.
Compliance teams may wish to confirm that each relevant pool’s interests qualify for a Securities Act exemption and that U.S. marketing practices comply with the proposed restriction, including the Rule 506(c) exception.
Eligible advisers should map Form PF obligations and determine whether existing SEC filings would satisfy the proposed condition that Form PF be filed where required.
Firms should prepare to file or update electronic exemption notices with the NFA and maintain the proposed Regulation 4.13 annual affirmation, recordkeeping, disclosure, and statutory-disqualification representations.
Managers operating both registered and exempt pools should assess the proposed Regulation 4.13(e)(2) communications and redemption-right requirements and identify whether any existing participants would require notice before a pool is operated as exempt.
Small-pool operators should model eligibility using the proposed $800,000 aggregate threshold while continuing to monitor the 15-participant-per-pool limit and unchanged contribution exclusions.
Managers relying on Staff Letter 25-50 should preserve evidence of current compliance and evaluate transition implications because the CFTC preliminarily proposes to supersede that relief if the rule is finalized.
What changed
Proposed Regulation 4.13(a)(4) would exempt an SEC-registered investment adviser from CPO registration for qualifying pools if the pool interests are exempt from Securities Act registration and are not publicly marketed in the United States, except that the marketing restriction would not apply to pools offered under SEC Rule 506(c) of Regulation D.
Compliance impact
This is a proposed rule rather than a currently binding amendment, but it could materially reduce CPO and CTA registration and duplicative compliance burdens for RIAs serving sophisticated investors. Until adoption, firms should not assume the proposed exemptions or $800,000 threshold are available and should continue relying on existing registrations, exemptions, or Staff Letter 25-50 only where all current conditions are satisfied.
The CFTC proposed amending Regulation 37.3(a)(2) to eliminate the requirement that swap execution facilities (SEFs) offer an order book for permitted transactions—swaps not subject to the Commodity Exchange Act section 2(h)(8) trade-execution mandate. The proposal would codify relief already reflected in the CFTC’s 2025 no-action position, giving SEFs greater discretion over execution methods while preserving order-book-related requirements for required transactions.
Key dates
2026-08-20
CFTC announced and published the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking seeking amendments to Regulation 37.3(a)(2).
Suggested considerations
SEFs should assess which listed products and transaction categories are permitted transactions under Regulation 37.9(c)(1), distinguishing them from swaps subject to the CEA section 2(h)(8) trade-execution requirement.
SEFs should consider whether to submit comments within 30 days after the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking is published in the Federal Register, including evidence on order-book usage, execution quality, liquidity, market transparency, and operational costs.
SEFs should review their rulebooks, execution protocols, product listings, disclosures, surveillance coverage, and client documentation to determine what changes would be needed if the proposal is finalized.
SEFs relying on the CFTC’s existing no-action relief should confirm the relief’s scope and conditions and maintain controls ensuring that required transactions continue to satisfy applicable execution requirements.
Swap dealers, major swap participants, and other market participants should identify whether counterparties or venues may discontinue order-book functionality for permitted transactions and evaluate impacts on liquidity access, best execution or execution-quality processes, recordkeeping, and internal trading procedures.
Compliance teams should monitor the Federal Register for the actual publication date, comment deadline, final-rule date, and any changes to the proposed effective date; the August 20, 2026 press release does not itself establish the comment deadline.
What changed
The proposed rule would remove the Regulation 37.3(a)(2) requirement for an SEF to offer an order book for permitted transactions. A permitted transaction is defined in Regulation 37.9(c)(1) as a transaction that does not involve a swap subject to the CEA section 2(h)(8) trade-execution requirement; such transactions are not required to be executed on an SEF or designated contract market and may use any execution method offered by the SEF.
Compliance impact
The proposal is deregulatory for SEFs because it would remove a mandatory trading-system functionality for permitted transactions and allow greater flexibility in execution design. It does not reduce the requirement for required transactions to use the applicable SEF execution framework, so misclassification of a transaction could create execution-compliance and enforcement risk; market commentary also indicates the proposal would formalize the practical relief previously provided by CFTC No-Action Letter 25-24.
On August 19, 2026, the CFTC issued a request for comment on the potential listing and oversight of derivatives linked to compute, including perpetual compute futures. The publication is a prerule information-gathering exercise, not an authorization or binding rule, but it signals that the CFTC is assessing whether compute can support regulated derivatives markets and is focusing on liquidity, benchmark integrity, manipulation, and customer-protection risks as the market develops.
Key dates
2026-08-19
CFTC issued Release 9286-26 and announced the request for comment on listing compute derivatives contracts.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to identify whether the firm has direct or indirect exposure to compute cash markets, proposed compute futures, perpetual futures, benchmark administration, clearing, brokerage, or related trading activity.
Firms considering submitting comments should assess the CFTC questions concerning cash-market size and liquidity, contract specifications, price formation, benchmark representativeness, settlement and rollover mechanics, manipulation scenarios, customer protection, and the risks of perpetual contracts.
Potential contract venues and intermediaries should consider documenting how existing CFTC requirements under the Commodity Exchange Act and 17 CFR Parts 1 and 38 could apply to product submission, exchange oversight, market surveillance, position management, reporting, risk management, and customer funds.
Trading and surveillance functions may wish to evaluate potential abusive strategies involving GPU capacity reservations, cloud allocation, data-centre outages, energy constraints, benchmark inputs, wash trading, spoofing, corners, squeezes, and manipulation of physical or reference markets.
Firms should monitor the Federal Register and Regulations.gov for the publication date, final comment deadline, any technical corrections, and subsequent CFTC guidance or contract-approval filings.
Market participants may wish to avoid treating the press release or request for comment as evidence that compute derivatives are already approved or that a reported exchange launch date is assured.
Governance teams may wish to assign ownership across legal, commodities compliance, market surveillance, model risk, technology risk, procurement, and business teams because compute derivatives would connect financial-market controls with operational characteristics of cloud and data-centre markets.
What changed
The CFTC opened a public consultation under RIN 3038-AF77 concerning compute cash markets and potential compute derivatives contracts. The request seeks information on market size, liquidity, contract design, market oversight, manipulation risks, customer protection, and perpetual compute futures, and is associated with potential amendments or application of the CFTC framework in 17 CFR Parts 1 and 38. It does not itself approve a compute futures contract, authorize an exchange to list one, impose new compliance obligations, or establish a final regulatory position.
Compliance impact
Immediate impact is limited because the publication creates no binding obligations and the CFTC’s supporting regulatory-review entry identifies it as a prerule action with no legal deadline. Strategic and supervisory significance is nevertheless material for firms planning compute derivatives: the CFTC is expressly examining manipulation, customer protection, liquidity, and perpetual-contract risks that could shape future listing decisions, surveillance expectations, contract terms, and market-access requirements.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today announced that it proposed new rules, titled “Regulation Crypto Assets,” that would create a clear and fit-for-purpose framework for certain investment contracts involving crypto assets. This proposal follows…
AI Analysis
On August 18, 2026, the SEC proposed Regulation Crypto Assets, creating two tailored Securities Act of 1933 registration exemptions for certain investment contracts involving crypto assets: a one-time $5 million exemption over four years and a recurring $75 million exemption per 12-month period. The proposal also includes a conditional safe harbor that could remove a crypto asset from the federal definitions of security after the issuer completes or permanently ceases promised essential managerial efforts, potentially reducing incentives to operate offshore while creating new disclosure, reporting and eligibility-control requirements.
Key dates
2026-03-17
The SEC issued its earlier interpretation clarifying how federal securities laws apply to certain crypto assets and transactions involving crypto assets.
2026-08-18
The SEC announced the proposed Regulation Crypto Assets framework and opened the process for public comment, subject to publication of the proposing release in the Federal Register.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map planned and existing token offerings against the proposed $5 million four-year and $75 million 12-month thresholds, including aggregation across related issuers, affiliates, projects and offering periods once the proposing release is reviewed.
Issuers should consider documenting which exemption they would use, the relevant measurement period, investor eligibility and transfer restrictions, and controls intended to prevent exceeding the applicable offering cap.
Firms should consider preparing draft principles-based narrative disclosures and, for the $75 million exemption, assessing financial-statement readiness and the systems needed for ongoing SEC reporting.
Project sponsors may wish to inventory all essential managerial efforts represented or promised to investors and establish evidence, governance approvals and public communications supporting any future safe-harbor position based on completion or permanent cessation of those efforts.
Exchanges, broker-dealers and trading platforms should consider assessing how the proposed safe harbor and state-law preemption could affect asset classification, listing reviews, customer disclosures, surveillance, custody and secondary-market controls.
Industry participants may wish to review the full proposing release and consider submitting comments within 60 days after its publication in the Federal Register; the specific deadline should not be assumed until the Federal Register publication date is confirmed.
Firms should continue treating the proposal as non-final and should not represent that an exemption, safe harbor or state-law preemption is currently available.
What changed
The proposed framework would add two exemptions from Securities Act of 1933 registration requirements for qualifying investment contracts involving crypto assets. The first would allow aggregate offerings of up to $5 million during a four-year period on a one-time basis; the second would allow offerings of up to $75 million during each 12-month period. Issuers relying on either exemption would need to make specified principles-based narrative disclosures available to investors.
Compliance impact
The proposal is not yet binding, but it is a high-significance consultation because it could materially change how qualifying crypto offerings, issuer disclosures, ongoing reporting and certain secondary-market transactions are structured. The SEC describes the intended consequences as clearer domestic capital-raising pathways, stronger and more consistent investor protections, reduced incentives for offshore activity and potential removal of investment-contract treatment when safe-harbor conditions are satisfied.
ESMA consults on reporting framework for clearing activity at recognised third-country CCPs 18 August 2026 CCP Simplification and Burden Reduction The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU's financial markets regulator and supervisor, has launched a consultation on a proposed annual reporting…
AI Analysis
ESMA launched a consultation on draft Regulatory Technical Standards and Implementing Technical Standards for the annual EMIR Article 7d reporting of clearing activity conducted through recognised third-country CCPs. The proposal would give EU competent authorities and ESMA a harmonised view of firms’ exposures, including cleared volumes, margins, default-fund contributions and largest payment obligations, while reusing data already available through existing reporting channels.
Key dates
2026-08-18
ESMA launched the consultation on draft EMIR RTS and ITS for annual reporting of clearing activity at recognised third-country CCPs.
2026-10-12 Deadline
Deadline for stakeholders to provide feedback on the reporting framework, templates and format.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to submit comments on the proposed framework, templates and reporting format by 2026-10-12.
Firms should consider identifying every recognised third-country CCP used by their EU entities and distinguishing direct clearing-member activity from client clearing activity.
Reporting owners may wish to map the proposed Article 7d data points to existing EMIR Article 9 transaction reporting, margin, collateral, default-fund and treasury or payments data to determine what can be reused and what new data controls are needed.
Groups should consider determining whether reporting will be performed by each EU entity or by the EU parent undertaking on a consolidated basis.
Firms may wish to assess data availability by asset class and Union currency, calculation methodologies for annual average cleared values, and controls for margins, default-fund contributions and largest payment obligations.
Technology and regulatory-reporting teams should consider designing provisional data lineage, reconciliation and governance processes, while treating implementation dates and final fields as subject to the final RTS and ITS.
Firms should monitor ESMA’s Final Report and the subsequent adoption, endorsement and publication of the technical standards before treating the proposed reporting model as a final operative obligation.
What changed
This is a consultation rather than a final binding rule. ESMA proposes the reporting framework, templates and format required under EMIR 3 Article 7d for clearing members and clients that clear transactions through recognised third-country CCPs. Firms established in the EU and not part of an EU-consolidated-supervision group would report to their competent authority; where the firm belongs to such a group, the EU parent undertaking would report on a consolidated basis.
Compliance impact
The proposal would create a new harmonised annual reporting obligation under EMIR 3 Article 7d for relevant EU clearing members and clients, with possible consolidated reporting by EU parent undertakings. The immediate impact is preparatory because the consultation does not itself impose a final submission deadline; however, the data scope identified in related market commentary indicates potentially material work across clearing, risk, collateral, default-fund and payments systems.
The CFTC proposed amendments to 17 C.F.R. Part 4 that would create new CPO and CTA registration exemptions for certain SEC-registered investment advisers serving pools limited to specified sophisticated investors, and would increase the capital-contribution limit for the existing small-pool exemption to reflect inflation. The proposal is intended to reduce duplicative CFTC and SEC regulation; independent market commentary indicates that the initiative builds on recent CFTC no-action relief for qualifying private-fund managers and may reduce registration and reporting burdens if the proposed conditions are satisfied.
Key dates
2026-08-18
CFTC announced publication of a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking concerning amendments to Part 4 CPO and CTA registration requirements.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to obtain and review the full Federal Register proposal, including the precise sophisticated-investor criteria, pool-level conditions, adviser eligibility requirements, proposed small-pool capital threshold, effective date, and transition provisions.
Firms should consider mapping each existing and prospective pool against the proposed CPO exemption conditions and each advisory mandate against the proposed CTA exemption conditions, without treating the proposal as currently available relief.
SEC-registered advisers may wish to compare the proposed exemption with their current CFTC registration status, CFTC Regulation 4.13 or 4.14 filings, Rule 4.7 reliance, and any applicable CFTC staff no-action relief.
Small-pool operators should consider recalculating eligibility using the proposed inflation-adjusted capital-contribution threshold once the precise amount is published and assessing whether existing offering, subscription, and compliance controls would continue to demonstrate compliance.
Affected firms may wish to assess whether to submit comments within 45 days after Federal Register publication, particularly on investor definitions, treatment of derivatives and swaps, aggregation rules, recordkeeping, reporting, and coordination with SEC adviser requirements.
Firms relying on existing exemptions or no-action letters should continue meeting their current conditions and filing obligations unless and until a final rule or separate relief changes them.
Legal and regulatory inventories may be updated to cross-reference CFTC Regulations 4.5, 4.7, 4.13, and 4.14, the Commodity Exchange Act, and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
What changed
The CFTC issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking proposing amendments to Part 4. The proposal would add a CPO registration exemption for certain investment advisers registered with the SEC in connection with commodity pools whose participants are limited to specified sophisticated investors and that satisfy additional conditions set out in the proposal. It would add a related CTA registration exemption. It would also increase the capital-contribution threshold applicable to the existing small commodity pool exemption under CFTC Regulation 4.13 to account for inflation.
Compliance impact
This is a consultation rather than a binding change, so existing CPO and CTA registration, exemption, notice-filing, recordkeeping, and reporting obligations remain in force. If adopted, the amendments could materially reduce duplicative registration and related compliance costs for qualifying SEC-registered advisers, private funds, CTAs, and small pools, but eligibility will depend on detailed conditions not included in the press release.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) are proposing to amend their Community Reinvestment Act rules by making certain substantive, technical, and process-oriented changes to refocus on the statutory objective of…
AI Analysis
The OCC and FDIC have proposed a new CRA rulemaking that would refocus examinations on lending, tighten how grants and donations qualify for CRA credit, and raise asset-size thresholds that determine bank category and reporting burden. It is a consultation, not a final rule, but it signals a significant shift in CRA compliance priorities and documentation expectations for banks, especially community banks and large institutions making community development grants.
Key dates
2026-08-12
Federal Register publication of the proposed rule at 91 FR 52114
2026-10-13 Deadline
Comments due on the proposed rule
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map the proposed changes against current CRA policies, exam procedures, public file practices, and community development grant approval workflows.
Institutions may wish to assess how the proposed asset-size thresholds would change their CRA category and associated data collection, reporting, and evaluation obligations.
Banks making grants or donations may wish to review documentation standards for recipient use of funds, overhead limits, and evidentiary support needed for CRA consideration.
Community development and CRA governance teams may wish to identify which activities would still qualify under the revised CD definitions and performance tests.
Legal and regulatory affairs functions may wish to prepare comments on the proposed lending focus, grant criteria, sunshine requirements, and technical changes to OCC public welfare and corporate activity rules.
Banks subject to CRA-related agreements may wish to verify whether the proposed technical amendments would affect disclosure timing, content, or filing processes.
What changed
['The proposal would amend the OCC and FDIC Community Reinvestment Act rules to make substantive, technical, and process-oriented changes aimed at refocusing the statutory objective on meeting community credit needs and reducing burden, particularly for community banks.', 'The agencies propose to better ensure that community development grants reach intended communities and to provide greater clarity on how to obtain CRA consideration for activities.', 'The OCC and FDIC also propose technical changes to their CRA sunshine rules under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, which govern disclosure...
Compliance impact
The proposal is potentially high impact because it would alter how banks are assessed under CRA, especially by shifting emphasis toward lending and changing eligibility and documentation rules for community development credit. The agencies describe the changes as reducing unnecessary burden and improving clarity, but they also signal tighter accountability for grants and donations and different supervisory expectations.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) is proposing to increase quantitative thresholds for certain extensions of credit to insiders of FDIC-supervised institutions, as restricted by the Federal Reserve Act and regulations promulgated thereunder. Specifically, the proposal…
AI Analysis
The FDIC has proposed to raise and index the dollar thresholds that trigger certain insider-lending restrictions for FDIC-supervised institutions under 12 CFR part 337. The proposal would materially increase the executive-officer cap from $100,000 to $400,000 and the board-approval threshold from $500,000 to $2,000,000, which could broaden lending flexibility but also requires compliance teams to recalibrate controls, approvals, and monitoring.
Key dates
2026-08-06
FDIC published the notice of proposed rulemaking in the Federal Register
2026-10-05 Deadline
Comments on the proposal must be received by the FDIC
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map current insider-lending policies against the proposed $400,000 and $2,000,000 thresholds to assess operational impact if finalized.
Firms may wish to review board-approval workflows and escalation triggers so systems can be updated quickly if the proposal is adopted.
Institutions may wish to evaluate whether existing exception reporting, insider tracking, and credit administration procedures will need revision to reflect periodic indexing rather than fixed thresholds.
Commenters may wish to submit feedback by the October 5, 2026 comment deadline if the proposed thresholds or indexing methodology would create implementation issues.
What changed
The proposal amends 12 CFR 337.3 for extensions of credit to insiders of FDIC-supervised institutions. It would increase the threshold for certain extensions of credit to executive officers not otherwise specifically authorized by statute from $100,000 to $400,000, and it would increase the threshold for extensions of credit to insiders requiring prior approval by the board of directors from $500,000 to $2,000,000. The FDIC also proposes to establish an indexing methodology to periodically update those dollar thresholds over time.
Compliance impact
The proposal is significant for insider-lending governance because it would raise quantitative triggers embedded in the Federal Reserve Act framework and FDIC regulations, potentially reducing the number of transactions subject to enhanced restrictions. The FDIC is signaling a structural shift by adding indexing, which means compliance programs may need an ongoing threshold-management process rather than treating the limits as static.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC" or "Commission") is proposing new rules and amendments to its existing regulations for futures commission merchants ("FCMs"), swap execution facilities ("SEFs"), designated contract markets ("DCMs"), and derivatives clearing organizations…
AI Analysis
The CFTC issued a proposed rulemaking on affiliations and conflicts of interest for FCMs, SEFs, DCMs, and DCOs, with a comment deadline of 2026-10-05. The proposal is aimed at perceived and potential conflicts created by affiliated relationships, including affiliated FCMs, affiliated principal trading firms, and affiliates that participate in or influence market regulation functions.
Key dates
2026-08-06
CFTC published the proposed rule in the Federal Register at 91 FR 50926.
2026-10-05 Deadline
Public comments on the proposal must be received by this date.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review current affiliate structures involving FCMs, SEFs, DCMs, DCOs, and trading affiliates to identify where the proposal would create new disclosure, surveillance, or conflict-management obligations.
Firms may wish to map any shared personnel, technology, office space, or information flows between affiliated entities and assess whether additional controls would be needed to protect regulatory impartiality.
Market-regulation and legal teams may wish to assess whether existing board, committee, and disciplinary-panel processes would satisfy the proposed independence and conflict-management expectations.
FCMs may wish to inventory current disclosures to customers and counterparties and determine whether additional affiliate-relationship disclosures would be needed if the rule is finalized.
Affected entities may wish to prepare comment letters before the 2026-10-05 deadline if they want to influence the final scope of the proposal.
What changed
The proposal would amend CFTC regulations in Parts 1, 37, 38, and 39, including regulations 1.52 and 1.55, to strengthen oversight of affiliated entities. For FCMs, it would add requirements around disclosure of affiliate relationships with SEFs, DCMs, or DCOs, and it would adjust SRO and DSRO financial-surveillance requirements for affiliate FCMs.
Compliance impact
The proposal is significant because it would impose new structural and disclosure expectations across several core CFTC-regulated entity types and could require changes to governance, surveillance, and affiliate-management processes. The CFTC frames the rule as necessary to address perceived and potential conflicts of interest and to protect the impartiality of SRO and SRO-like functions.
The European Banking Authority (EBA) is consulting on a new reporting framework to support the validation and ongoing monitoring of initial margin models based on the ‘Standard Initial Margin Model’ (SIMM) developed by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA). The proposed reporting requirements…
AI Analysis
The EBA has launched a consultation on a new reporting framework to support its role as central validator of pro forma initial margin models based on the ISDA Standard Initial Margin Model (SIMM) under EMIR, following its assumption of this function on 1 March 2026. The framework will define regular reporting, fee-calculation data and proportional requirements for counterparties using ISDA SIMM, with first reporting expected on a December 2027 reference date.
Key dates
2026-03-01
EBA central validation function for pro forma initial margin models under EMIR became operational
2026-08-05
Publication date of the EBA consultation on the reporting framework for validation and monitoring of ISDA SIMM
2026-11-02 Deadline
Deadline for submission of comments to the EBA consultation on ISDA SIMM reporting
2026-12-31
Indicative target for EBA adoption of a Decision establishing the collection of relevant information for ISDA SIMM validation reporting by end of 2026
2027-03-31
Expected release of the final EBA technical package version 4.4, Phase 2, incorporating the new reporting requirements
2027-12-31
Expected first reporting reference date for ISDA SIMM-related information under the new framework
2028-03-31
Expected first quarter of 2028 window for collection of initial ISDA SIMM validation and monitoring data based on the December 2027 reference date
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the consultation paper, IMMV reporting instructions and templates to understand the proposed data fields, frequency and proportional thresholds for ISDA SIMM-related reporting under EMIR.
Firms using or planning to use ISDA SIMM for non-centrally cleared OTC derivative initial margin calculations should consider whether they will fall under the more intensive or lighter reporting category based on the significance of their OTC trading activity and assess system readiness for the expected December 2027 reference date reporting in Q1 2028.
Risk and collateral management functions may wish to map the proposed reporting requirements to existing SIMM backtesting, model performance, risk factor sensitivity and margin monitoring processes to identify gaps and necessary enhancements.
Regulatory reporting and IT teams should consider planning for integration of the new IMMV reporting templates into their infrastructure, taking into account the incorporation of these requirements into the EBA technical package version 4.4, Phase 2 and the planned final technical release in March 2027.
Legal and regulatory affairs teams may wish to assess the implications of Article 11(12a) EMIR and EMIR 3 for their use of pro forma initial margin models, including governance around EBA’s central validation function and associated fee obligations, and prepare internal feedback on the consultation by the 2 November 2026 deadline.
Firms intending to rely on ISDA SIMM should consider engaging with the consultation process to comment on the proportionality of the proposed reporting frequency and content, especially where OTC trading activity is limited but compliance costs could be significant.
Supervisory liaison teams at affected groups may wish to coordinate with competent authorities to understand how the EBA’s data collection will be used in authorisation and ongoing supervision of ISDA SIMM-based initial margin models.
What changed
The consultation sets out a proposed standardised reporting framework for counterparties seeking validation to use ISDA SIMM as a pro forma initial margin model under Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 (EMIR) as amended by Regulation (EU) 2024/2987 (EMIR 3). From 1 March 2026, the EBA acts as the central validator of the elements and general aspects of pro forma initial margin models pursuant to Article 11(12a) EMIR, and this proposal defines the information that must be submitted on a regular basis to enable validation and ongoing performance monitoring.
Compliance impact
The proposal signals a material expansion of structured reporting and supervisory scrutiny around ISDA SIMM initial margin models, with ongoing data submissions and fee-linked information becoming part of firms’ EMIR compliance obligations. While the EBA emphasises proportionality and lighter requirements for less significant OTC trading activities, larger derivatives users should expect non-trivial operational, data and governance implications.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) is proposing changes to its rules on information disclosure. The proposal would clarify the process for obtaining OCC approval to disclose non- public OCC information and allow for the disclosure of confidential supervisory information…
AI Analysis
The OCC issued a proposed rule on 2026-08-05 to revise 12 CFR part 4 and related rules governing access to and disclosure of OCC information, including a new category of “confidential supervisory information” (CSI) and streamlined FOIA procedures. The proposal matters because it would expand limited information-sharing exceptions while tightening the framework around non-public OCC information, disclosure safeguards, and expedited FOIA processing.
Key dates
2026-08-05
OCC published the proposed rule in the Federal Register (91 FR 50610)
2026-10-05 Deadline
Comment period closes for the proposed rule
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map which internal records fall into the proposed CSI category and compare current disclosure controls against the new exceptions and safeguard requirements.
Supervised entities may wish to review any confidentiality agreements and onward-sharing practices to determine whether they would satisfy the proposed conditions for permitted CSI disclosures.
Legal and FOIA teams may wish to update request-handling workflows for expedited processing requests, fee-waiver appeals, and request tracking once the rule is finalized.
Banks and other recipients of OCC information may wish to reassess litigation, government-reporting, and interaffiliate sharing procedures to ensure they align with the revised disclosure framework.
Firms may wish to submit comments by the close of the comment period if the proposed CSI scope, disclosure exceptions, or FOIA procedures would affect their supervisory, legal, or records-management processes.
What changed
The proposal would restructure the OCC’s information-disclosure rules in 12 CFR part 4 and make conforming changes in parts 5, 7, 21, and 163. It would create a new subcategory of non-public OCC information called confidential supervisory information (CSI), clarify when supervised entities and other recipients may disclose CSI without prior OCC approval, and require applicable safeguards and, in some cases, qualifying confidentiality agreements. The OCC also proposes to permit certain disclosures of CSI in limited circumstances to support business efficiency, government accountability, and...
Compliance impact
This is a significant consultation rather than a final rule, but it signals meaningful changes to how OCC supervisory information may be classified, shared, and protected. The OCC indicates that unauthorized disclosure remains tightly controlled and that the rule would preserve enforcement consequences while adding new, limited disclosure pathways and more structured FOIA handling.
ASIC proposes improved pre-IPO advertising flexibility and global alignment
Why this matters
ASIC proposes relaxing pre-IPO advertising restrictions to align with international standards and modernize capital markets rules. This is informational regulatory guidance affecting IPO disclosure practices and prospectus requirements, primarily impacting broker-dealers and asset managers involved in capital raising.
Notice of proposed rulemaking with request for public comment. The Board is inviting public comment on proposed amendments to Regulation O, which governs loans by member banks to their insiders and insiders of their affiliates. The proposed amendments would update and modernize the regulation, increase transparency by…
AI Analysis
The Federal Reserve issued a proposed rule to modernize Regulation O, the insider-lending rule for member banks and certain holding-company relationships, and opened a public comment period ending 2026-10-05. The proposal is significant because it would update outdated dollar thresholds, index them for future growth, clarify and codify longstanding interpretations, and address passive investment-fund ownership structures that can trigger insider-status presumptions.
Key dates
2026-08-04
Federal Reserve published the proposed rule in the Federal Register at 91 FR 49526.
2026-10-05 Deadline
Public comments on the proposed rule are due.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map the proposal’s threshold changes against existing Regulation O controls, including board-approval triggers, disclosure triggers, and internal lending limit checks.
Firms may wish to identify any lending relationships that rely on current presumptions of control, especially where portfolio companies of investment fund complexes could be affected.
Banks may wish to review insider-lending policies, forms, recordkeeping, and disclosure workflows for provisions that the proposal would codify, clarify, or remove.
Stakeholders may wish to submit comments by 2026-10-05 if they want to influence the final treatment of thresholds, fund-complex ownership, valuation rules, or correspondent-lending provisions.
Legal and compliance teams may wish to compare the proposed text against existing Regulation O, Regulation Y, and internal interpretive guidance to spot implementation impacts if the rule is finalized largely as proposed.
What changed
The proposal would amend 12 CFR part 215 (Regulation O) and conform related provisions in Regulation Y and other Board regulations. It would make a one-time adjustment to several dollar-based thresholds, then index those thresholds going forward based on nominal GDP. It would clarify how certain limits apply on an aggregate basis and streamline limits on loans to executive officers, including prior board-approval requirements for certain large loans.
Compliance impact
The proposal is a material compliance development because it would change core insider-lending thresholds, attribution rules, and definitional scope under Regulation O. If finalized, it could require policy, systems, disclosure, and board-governance updates across member banks and affected holding-company structures, but the publication itself is only a consultation and does not yet impose new binding duties.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Board invites comment on a notice of proposed rulemaking (proposal) to modernize the regulatory framework applicable to mutual holding companies (MHCs), primarily through proposed revisions to Regulation MM (12 CFR part 239), which governs the formation, operations, activities, and…
AI Analysis
On 2026-08-04, the Federal Reserve Board issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPR) to modernize the regulatory framework for mutual holding companies by amending Regulation MM (12 CFR part 239) and the capital rule in Regulation Q (12 CFR part 217). The proposal is intended to reduce regulatory burden, facilitate capital raising (including via mutual capital certificates), and streamline mutual-to-stock conversions for savings and loan holding companies in mutual form.
Key dates
2026-08-04
Publication of the Federal Reserve Board notice of proposed rulemaking ‘Regulatory Modernization and Relief for Mutual Holding Companies’ in the Federal Register (91 FR 49490; FR Doc. 2026-15774) amending Regulations Q (12 CFR part 217) and MM (12 CFR part 239).
2026-10-05 Deadline
Comment deadline for submitting responses to the Federal Reserve Board on the proposed amendments to Regulations Q and MM (Docket No. R-1895; RIN 7100-AH26).
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams at mutual holding companies and savings and loan holding companies may wish to review the proposed amendments to Regulation MM (12 CFR part 239), particularly the sections on dividend waivers, mutual-to-stock conversion processes, post-conversion restrictions, chartering requirements for subsidiary holding companies, and updated model charters and bylaws, to assess operational and governance impacts.
Firms planning or contemplating mutual-to-stock conversions should consider comparing their current conversion documentation, use of FR MM-PS, FR MM-OC and FR MM-OF forms, and liquidation account methodologies with the proposed streamlined forms, corrected liquidation account calculations, and revised rules on stock pricing, repurchases, offers and sales, employee stock ownership plan financing and benefit plans.
Institutions that issue, or are considering issuing, mutual capital certificates should review the proposed Appendices B and C to Regulation Q (12 CFR part 217) to evaluate whether their existing or planned instrument terms align with the model key terms for qualification as Common Equity Tier 1 or Additional Tier 1 capital, including permanence, loss-absorption, distributions and redemption features.
Subsidiary holding companies of thrift mutual holding companies may wish to analyze the proposed elimination of the federal charter requirement and related changes to Subpart C of Regulation MM to determine chartering options, corporate structure implications, and any needed updates to organizational documents and regulatory commitments.
Governance and legal teams at MHCs could review the proposed revisions to membership rights, proxy processes, postal mail requirements, voluntary dissolution, and the model charter and bylaws in Appendices A, C and D to Regulation MM, with a view to aligning internal policies and corporate governance frameworks with the modernized regime once finalized.
Risk and capital management functions at bank holding companies, savings and loan holding companies and state member banks should consider evaluating capital planning assumptions and buffers in light of the clarified eligibility of mutual capital instruments as regulatory capital under Regulation Q, and identify any systems or reporting changes that may be required if the proposal is adopted.
All affected firms may wish to prepare internal impact assessments and, where appropriate, draft comment letters addressing specific elements of Regulations Q and MM (Docket No. R-1895; RIN 7100-AH26), including any perceived risks around conflicts of interest, reduced accountability, or adjustment costs noted in the economic analysis.
Compliance monitoring teams should plan to track the rulemaking through the comment close date and subsequent Federal Reserve actions so that, if the proposal is finalized, implementation plans can be developed for policy updates, staff training and revisions to regulatory reporting and capital instrument documentation.
What changed
The NPR proposes targeted amendments to Regulation MM (12 CFR part 239) governing mutual holding companies (MHCs), including eliminating certain dividend waiver requirements that currently apply to MHCs and their subsidiary holding companies, and revising post-conversion restrictions to reduce burdens following mutual-to-stock conversions.
Compliance impact
Compliance impact is moderate but potentially structural, as the proposal recalibrates capital recognition for mutual instruments and significantly streamlines the regulatory and documentation framework for mutual holding company operations and conversions. The Board’s economic analysis highlights expected benefits in access to capital and reduced compliance costs, balanced against risks of conflicts of interest and accountability concerns that firms will need to address in governance and control frameworks.
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) is issuing a notice of proposed rulemaking to implement structural and substantive changes to its rules governing the disclosure of OCC information.
AI Analysis
The OCC issued a proposed rulemaking on August 3, 2026 to restructure and revise 12 CFR part 4, which governs disclosure of OCC information. The proposal matters because it would create a new protected category called confidential supervisory information (CSI), broaden limited disclosure pathways, and change FOIA processing and appeal procedures for OCC records.
Key dates
2026-08-03
OCC issued Bulletin 2026-37 announcing the proposed rulemaking on availability of OCC information
2026-10-02 Deadline
Comment period closes 60 days after publication, based on the OCC’s stated deadline formula in the related rulemaking notice
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review current controls for handling nonpublic OCC information and identify where internal policies reference the existing 12 CFR part 4 subparts B and C.
Firms may wish to assess whether any current or planned disclosures of supervisory materials could fall within the proposed expanded exceptions for business efficiency, government accountability, or supervisory coordination.
Banks may wish to inventory records that could qualify as aged CSI once the final rule is issued, so they can update retention and disclosure procedures accordingly.
Legal and compliance functions may wish to monitor the final rule and any comment-driven changes to the proposed FOIA expedited-processing and fee-waiver appeal procedures.
Institutions may wish to align employee training with the OCC’s clarified position on unauthorized disclosure and potential criminal referral exposure.
What changed
The proposal would amend the OCC’s disclosure framework in 12 CFR 4 by creating a new subcategory of nonpublic OCC information called confidential supervisory information (CSI). It would modify the prior-approval regime for supervised entities that want to disclose CSI by expanding exceptions for business efficiency, government accountability, and supervisory coordination, while adding safeguards around those exceptions. The OCC also proposes to provide for the release of certain aged CSI, which would create a time-based disclosure concept not described in the current rule.
Compliance impact
The OCC describes the rule as a significant recalibration of the balance between confidentiality and limited disclosure, so the practical impact is medium-to-high for institutions that handle supervisory information. The agency also signals continued sensitivity to unauthorized disclosure by retaining the possibility of criminal referral consequences and by tightening the framework around disclosure and FOIA processing.
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) today requested comment on a proposal to implement structural and substantive changes to its rules governing the disclosure of OCC information.
AI Analysis
The OCC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking on August 3, 2026 to restructure and revise 12 CFR part 4, which governs disclosure of OCC information. The proposal matters for compliance teams because it would change when supervised entities may share confidential supervisory information, expand certain disclosure exceptions, and update FOIA processing rules.
Key dates
2026-08-03
OCC issued the notice of proposed rulemaking
2026-10-05 Deadline
Comments on the proposal are due 60 days after publication in the Federal Register
2026-08-05
Federal Register publication date of the proposed rule
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review current internal controls for handling OCC nonpublic information and map where the proposed CSI category could affect disclosure workflows.
Firms may wish to assess whether existing information-sharing arrangements with government agencies or service providers would fit within the proposed exceptions and safeguards.
Teams responsible for FOIA or public records requests may wish to update procedures for expedited processing requests and any related appeal handling.
Banks and supervised entities may wish to submit comments on operational burden, safeguards, and the practical impact of the proposed disclosure exceptions before the comment deadline.
What changed
The proposal would make structural and substantive changes to the OCC’s disclosure framework in 12 CFR part 4. According to the OCC, it would create a new nonpublic information category called confidential supervisory information (CSI), modify the prior-approval framework for supervised entities that want to disclose CSI, and add tailored exceptions for business efficiency, government accountability, and supervisory coordination, subject to safeguards.
Compliance impact
The OCC frames the rule as a balance between protecting confidential supervisory information and allowing limited disclosure to support business operations, public confidence, and accountability. For compliance programs, the main impact is operational: firms may need to adjust disclosure approvals, information-sharing controls, and FOIA response processes if the proposal is finalized.
EBA, EIOPA and ESMA propose amendments to bilateral margin requirements 03 August 2026 Joint Committee Trading The European Supervisory Authorities (EBA, EIOPA and ESMA – the ESAs) today published a final report on draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS), proposing to simplify the bilateral margin requirements of…
AI Analysis
The ESAs have issued a Final Report and draft RTS proposing targeted amendments to Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251 so that counterparties below the EUR 8 billion initial margin threshold under EMIR are fully exempt from exchanging initial margin, both on new and existing uncleared OTC derivatives. This materially simplifies bilateral margining for smaller in-scope counterparties, reduces operational and custodial burdens, and aligns the EU regime with similar reforms already implemented in other jurisdictions (e.g. UK EMIR). Compliance teams must prepare now for the transition from a “legacy-only” margining obligation to a complete exemption once the EUR 8 billion AANA threshold is no longer met.
Key dates
03 August 2026
- ESAs publish the Final Report and draft RTS proposing amendments to Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251 to simplify bilateral margin requirements for counterparties below the EUR 8 billion initial margin threshold
TBD (European Commission adoption)
- The European Commission reviews and, if satisfied, endorses the draft RTS amending the EMIR bilateral margin Delegated Regulation; exact date to be set by the Commission’s internal process
TBD (European Parliament and Council scrutiny)
- Following Commission endorsement, the RTS are subject to scrutiny by the European Parliament and the Council under the standard RTS procedure before publication in the Official Journal
TBD (Entry into force – OJ publication + 20 days)
- The amended RTS enter into force on the date specified in the Official Journal (typically 20 days after publication), from which firms can legally apply the new exemption regime
TBD (Three years after entry into force) Deadline
- By the date three years after entry into force, the ESAs must complete a review of the application and impact of the exemption from initial margin requirements in Article 28(1), potentially informing further changes
Suggested considerations
Map all EMIR in-scope entities within the group and identify those whose AANA of non-centrally cleared OTC derivatives is close to or below the EUR 8 billion threshold, to assess which relationships may benefit from the expanded exemption.
Review current collateral and margin frameworks to identify legacy contracts where initial margin is still being exchanged solely because the regime requires continuation despite the counterparty having fallen below the EUR 8 billion threshold.
Prepare an internal policy update so that, once the RTS enter into force, initial margin requirements are switched off for counterparties below the EUR 8 billion threshold on both new and existing uncleared OTC derivatives, subject to group risk appetite.
Update EMIR margin procedures and AANA calculation processes to ensure accurate annual determination of whether each counterparty is above or below the EUR 8 billion threshold, including documentation of the March–May calculation methodology.
Review and amend collateral agreements, credit support annexes (CSAs) and associated legal documentation to incorporate the revised treatment for below-threshold counterparties, including terms for stopping margin exchange and potentially releasing segregated collateral.
What changed
- Counterparties whose average aggregate notional amount (AANA) of non-centrally cleared OTC derivatives falls below the EUR 8 billion threshold will no longer be required to exchange initial margin...
The current framework, under which below-threshold counterparties are exempt from initial margin for new trades but must continue to exchange initial margin for pre-existing “legacy” contracts, will...
Article 28(1) of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251 will be amended to explicitly extend the exemption from initial margin requirements to outstanding contracts where one of the two counterparties...
The RTS introduce a clearer operational framework for entry into and exit from the initial margin regime based on the annual AANA calculation for March–May, including scenarios where one or both...
Once a counterparty falls below the EUR 8 billion threshold under the revised rules, firms will be permitted to terminate related initial margin processes, including ceasing ongoing calculation,...
Compliance impact
The amendments reduce the risk of technical non-compliance for below-threshold counterparties by simplifying obligations, but firms that fail to correctly apply the new threshold-based exemption (e.g. continuing or ceasing margin exchanges incorrectly) may face supervisory findings, remediation demands and potential sanctions under EMIR. Non-compliance could also create contractual disputes and counterparty risk misalignment if margin treatment is inconsistent across jurisdictions or relationships.
The European Supervisory Authorities (EBA, EIOPA and ESMA – the ESAs) today published a final report on draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS), proposing to simplify the bilateral margin requirements of the European Commission’s Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251.
AI Analysis
On 2026-08-03, the European Supervisory Authorities (EBA, EIOPA and ESMA) published a final report containing draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) to amend Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251 on bilateral margin requirements under EMIR. The amendments would remove the obligation to exchange initial margin on both new and existing uncleared OTC derivatives for counterparties below the €8 billion initial margin threshold, simplifying the framework and aligning with other jurisdictions.
Key dates
2026-08-03
ESAs publish final report and draft RTS proposing amendments to Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251 bilateral margin requirements
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review current EMIR margin frameworks and inventories of uncleared OTC derivatives to identify portfolios and counterparties that are below the €8 billion initial margin threshold and could be affected by the proposed phase-out of initial margin exchange.
Risk and collateral management functions should consider assessing the operational processes, documentation and systems currently used to calculate, call and exchange initial margin on legacy uncleared OTC derivative contracts, to understand the potential impact of a removal of these obligations on collateral flows and counterparty risk management.
Legal and documentation teams may wish to map existing credit support annexes (CSAs) and collateral agreements to EMIR margin requirements, evaluating whether standard terms referencing Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251 would need amendment if the RTS are endorsed and the obligation to exchange initial margin for below-threshold portfolios is removed.
Regulatory affairs and policy teams should consider monitoring the European Commission’s endorsement process and subsequent scrutiny by the European Parliament and Council, tracking any changes to the draft RTS text that could affect scope, thresholds or transitional arrangements.
Firms subject to EMIR in multiple jurisdictions may wish to compare the proposed EU treatment of below-threshold initial margin portfolios with requirements in other key jurisdictions (e.g. US, UK) to ensure consistent cross-border collateral and margin policies and avoid regulatory arbitrage or misalignment.
Compliance teams may wish to prepare briefing materials for senior management and boards outlining the anticipated simplification and burden reduction, alongside any residual risks or supervisory expectations that could accompany the phase-out of initial margin for below-threshold counterparties.
What changed
Under the current EU bilateral margin framework in Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, counterparties with an aggregate average notional amount of non-centrally cleared derivatives below the €8 billion initial margin threshold specified in Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 (EMIR) are exempt from exchanging initial margin on new uncleared OTC derivative contracts, but must continue to exchange initial margin on existing contracts.
Compliance impact
The proposed RTS would materially reduce operational and collateral management obligations for EMIR in-scope counterparties below the €8 billion initial margin threshold, by removing the need to exchange initial margin on both new and existing uncleared OTC derivatives. The ESAs frame the impact as simplification and burden reduction rather than a tightening of requirements, but firms may still face transitional work to adjust collateral frameworks and documentation once the RTS are adopted.
The OCC and FDIC are proposing to amend their Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) rules by making certain substantive, technical, and process-oriented changes to refocus on the statutory objective of encouraging banks to meet the credit needs of their communities; to better ensure that community development grants reach…
AI Analysis
The OCC and FDIC issued an interagency notice of proposed rulemaking on July 31, 2026 to revise Community Reinvestment Act rules, with the stated goals of narrowing CRA evaluation toward lending, improving how community development grants are counted, reducing burden on smaller institutions, and clarifying qualification standards. For compliance teams, this is a significant consultation because it signals potential changes to CRA exam scope, bank-size categories, documentation expectations, and strategic plan treatment.
Key dates
2026-07-31
OCC Bulletin 2026-35 issued; interagency proposed CRA rule released
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map current CRA inventories against the proposed lending-focused retail services framework to identify deposit-service items that could lose CRA consideration.
Firms may wish to review community development grant and donation controls to determine whether documentation exists to show direct use for a qualifying primary-purpose community development activity.
Large banks may wish to assess whether recipient overhead data, written commitments, attestations, tax filings, and budget records would be available to support the proposed 15% overhead limitation.
Banks near the $1 billion and $10 billion thresholds may wish to model whether the proposed size reclassification would change their CRA evaluation approach, reporting obligations, or supervisory expectations.
Institutions using or considering strategic plans may wish to reassess whether the proposal would make that option more operationally feasible under the revised framework.
CRA and public-disclosure teams may wish to inventory public file and notice processes to determine whether technology-enabled publication changes would require procedural updates.
What changed
['The proposal would narrow the retail banking services analyzed under CRA to focus on credit services and would exclude deposit services from that component of the evaluation, while giving greater weight to activities with a lending nexus.', 'Community development grants would count only if they are directly used for a plan, project, or initiative with community development as a primary purpose; for large banks, defined as banks with assets over $10 billion, the recipient would also need documented overhead costs not exceeding 15% of the grant amount.', 'The bank-size framework would be...
Compliance impact
The OCC describes the proposal as intended to reduce unnecessary burden while preserving continuity in much of the CRA framework, so the immediate impact is consultation-stage rather than binding change. If adopted, the rule could materially change which activities earn CRA credit, how banks are categorized for exams, and the documentation burden for community development grants, especially for banks above $10 billion in assets.
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the agencies) today proposed targeted changes to their current rules implementing the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) to better align with the statutory mandate; better ensure that community development grants reach the…
AI Analysis
The OCC and FDIC issued a joint proposed rule on July 31, 2026 to amend the Community Reinvestment Act regulations, with the stated goals of tightening CRA consideration around lending and community development while reducing burden, especially for community banks. The proposal matters because it would rework CRA evaluation mechanics for banks of all sizes and would, if adopted, change what activities count for CRA credit and which banks must meet data collection and reporting requirements.
Key dates
2026-07-31
OCC and FDIC issued the joint proposal amending CRA rules
2026-10-01 Deadline
Approximate comment deadline, calculated as 60 days after the July 31, 2026 publication date if the proposal was published in the Federal Register on the same day as the release
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review whether current CRA strategies rely materially on deposit services, since the proposal would exclude deposit services from the retail banking services analysis.
Firms may wish to map all community development grants and donations to identify whether documentation would support that funds are used for the primary purpose of community development and reach the intended assessment areas.
Banks with assets at or below $10 billion may wish to assess the operational impact of being relieved from data collection, maintenance, and reporting requirements under the proposal.
Institutions may wish to compare their current CRA performance-test approach against the proposed lending-focused framework and identify activities that could lose or gain CRA consideration.
Compliance functions may wish to track the Federal Register publication date closely, because the comment window runs for 60 days after publication.
What changed
['The agencies said the proposal would keep the core CRA framework that has generally been in place since 1995, while making substantive, technical, and process-oriented revisions. The proposal follows the agencies’ October 24, 2023 CRA final rules, which were enjoined by the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas before they became effective.', 'The proposal would place greater emphasis on lending performance and would narrow the retail banking services considered under CRA to credit services, expressly excluding deposit services from that part of the analysis.', 'The...
Compliance impact
The OCC describes the proposal as a material recalibration of CRA examinations, especially for banks that rely on deposit-services activity or on current grant-and-donation structures for CRA credit. The agencies frame the changes as reducing burden and improving objectivity, but the proposal could still require significant policy, controls, and documentation updates if adopted.
Federal Reserve Board requests comment on a proposal to modernize its rule governing the extension of credit to bank "insiders"—bank executives, board members and major shareholders who could potentially influence a bank's lending decisions
AI Analysis
The Federal Reserve Board requested comment on a proposal to modernize Regulation O, the insider-lending rule for banks. The proposal is significant because it would update long-standing dollar thresholds, index them to economic growth, and simplify or clarify several rule applications while preserving anti-preferential-treatment safeguards.
Key dates
2026-07-31
Federal Reserve Board requested comment on the proposed Regulation O modernization
2026-10-05 Deadline
Expected comment deadline stated in the Federal Register notice
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map current insider-credit controls, approval thresholds, and disclosure workflows against the proposed higher dollar limits.
Banks may wish to identify products and systems affected by Regulation O exceptions, including credit cards, overdraft lines, and other-purpose loans.
Institutions may wish to review whether any existing insider or related-interest procedures depend on legacy interpretations that the proposal would codify or reorganize.
Firms with investment fund ownership structures may wish to assess whether the proposed relief for passive interests would change current principal-shareholder or control analyses.
Interested parties may wish to prepare comments for the Federal Register comment period once publication occurs, as the proposal states comments are due 60 days after publication.
What changed
The proposal would increase several outdated dollar-based thresholds in Regulation O, including the amounts tied to certain credit card exceptions, overdraft exceptions, executive officer loans for other purposes, and the level at which prior board approval is required. It would also establish an indexing methodology so the thresholds are automatically adjusted over time based on cumulative nominal GDP growth, reducing the need for repeated rulemaking. The Federal Reserve also says the proposal would address unnecessary applications of the rule to passive interests in companies held by...
Compliance impact
The proposal is material for banks because it would change core insider-lending thresholds and related control logic, which can affect credit approvals, monitoring, and disclosure processes. The Federal Reserve presents the update as preserving safeguards against preferential treatment while reducing unnecessary burden and improving clarity.
Federal Reserve Board requests comment on a proposal to modernize rules for mutual banking organizations
AI Analysis
The Federal Reserve Board requested comment on a proposal to modernize the regulatory framework for mutual banking organizations, including mutual holding companies. The proposal matters because it would update rules first established in 1993 and could ease capital-raising and procedural burdens for a largely small-institution segment of the banking system.
Key dates
2026-07-31
Federal Reserve Board issued the request for comment on the proposal.
2026-08-04
Federal Register publication date referenced in the available materials.
2026-10-05 Deadline
Comment period closes 60 days after Federal Register publication, according to secondary reporting and the referenced publication timeline.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review whether the institution falls within the mutual banking organization or mutual holding company framework and assess whether the proposal would affect capital planning.
Firms may wish to evaluate existing and planned capital instruments to determine whether they could qualify as regulatory capital under the proposed clarification.
Institutions may wish to review dividend-waiver, conversion, and other mutual-structure processes for possible operational or governance changes under the proposal.
Affected firms may wish to prepare comment letters on capital treatment, loss-absorption, conflicts of interest, accountability, and competition effects, consistent with the issues highlighted by the Board statement.
What changed
The proposal would modernize the Board’s rules applicable to mutual banking organizations, including mutual holding companies, for the first time in about 30 years. It would clarify which instruments may count as regulatory capital, expand flexibility for certain mutual banks to raise capital, and reduce procedural burdens. The Board’s memo says the proposal would amend Regulation MM and the capital rule to address limited access to equity and costly, unclear requirements.
Compliance impact
The proposal is a significant supervisory and capital-rule modernization initiative, but it is not yet binding. The Federal Reserve says the current framework is overly burdensome and complex, and the proposed changes are designed to preserve the mutual model while improving capital access and reducing compliance friction.
The Data Point Model Alliance, a joint initiative of the EBA, ECB and EIOPA, is committed to making financial sector statistical and supervisory reporting across the EU simpler, smarter and more proportionate. To facilitate the integration of reporting, they launched today a public consultation on enhancements to…
AI Analysis
The EBA-ECB-EIOPA Data Point Model (DPM) Alliance has launched a two‑month public consultation on DPM 2.1, a new version of the common metadata model and associated naming conventions intended to support integrated statistical and supervisory reporting in the EU. This is a standard-setting initiative that will shape how prudential, resolution and statistical data are modelled, named and reported across banking, insurance and pensions sectors.
Key dates
2026-07-31
Launch of the public consultation on DPM 2.1 and publication of naming conventions for metadata used in reporting
2026-09-30 Deadline
Deadline for submitting comments to the DPM 2.1 public consultation
2023-06-01
Publication month of DPM Standard 2.0 by EBA and EIOPA, establishing the current baseline data dictionary standard
2024-03-01
Establishment of the DPM Alliance joint governance framework by EBA, EIOPA and ECB to extend DPM to ECB statistical reporting
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the DPM 2.1 factsheet and the published naming conventions to understand proposed changes in metadata versioning, logical data model support and naming structures, and how these could impact existing COREP, FINREP, resolution and insurance reporting implementations.
Regulatory reporting and technology teams should consider mapping current data dictionaries and reporting taxonomies (including those used for CRR/CRD prudential reports, BRRD/SRB resolution reports and EIOPA insurance and pensions reports) against the DPM 2.1 metamodel to assess the scale of future migration effort and potential system changes.
Firms should consider engaging in the consultation process, either directly or via industry bodies, to provide feedback on the practicality of the proposed metamodel and naming conventions, particularly where they affect multi-framework reporting or large-scale data integration projects.
Compliance and regulatory change functions may wish to flag DPM 2.1 internally as a strategic development in EU reporting architecture and ensure it is reflected in medium-term reporting transformation programmes, including planning for alignment with the ESCB Integrated Reporting Framework (IReF).
Reporting vendors and in-house IT teams should consider evaluating whether their current regulatory reporting tools and data models can support DPM 2.1’s enhanced versioning and logical data model capabilities, and identify potential design changes needed to remain aligned with future EBA, EIOPA and ECB requirements.
Supervisory liaison and public policy teams may wish to monitor subsequent EBA, EIOPA, ECB and SRB communications following the close of the consultation for indications of timelines when DPM 2.1 and the naming conventions will become expected or mandatory for specific reporting frameworks.
What changed
The DPM Alliance is consulting on DPM 2.1, an updated version of the DPM metadata model that introduces enhanced metadata versioning and extends the metamodel to host logical data models, with the explicit objective of supporting integrated European reporting across all regulatory frameworks in the financial sphere. The consultation also covers newly published naming conventions that set out a common approach for naming metadata used in reporting, designed to ensure consistent use of the common data dictionary across regulatory reporting frameworks.
Compliance impact
The immediate compliance impact is moderate because this is a consultation rather than a binding rule, but it foreshadows significant medium-term changes to how EU prudential, resolution and statistical reports are modelled and integrated. The alliance emphasises reduced complexity, improved data quality and lower reporting costs, indicating that supervisors expect firms to adapt systems and data governance to a more unified, DPM-based reporting architecture.
Fsra Publishes Proposed Regulatory Framework For Transfer Schemes
Why this matters
FSRA consultation on proposed regulatory framework for business transfer schemes in ADGM. Introduces new proportionate regime under Chapter 8A of GEN with streamlined notification/consent requirements for non-insurance transfers while maintaining mandatory court sanctioning for insurance business transfers.
The CFTC has issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) to amend Part 37 (SEFs), Part 38 (DCMs), Part 39 (DCOs), and regulations 1.52 and 1.55 to address **affiliations and vertically integrated structures** among CFTC‑regulated entities and market participants. The proposal is explicitly aimed at managing **actual and perceived conflicts of interest** in affiliated structures (e.g. exchange/clearinghouse/intermediary/market‑maker combinations) through principles‑based rules that preserve responsible innovation while reinforcing market integrity.
Key dates
TBD (est. late 2026 / 2027)
- Potential adoption of final rules on affiliations requirements, depending on the volume and content of comments and Commission deliberations
TBD (mid‑2026) Deadline
- Federal Register publication date of the NPRM on affiliations (the comment deadline will run for 60 days from this publication; firms should monitor the Federal Register and CFTC website to confirm the exact date)
30 July 2026
- CFTC issues press release announcing the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on affiliations among CFTC‑regulated entities and indicates that comments will be accepted for 60 days following publication in the Federal Register
TBD (60 days after Federal Register publication)
- End of public comment period on the proposed amendments to Parts 37, 38, 39 and regulations 1.52 and 1.55 concerning affiliations and vertically integrated market structures
Suggested considerations
Identify and map all affiliate relationships involving CFTC‑regulated entities within your group (DCO, DCM, SEF, FCM, SD/MSP, trading entities, market makers) and document how roles and control relationships could create actual or perceived conflicts of interest.
Conduct a gap analysis of existing governance, conflicts‑of‑interest, information‑barrier, and supervision frameworks against the anticipated principles‑based expectations for vertically integrated structures under Parts 37, 38, 39 and regulations 1.52 and 1.55.
Review and, where necessary, enhance board‑level and committee‑level oversight arrangements for affiliated entities to ensure independent decision‑making on listing, clearing, rule enforcement, membership, and client treatment where affiliates are involved.
Assess current customer risk disclosures, including those required under regulation 1.55 for FCMs, to determine whether affiliate relationships and related conflicts are adequately described, and prepare draft revisions that could be implemented if the new requirements are finalized.
Engage legal, compliance, and business stakeholders for each affected entity (DCO, DCM, SEF, FCM, trading entity) to prepare a coordinated comment letter to the CFTC explaining operational impacts, potential unintended consequences, and recommendations on specific rule language.
What changed
- Introduces principles‑based requirements for vertically integrated market structures involving affiliations between derivatives clearing organizations, designated contract markets, swap execution...
Amends Part 37 to set additional governance, conflict‑management, and structural requirements for swap execution facilities where the SEF is affiliated with an intermediary or trading entity.
Amends Part 38 to impose enhanced conflict‑of‑interest and self‑regulatory safeguards for designated contract markets that are affiliated with futures commission merchants or proprietary trading...
Amends Part 39 to clarify and strengthen requirements on derivatives clearing organizations in group structures where the DCO is affiliated with intermediaries or other market participants, including...
Amends regulation 1.52 (accounts and records; FCM supervisory requirements) to reflect the heightened expectations placed on futures commission merchants that are part of vertically integrated...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the eventual affiliation rules is likely to be treated as a significant governance and market‑integrity issue, potentially affecting registration, examinations, enforcement exposure, and the viability of vertically integrated business models. Firms with complex group structures should treat this as a high‑impact regulatory development, with particular consequences for exchanges, clearinghouses, SEFs, and FCMs that rely on affiliated market‑making or intermediation.
The PRA’s LIAC02/26 consultation proposes targeted “low impact” changes to Solvency UK reporting for Lloyd’s syndicates and to PRA liquidity rules linked to Basel 3.1 and the forthcoming Overseas Prudential Requirements Regime. These changes will reduce reporting burdens for Lloyd’s syndicates and refine LCR eligibility/treatment of non‑UK covered bonds and related liquidity provisions, but they require systems, policy and reporting updates ahead of the 2026 year‑end and 2027 implementation.
Key dates
11 September 2026
- Consultation end date for proposals to amend SS25/15, SS26/15, IM.03 instructions, and the PRA liquidity rules (Liquidity (CRR) Part and LCR (CRR) Part)
31 December 2026 Deadline
- Proposed implementation date for the SS25/15 and SS26/15 changes and removal of Lloyd’s syndicates from IMO reporting, so syndicates are not required to report IMOs as part of their 2026 year‑end results
01 January 2027
- Proposed implementation date for amendments to the Liquidity (CRR) Part and Liquidity Coverage Ratio (CRR) Part, aligned with Basel 3.1 implementation, CRR restatement in the PRA Rulebook, and the expected entry into force of the Overseas Prudential Requirements Regime (Credit Institutions and Investment Firms) Regulations 2026
Suggested considerations
Review existing IMO reporting processes and systems for Lloyd’s syndicates and prepare to decommission IMO submissions to the PRA for 2026 year‑end, ensuring all dependent internal reports and controls are updated.
Map all uses of IMOs in ORSA processes and supervisory reporting for non‑life firms, and update ORSA documentation and methodologies to reflect that the IMO‑based option applies only to firms that remain in scope of IMO reporting.
Update internal reporting manuals and instructions for IM.03 and related Solvency UK templates to reflect the revised PRA wording, removal of outdated EU references, and alignment with the PRA’s Solvency UK framework.
For Lloyd’s managing agents and syndicates, confirm alternative data channels and reporting obligations to the PRA (via Lloyd’s or Solvency UK templates) that will replace the supervisory reliance previously placed on IMO reporting.
Conduct an inventory of non‑UK covered bonds currently recognised as Level 2A HQLA in LCR calculations and assess how the proposed amendments to Article 11(1)(d)(ii) would change eligibility, haircuts, or caps from 1 January 2027.
What changed
- Lloyd’s syndicates would be removed from the scope of Internal Model Output (IMO) reporting to the PRA via amendments to SS25/15 (Solvency II: Regulatory reporting, internal model outputs),...
SS26/15 (Solvency II: ORSA and the ultimate time horizon – non‑life firms) would be amended to clarify that the option to use IMO outputs in ORSA reporting applies only to firms still required to...
The IM.03 reporting instructions (section “General Comment”) would be amended to align the reporting template guidance with the removal of Lloyd’s syndicates from IMO reporting, avoiding inconsistent...
SS25/15 and SS26/15 would receive non‑substantive drafting updates to improve clarity and consistency, remove outdated EU references, and align terminology and framing with the PRA’s current Solvency...
For 2026 year‑end, Lloyd’s syndicates would no longer be required to submit IMOs to the PRA, with supervisory reliance instead on other Solvency UK reporting streams and data provided through the...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance would primarily manifest as defective regulatory reporting and mis‑stated LCR calculations, exposing firms to PRA supervisory challenge, potential remedial actions, and in serious cases liquidity add‑ons or restrictions on business activities. For Lloyd’s syndicates, failure to align with the new reporting model could also create data gaps in supervisory engagement and increase scrutiny under the PRA–Lloyd’s Cooperation Agreement.
Request for comment; extension of comment period. On June 25, 2026, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("Commission" or "CFTC") published in the Federal Register a request for comment ("RFC") titled "Request for Comment on the Extension of Standard Futures Contracts to 24/7 Trading and on Perpetual Contracts…
AI Analysis
The CFTC has extended the public comment period for its June 25, 2026 request for comment on 24/7 trading of standard futures contracts and on perpetual contracts referencing physically delivered or storable energy commodities. The new deadline is August 26, 2026, and the Commission also added a specific request for comment on CME NYMEX’s self-certified 24/7 crude oil contract that the CFTC stayed on July 9, 2026.
Key dates
2026-06-25
CFTC published the original request for comment in the Federal Register at 91 FR 38334
2026-07-08
CME NYMEX self-certified a 24/7 oil contract
2026-07-09
CFTC stayed the self-certified 24/7 oil contract
2026-07-28
CFTC published the extension of the comment period at 91 FR 47158
2026-08-26 Deadline
Extended comment deadline for the request for comment
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to assess whether existing trading, clearing, settlement, surveillance, and customer-protection controls would function on a 24/7 basis.
Firms may wish to review the CFTC’s additional questions on the stayed CME NYMEX crude oil contract and consider whether their comments should address execution, settlement, market integrity, and operational resilience issues.
Market participants may wish to prepare data-driven comments, because the CFTC’s consultation is focused on factual and empirical input rather than conclusory policy statements.
Firms considering perpetual or around-the-clock products may wish to map any dependencies on payment systems, margin processes, and holiday/weekend operational support before submitting comments.
What changed
This publication does not impose a new binding rule; it extends the comment deadline for an existing request for comment by 30 days. The underlying consultation covers two issues: whether standard futures contracts, including energy futures, can trade on a 24/7 basis without changing expiration, delivery, or settlement terms, and whether perpetual contracts referencing physically delivered or storable energy commodities should be permitted.
Compliance impact
The practical impact is moderate but broad for energy derivatives and exchange-traded products: the CFTC is signaling active scrutiny of 24/7 trading models and perpetual contracts, especially where physical delivery or storability of the underlying commodity is relevant. The extension gives firms more time to submit comments, but the consultation itself indicates the Commission is evaluating possible risks around liquidity, price formation, surveillance, clearing, settlement, and customer protection.
The European Banking Authority (EBA) today published a draft technical package for version 4.4 of its reporting and disclosure framework, covering IFRS 18 reporting, Pillar 3 ESG disclosures and other technical amendments.
AI Analysis
On 2026-07-24, the EBA opened consultation on the draft technical package for reporting framework version 4.4, covering IFRS 18 FINREP templates, Pillar 3 ESG disclosures, FRTB-related disclosure templates, and technical amendments to resolution planning, MREL, and AMLA eligibility data. The package matters because it sets the first reporting reference dates for several new or amended templates and gives firms an early view of the DPM 2.0 transition ahead of final publication expected in September 2026.
Key dates
2026-07-24
EBA published the draft technical package for reporting framework 4.4 and opened the consultation
2026-08-24 Deadline
Deadline for stakeholders to submit comments and suggestions on the draft technical package 4.4 and new glossary
2026-09-30
EBA expects to publish the final technical package for reporting framework 4.4
2026-12-31
First reference date for amended Pillar 3 ESG, equity and shadow banking disclosures; technical amendments for resolution planning, MREL decisions, Pillar 3 disclosure templates; and AMLA eligibility templates
2027-03-31
First reference date for new IFRS 18-aligned FINREP templates and FRTB-related disclosure templates
2027-12-31
First reference date for Pillar 3 ESG, equity and shadow banking disclosures for SNCIs
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to assess the draft 4.4 package against current reporting architecture, especially where FINREP, Pillar 3, FRTB, resolution planning, MREL, or AMLA templates rely on local mapping or vendor implementation.
Firms may wish to review the new IFRS 18-aligned FINREP templates and identify any chart-of-accounts, data lineage, or consolidation changes needed ahead of the 2027-03-31 first reference date.
Reporting teams may wish to map the updated Pillar 3 ESG, equity exposure, and shadow banking disclosures to the 2026-12-31 reporting cycle, and to 2027-12-31 for SNCIs.
Institutions may wish to compare their DPM 1.0 to DPM 2.0 conversion controls against the new glossary conversion file and plan for taxonomy or validation rule changes in downstream reporting tools.
Affected firms may wish to submit comments on the draft technical package and glossary by 2026-08-24 if they have implementation concerns, data gaps, or interpretation issues.
Compliance functions may wish to monitor the expected September 2026 final publication for changes to validation rules, AML eligibility elements, and the AMLA risk assessment 2027 templates.
What changed
The draft technical package for release 4.4 includes validation rules, the Data Point Model, XBRL taxonomies, and a new conversion file between DPM 1.0 and the DPM 2.0 glossary. It introduces amendments to the ITS on Pillar 3 disclosures on ESG risks, equity exposures and shadow banking exposures, with first reference dates of 2026-12-31 and 2027-12-31 for SNCIs. It also adds new IFRS 18-aligned FINREP templates, with a first reference date of 2027-03-31, and integrates FRTB-related disclosure templates into the DPM, also with a first reference date of 2027-03-31.
Compliance impact
The immediate impact is medium-high because the draft signals concrete reporting and disclosure changes with phased first reference dates, rather than a purely conceptual policy update. Firms that miss the data model and taxonomy changes risk implementation issues in supervisory reporting, disclosure production, and validation processing once the new templates become effective.
Notice of proposed rulemaking; extension of comment period. FinCEN is extending the comment period for the referenced notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) it published to amend the existing definition of Huione Group to include, within the definition of that group, H-Pay Service PLC, and adding and defining the term…
AI Analysis
FinCEN extended the comment period for its June 2026 proposed rule amending the Huione Group definition to add H-Pay Service PLC and define “successor entity.” The extension matters because FinCEN said a portal technology failure prevented electronic comments for six days, so it gave the public additional time to submit input.
Key dates
2026-06-25
FinCEN published the underlying NPRM to amend the Huione Group definition
2026-06-25
Electronic comment filing became unavailable due to a portal issue
2026-06-30
Portal issue period ended after six days of blocked electronic filing
2026-07-22
FinCEN dated the comment-period extension notice
2026-07-24
Federal Register publication of the extension notice at 91 FR 46761
2026-08-02 Deadline
Extended deadline for written comments on the NPRM
Suggested considerations
Consider whether to submit comments on the NPRM by the extended deadline of 2026-08-02.
Review customer, correspondent, and payment relationships for any exposure to Huione Group, H-Pay Service PLC, or entities that may be treated as successor entities if the proposal is finalized.
Assess whether internal screening, escalation, and due diligence procedures would need updates if FinCEN finalizes the expanded definition.
Monitor FinCEN’s final action on the NPRM and any resulting special-measures scope changes under 31 CFR 1010.
What changed
This publication does not impose a new final obligation; it extends the public comment deadline for an existing NPRM. The underlying proposal would amend FinCEN’s definition of Huione Group, a financial institution operating outside the United States of primary money laundering concern, to include H-Pay Service PLC and to add a defined term for “successor entity.” The extension was granted because a technological issue with the comment portal prevented electronic filing from June 25 through June 30, 2026.
Compliance impact
The immediate compliance impact is limited because this is a procedural extension, not a binding substantive rule. The practical significance is that the proposal signals FinCEN’s intent to broaden the Huione Group definition, which could affect screening, correspondent-account controls, and transaction monitoring if finalized.
The CFTC has extended by 30 days the public comment period on its targeted Request for Comment (RFC) covering (i) extension of **standard futures contracts (including energy futures) to 24/7 trading** and (ii) **perpetual contracts referencing physically delivered or storable energy commodities**. This extension signals that the Commission intends to build a more complete record on market structure, risk management, and investor protection before setting a regulatory framework, and compliance teams in energy and derivatives markets now have additional time to shape that framework and align their controls with emerging expectations.
Key dates
22 June 2026
- CFTC issues the targeted request for comment on extending standard energy futures to 24/7 trading and on the listing of perpetual contracts referencing physically delivered or storable energy commodities
26 July 2026 Deadline
- Original 30‑day comment deadline for the RFC on 24/7 trading and energy perpetual contracts (now superseded by the extension)
26 August 2026 Deadline
- Extended deadline for submission of public comments on the RFC regarding 24/7 trading of standard energy futures and perpetual contracts referencing physically delivered or storable energy commodities
Suggested considerations
Identify and convene an internal cross‑functional working group (trading, risk, operations, compliance, legal, and IT) to assess potential impacts of 24/7 trading and energy perpetual contracts on your firm’s business model and control environment.
Perform a gap analysis of current trading, clearing, surveillance, margin, and risk management frameworks against the operational and risk expectations articulated in recent CFTC staff advisories and policy statements on 24/7 markets and perpetual contracts.
Draft and submit a data‑driven comment to the CFTC by 26 August 2026 addressing the RFC questions most relevant to your activities, including empirical analysis of liquidity, price formation, manipulation risk, funding rate behavior, and customer protection in energy derivatives.
Review and update internal policies and procedures for trade surveillance, market abuse monitoring, and manipulation detection to address continuous 24/7 trading windows and any contemplated use of energy perpetual contracts.
Assess whether current staffing models, systems support, and incident‑response processes can support 24/7 trading or clearing operations, and document enhancements or mitigations that would be needed to maintain operational resilience.
What changed
- The CFTC has extended the comment deadline on the RFC regarding 24/7 trading of standard futures contracts and perpetual contracts in energy markets by 30 days, moving the due date to 26 August...
The RFC focuses on the extension of standard futures contracts, including energy futures, to a 24/7 trading schedule while keeping fixed expirations but allowing potentially material economic changes...
The RFC separately focuses on the listing and regulation of perpetual contracts that reference physically delivered or storable energy commodities, such as crude oil, and that have no fixed...
The Commission has added additional questions to the original RFC to probe market integrity, price formation, operational resilience, customer protections, and risk management implications of 24/7...
The RFC builds on and is informed by the CFTC’s May 29, 2026 coordinated actions on perpetual contracts and 24/7 trading in digital commodities, including the Policy Statement on perpetual contracts,...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with eventual CFTC expectations and rules around 24/7 trading and perpetual energy contracts could result in denial of product listings, enforcement action for inadequate risk controls or misleading disclosures, and heightened supervisory scrutiny. Early alignment with the RFC themes and proactive engagement with the CFTC will reduce regulatory risk and position firms favorably as the framework solidifies.
The European Banking Authority (EBA) today launched four public consultations on proposed rules to further strengthen depositor protection, preserve financial stability, and further harmonise depositor protection standards across the EU under the revised Deposit Guarantee Schemes Directive (DGSD3). The EBA seeks…
AI Analysis
On 2026-07-23, the EBA launched four consultations on draft ITS, RTS and Guidelines to implement the revised Deposit Guarantee Schemes Directive (DGSD3), focusing on depositor information, information exchange, client funds payouts, and investment of DGS financial means. These proposals will shape how EU Deposit Guarantee Schemes and credit institutions operationalise strengthened depositor protection and crisis management under DGSD3.
Key dates
2026-07-23
EBA launches consultations on draft ITS on depositor information, ITS on information exchange, RTS on DGS payouts of client funds deposits, and Guidelines on investment of available financial means under DGSD3
2026-09-21 Deadline
Registration deadline (12:00 CEST) for public hearing on all four regulatory products
2026-09-24
Public hearing on the four DGSD3-related regulatory products (10:00–13:00 CEST)
2026-10-23 Deadline
Deadline for submission of comments to the four consultation papers
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams at EU credit institutions should consider reviewing existing depositor information sheets, account-opening documentation and ongoing communications to assess alignment with the emerging harmonised formats and content envisaged by the draft ITS on depositor information, particularly for merger and failure scenarios.
DGSs and banks may wish to map current data flows and reporting processes for covered deposits, available financial means and bank failure events against the proposed ITS on information exchange, to identify gaps in data granularity, timeliness, and standardisation that could require system and process changes.
Firms that hold client funds in pooled or intermediary deposit accounts (such as investment firms or payment institutions) should consider analysing how client identification and segregation data are captured and shared with DGSs, in light of the draft RTS on client funds that aim to ensure accurate and timely reimbursement of underlying clients and avoidance of duplicate payouts.
DGS operators and finance teams may wish to review investment policies, risk limits, eligible instruments and liquidity management frameworks for DGS financial means, to anticipate adjustments needed to comply with the forthcoming Guidelines on diversification, low risk and liquidity, including readiness to support resolution financing within the DGSD3 mandate.
All affected stakeholders should consider preparing internal positions and impact assessments and submit consultation responses to the EBA by the stated deadline, highlighting operational challenges, data availability issues, and any potential conflicts with existing national frameworks for depositor protection and crisis management.
Risk and treasury functions in banks may wish to engage with DGSs and supervisors to understand how enhanced reporting on covered deposits and DGS financial means under the ITS on information exchange could affect crisis-preparedness expectations, stress-testing assumptions and disclosure practices.
Legal and regulatory affairs teams should consider monitoring the progression of these four draft instruments alongside the remaining eight technical standards and guidelines mandated by DGSD3, to plan for a coordinated implementation programme once final texts and application dates are confirmed.
What changed
The publication launches consultations on four draft regulatory products mandated by DGSD3: (i) Implementing Technical Standards on depositor information, which define harmonised content and format for depositor information sheets at account opening and on a regular basis, and specify communication requirements in special situations such as bank mergers or failures; (ii) Implementing Technical Standards on information exchange between credit institutions, Deposit Guarantee Schemes (DGSs) and other relevant authorities, introducing standardised procedures, templates and minimum information...
Compliance impact
The consultations signal materially enhanced, more granular and harmonised operational requirements for depositor information, data reporting, client funds payout mechanics and DGS investment governance under DGSD3, with implications for systems, documentation and crisis-management playbooks. Once finalised and made binding, the EBA’s technical standards and guidelines are likely to require coordinated implementation efforts across banks, DGSs and competent authorities to ensure consistent depositor protection and effective use of DGS funds in resolution.
The proposals would provide more detail on the PRA’s approach to Part VIII transactions, helping firms plan amalgamations and transfers more efficiently.
AI Analysis
The PRA has opened a consultation on updating its guidance for **friendly society amalgamations and transfers** by revising Statement of Policy 3/15 to give firms more detail on how **Part VIII transfers** are expected to progress. For compliance teams, this matters because it clarifies the PRA’s process expectations, including sequencing, when a **member vote may be waived**, when an **independent actuary’s report** may be required, and whether the process applies to firms that are or are not friendly societies.
Key dates
TBD (following consultation responses, expected late 2026 or later)
- The final Policy Statement would be published, and the proposals would take effect on publication
22 October 2026
- The consultation closes
Suggested considerations
Firms planning a Part VIII transfer should map their transaction timetable against the PRA’s proposed step-by-step process and identify where the revised guidance may affect sequencing.
Firms should assess whether their proposed transaction could qualify for a waiver of the transferee member vote and prepare supporting rationale and evidence accordingly.
Firms should determine early whether the PRA is likely to expect an independent actuary’s report and build that workstream into the transaction plan.
Firms should confirm whether the proposal applies to their structure, including whether they are a friendly society or another type of firm within scope.
Firms and advisers should review current transaction playbooks and board papers to align them with the PRA’s stated approach before the consultation closes.
What changed
- The PRA proposes to set out a typical sequence of steps firms would follow when undertaking a Part VIII transfer.
The PRA proposes to provide greater transparency on its decision-making considerations for Part VIII transactions.
The PRA proposes to explain when it may waive the requirement for a member vote by the transferee.
The PRA proposes to explain when it may require an independent actuary’s report.
The PRA proposes to clarify the scope of applicability of the process for both friendly societies and non-friendly-society firms.
Compliance impact
The immediate impact is medium-to-high for firms engaged in, or preparing for, Part VIII transfers because the consultation signals more explicit supervisory expectations on process, evidence, and timing. Failure to align transaction planning with the final guidance could increase execution risk, delay approvals, or require rework of governance, actuarial, or member-consent steps once the final Policy Statement is issued.
The PRA’s CP12/26 proposes to codify and expand guidance on amalgamations and transfers of insurance friendly societies under Part VIII of the Friendly Societies Act 1992, aligning it more closely with its established approach to insurance business transfers. The consultation matters for compliance teams because it clarifies the PRA’s expectations, evidential standards, and discretionary powers (including member vote dispensations and independent actuarial reports), which will shape how friendly society restructurings must be planned, documented, and executed.
Key dates
TBD (est. late 2026 / early 2027)
– Expected PRA policy statement and finalised amendments to the Statement of Policy on insurance business transfers, following consultation feedback (exact date not specified in the CP)
Early July 2026
– PRA publishes CP12/26 “Insurance friendly societies, amalgamations and transfers”, launching the consultation on proposed codified guidance and Statement of Policy amendments
Suggested considerations
Map all current and planned amalgamations or transfers involving friendly societies against the proposed five‑part process (planning, analysis, member engagement and votes, application/notifications/representations, confirmation meetings) and identify procedural and evidential gaps.
Review internal policies, governance frameworks, and transaction playbooks for friendly society restructurings to ensure they reflect the PRA’s codified expectations under Part VIII of the Friendly Societies Act 1992, including early regulatory engagement and documentation standards.
Develop or enhance internal guidance for actuaries and finance teams on the required actuarial analysis for Part VIII transfers, ensuring the ability to evidence that preclusion grounds are not met and that the transaction is in the interests of members and policyholders.
Implement procedures to identify all classes of members and policyholders affected by proposed amalgamations or transfers, assess whether their existing terms and conditions are preserved or materially changed, and document the implications for benefit levels and distribution.
For partial transfers, establish a formal framework to assess and document how the interests of members remaining with the transferor society are considered, including any continuing obligations, capital support, and benefit expectations.
What changed
- The PRA proposes a more detailed, codified description of the end‑to‑end Part VIII process for friendly society amalgamations and transfers, organised into stages such as planning and preparation,...
The PRA intends to update and integrate its Statement of Policy on insurance business transfers to explicitly cover friendly society amalgamations and transfers under the Friendly Societies Act 1992,...
For transfers, the PRA sets out circumstances in which it may exercise its statutory discretion to dispense with the requirement for the transferee friendly society to hold a member vote, subject to...
The PRA proposes to clarify when it may direct the transferor and/or transferee to appoint an independent actuary to report on the proposed transfer’s effects on members and policyholders, including...
Firms undertaking a Part VIII transfer will be expected to provide robust actuarial analysis and supporting evidence demonstrating that statutory preclusion grounds are not met and that the transfer...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the clarified PRA expectations and statutory requirements under Part VIII of the Friendly Societies Act 1992 can result in refusal or delay of transaction confirmation, increased supervisory scrutiny, and potential member or policyholder detriment, reputational damage, and enforcement risk. Given the PRA’s focus on safety, soundness, and policyholder protection, poorly evidenced or poorly governed transactions will face a materially higher risk of challenge and failure.
Proposed rule. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC" or the "Commission") is proposing Regulation E-Delivery. The proposed rule sets forth conditions for covered entities to deliver covered information to covered recipients electronically without first obtaining their affirmative consent. The proposed rule…
AI Analysis
The SEC has proposed Regulation E-Delivery, a cross-cutting electronic delivery framework that would let covered entities send covered information electronically without first obtaining affirmative consent, subject to specified conditions. The proposal matters because it would reshape delivery obligations under the federal securities laws, including proxy and tender offer communications and fund shareholder report delivery, while preserving a paper opt-out path.
Key dates
2026-07-21
SEC proposed Regulation E-Delivery and published the proposal in the Federal Register
2026-09-21 Deadline
Comment period closes
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to inventory all information currently delivered under an opt-in electronic delivery framework and map it to the proposed covered information categories.
Firms may wish to assess whether their current customer or client communications systems can support a direct-delivery model and a statement-of-availability model, including website hosting and link accuracy controls.
Operational teams may wish to review whether they can generate and track the proposed transition notices for recipients currently receiving paper delivery.
Firms may wish to evaluate how they will handle paper-copy requests, opt-outs, and updates to electronic address records if the proposal is adopted.
Proxy and fund operations teams may wish to identify rule-specific processes that would need revision if Rule 30e-3 is rescinded and the proxy/tender offer amendments are finalized.
Compliance teams may wish to prepare comment letters focused on definitions, PFI handling, remediation obligations, and the transition process before the comment deadline.
What changed
The proposal would create a new Part 303 in the SEC rules for “Regulation E-Delivery: Delivering Covered Information Through Electronic Delivery.” It would define key concepts such as electronic delivery, electronic address, covered entity, covered information, and covered recipient, and would set conditions for when information may be delivered directly electronically versus when a statement of availability must be used.
Compliance impact
The proposal is significant because it would move a broad set of SEC delivery obligations from an affirmative-consent model toward a default electronic-delivery model, which would require firms to redesign notices, controls, and recordkeeping. The SEC frames the change as preserving paper delivery on request, but firms that rely on electronic communications would still need to meet new conditions to avoid delivery failures and compliance gaps.
The European Banking Authority (EBA) today launched a consultation on amendments to the Implementing Technical Standards (ITS) governing the benchmarking of internal models and the standardised approach for market risk for the 2027 exercise. The proposed amendments aim to ensure that the benchmarking framework…
AI Analysis
The EBA has launched a 17 July 2026 consultation on amendments to the Implementing Technical Standards (ITS) for the 2027 market risk benchmarking exercise under Article 78 CRD. The changes recalibrate data collection for internal models and standardised approaches, align the benchmarking framework with CRR3/FRTB implementation from 1 January 2027, and adjust timing and scope to include institutions using the CRR3 Alternative Standardised Approach (ASA).
Key dates
2026-07-17
EBA launches consultation on amendments to ITS for the 2027 market risk benchmarking exercise
2026-07-27 Deadline
Deadline (16:00 CEST) for registration to the public hearing on the consultation
2026-07-28
Public hearing on the consultation (14:00–15:30 CEST)
2026-09-03 Deadline
Deadline for submission of comments to the EBA consultation on the 2027 market risk benchmarking ITS amendments
2027-01-01
Application date of the European Commission’s FRTB Delegated Act referenced in the amended ITS
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams at EU credit institutions using market risk internal models or the CRR3 Alternative Standardised Approach may wish to review the consultation paper and annexes (booking instructions, relevant dates, instruments and portfolios, template instructions, and templates) to understand proposed changes to the 2027 benchmarking data collection and reporting requirements.
Firms applying or planning to apply CRR2 Internal Model Approach for market risk should consider the implications of the resumption of CRR2-IMA data collection and assess whether existing reporting processes and systems can be reactivated or need updating to meet the revised ITS templates.
Institutions intending to use the CRR3 Alternative Standardised Approach for market risk may wish to assess the impact of being newly in scope of the EBA market risk benchmarking exercise, including internal governance, data availability, and operational readiness for participation in the second half of 2027.
Firms that anticipate using the CRR3 Alternative Internal Model Approach may wish to monitor the postponement of AIMA data collection and evaluate how the uncertainty in the effective implementation date interacts with their internal model development timelines and supervisory expectations.
Regulatory and reporting functions may wish to map current market risk reporting templates to the proposed reorganised and rationalised templates, identifying data gaps and system changes required once the final ITS enter into force.
Compliance teams may wish to coordinate with risk and reporting teams to prepare a response to the EBA consultation by the 3 September 2026 deadline, particularly on practical aspects of template design, data availability, and timing of the 2027 benchmarking exercise.
Institutions newly included in scope by virtue of using CRR3 ASA should consider whether additional internal documentation, model validation, and supervisory engagement are needed ahead of the second-half 2027 benchmarking exercise, given the EBA’s intention to adopt the final ITS earlier to give such institutions more preparation time.
What changed
The consultation proposes amendments to the ITS on supervisory benchmarking of market risk models for the 2027 exercise, updating the data collection framework and reporting templates used by institutions and competent authorities under Article 78 of Directive 2013/36/EU (CRD). The scope of the market risk benchmarking exercise would be expanded to include institutions applying the CRR3 Alternative Standardised Approach (ASA) for market risk, irrespective of whether they also use an Internal Model Approach (IMA).
Compliance impact
The impact is moderate but targeted, primarily affecting banks in scope of market risk benchmarking by expanding ASA coverage, restarting CRR2-IMA reporting, and adjusting the timing of the 2027 exercise. Failure to prepare for revised templates and data collection could result in supervisory findings on model quality and variability of own funds requirements under CRD benchmarking assessments.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed Regulation E-Delivery, a new rule that would expand the ability of issuers, broker-dealers, investment advisers, and others to use electronic delivery to satisfy information delivery requirements…
AI Analysis
The SEC has proposed **Regulation E‑Delivery**, a new, technology‑neutral rule that would allow electronic delivery to become the **default method** for satisfying many information delivery requirements under the federal securities laws, while preserving a right to paper on request. This is a material shift away from the long‑standing, guidance‑based and “affirmative consent” model, and will require firms to redesign their disclosure, investor communication and recordkeeping frameworks to comply with new notice, opt‑out and failure‑remediation obligations.
Key dates
TBD (upon Federal Register publication)
– Start of the 60‑day public comment period on the Regulation E‑Delivery proposal
TBD Deadline
– End of the 60‑day comment period; market participants must have submitted feedback on scope, conditions, investor protections and operational impacts by this date
TBD (post‑adoption) Deadline
– Effective date of final Regulation E‑Delivery, after which firms may begin relying on the rule for default e‑delivery, subject to any specified compliance or phase‑in dates in the adopting release
TBD (post‑effective date) Deadline
– Commencement of required transition processes, including the mailing of two paper notices and implementation of opt‑out mechanisms, for investors currently receiving paper communications
Suggested considerations
Conduct a comprehensive mapping of all documents currently delivered under federal securities law requirements (prospectuses, shareholder reports, proxy materials, trade confirmations, Form CRS, Form ADV brochures) and determine how each will be delivered under Regulation E‑Delivery.
Review and update disclosure, investor communication and delivery policies to incorporate e‑delivery as the default method while clearly documenting investor rights to request and receive paper delivery at any time.
Design and implement procedures for maintaining accurate electronic contact information for investors and clients, including periodic verification processes and remediation steps for undeliverable emails or failed electronic transmissions.
Develop and operationalize the transition process for paper‑based recipients, including generation and mailing of the two required paper notices that explain the move to e‑delivery and the opt‑out option.
Update client and investor onboarding materials, account agreements and preference‑capture workflows to reflect the new default e‑delivery model and how investors can elect paper delivery or change their preferences.
What changed
- Regulation E‑Delivery would formally replace the SEC’s decades‑old, purely guidance‑based approach to electronic delivery and establish a rule‑based framework that expressly permits e‑delivery to...
Electronic delivery would become the default method of delivery, meaning firms could deliver required regulatory information electronically without first obtaining the investor’s affirmative consent,...
The rule would preserve investor choice by requiring that investors and other recipients be able to request paper delivery at any time and continue receiving paper format upon request.
The proposal would set out requirements and conditions for when e‑delivery is deemed compliant, including use of electronic addresses or other electronic methods reasonably designed to ensure receipt...
The range of deliverable documents under Regulation E‑Delivery would be broad, covering prospectuses for funds and other issuers, fund annual and semi‑annual shareholder reports, proxy statements,...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance could result in failures to meet statutory disclosure and delivery obligations, exposing firms to SEC enforcement, supervisory findings, investor complaints, and potential civil liability where investors allege inadequate or inaccessible information. Mismanaged transitions or poor controls around e‑delivery failures may also create conduct risk, reputational damage and remediation costs, particularly for retail and senior investors.
Innovative new proposals aim to establish the UK as a centre for the fast-growing captive insurance market.
AI Analysis
The PRA and FCA have launched a consultation on a **bespoke UK regime for single‑parent captive insurers**, featuring streamlined authorisation, reduced capital and reporting, and exclusion from Solvency UK and Consumer Duty. The regime, targeted to go live in **summer 2027**, materially changes both prudential and conduct expectations for UK captives and creates a new, lighter regulatory pathway that groups will need to understand and factor into risk‑financing, governance, and group structuring decisions.
Key dates
Summer 2026
– PRA and FCA consultations expected to be issued on detailed rules for the new UK captive insurance regime
16 June 2026
– PRA speech by Shoib Khan outlining policy approach, boundaries of captive activity, and expectation of a consultation in summer 2026
14 October 2026
– Consultation closing date for responses to the PRA/FCA captive regime proposals
Summer 2027
– Target **launch of the new captive insurance regime**, following consideration of consultation feedback and finalisation of PRA/FCA rules and guidance
Mid‑2027
– Consistent target implementation window indicated in government and regulator communications for the new captive framework to become operational
Suggested considerations
Assess whether existing or planned group risk‑financing strategies would benefit from establishing a UK single‑parent captive under the proposed regime and document the strategic rationale.
Map current and planned intra‑group insurance and reinsurance arrangements, including any employee benefits‑related policies, to confirm which risks can be written directly and which must only be written on a reinsurance basis.
Engage early with internal stakeholders (risk, treasury, legal, tax, and senior management) to determine preferred captive structures (standalone vs future PCC) and governance arrangements aligned with PRA expectations.
Prepare to participate in the PRA and FCA consultations by drafting detailed, technical responses on authorisation processes, capital methodologies, reporting templates, and conduct requirements for captives.
Review existing Solvency UK and Consumer Duty compliance frameworks and identify which elements would no longer apply to captives under the proposed regime, while ensuring that any remaining protections and safeguards are maintained where appropriate.
What changed
- Introduction of a tailored regulatory framework for single‑parent captive insurers in the UK, distinct from the regimes applicable to traditional insurers and reinsurers.
Creation of a streamlined dual PRA/FCA authorisation process for captives, with an explicit target decision timeline of 4–6 weeks from application.
Exclusion of captives from Solvency UK requirements, with a move to a separate, flexible capital resources framework rather than Solvency II‑style minimum capital requirements.
Exclusion of captives from the FCA Consumer Duty, recognising that captives primarily insure intra‑group risks and have limited direct retail customer exposure.
Introduction of proportionately lower capital requirements for captives, reflecting their lower risk profile and group‑risk‑financing purpose.
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the bespoke captive regime (for example, writing prohibited direct employee benefits business, breaching capital expectations, or misusing the captive perimeter) may result in authorisation refusal, supervisory intervention, restrictions on business, or enforcement action impacting both the captive and its parent group. Compliance teams in affected groups will need to treat the regime as a material prudential and conduct change, with direct implications for group risk management, governance, and regulatory relationships.
The PRA’s CP10/26 proposes to delete the Continuity of Provision of Services Chapter in the Ring‑fenced Bodies Part of the PRA Rulebook and make consequential amendments, effectively shifting continuity‑of‑services expectations for ring‑fenced bodies onto the broader operational continuity / resolution framework. For compliance teams, this is a material rationalisation of overlapping rule sets that will require careful mapping of existing ring‑fencing service‑continuity controls into the PRA’s operational continuity and resilience expectations, and engagement with the consultation by the response deadline.
Key dates
14 October 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for submitting responses to PRA Consultation Paper CP10/26 on the deletion of the Continuity of Provision of Services Chapter and related changes to the Ring‑fenced Bodies Part
Suggested considerations
Assess the current use of the Continuity of Provision of Services Chapter in the Ring‑fenced Bodies Part within your firm’s ring‑fencing policies, procedures, contracts and governance, and identify all controls that explicitly rely on those rules.
Prepare and submit a considered response to CP10/26 by 14 October 2026, addressing the practical impact of deleting the Continuity of Provision of Services Chapter, any residual areas of concern, and suggestions for guidance or transitional arrangements.
Coordinate with group entities acting as permitted suppliers or critical service providers to ensure their OCIR documentation, service catalogues, TSAs and liquidity arrangements remain aligned with the ring‑fenced body’s continuity requirements in the absence of the deleted chapter.
Monitor for the subsequent PRA policy statement that will follow CP10/26, and be prepared to implement any final rule changes, transitional provisions or clarifications on how ring‑fencing continuity expectations intersect with OCIR and operational resilience regimes.
What changed
- The PRA proposes to delete in full the Continuity of Provision of Services Chapter in the Ring‑fenced Bodies Part of the PRA Rulebook, removing the specific ring‑fencing continuity‑of‑services...
The PRA will make consequential amendments to the Ring‑fenced Bodies Part to remove or adjust cross‑references, defined terms and obligations that are linked to the deleted Continuity of Provision of...
The proposal effectively retires the bespoke continuity‑of‑services construct that was introduced when ring‑fencing was implemented (including detailed constraints on termination, suspension or...
The consultation paper explains how the PRA intends to align ring‑fenced bodies’ continuity‑of‑services expectations with existing supervisory statements on operational continuity in resolution (for...
The PRA invites stakeholders to comment on whether deleting the Continuity of Provision of Services Chapter, and relying on the broader operational continuity regime, still adequately protects the...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance would primarily manifest as weaknesses in the continuity of core services and intra‑group service arrangements rather than direct breaches of the deleted rules, potentially leading to PRA supervisory findings, remediation requirements and heightened capital or resolvability expectations. Failure to realign ring‑fencing continuity controls with the PRA’s operational continuity and resilience framework could also impact resolvability assessments and increase the risk of adverse supervisory interventions in stress or resolution.
The PRA has issued Consultation Paper CP11/26 proposing a **tailored prudential regime for UK captive insurance undertakings**, with responses due by 14 October 2026. This matters for compliance teams in insurance groups and large corporates because it will create a distinct authorisation and supervisory framework for captives under Solvency UK, potentially changing capital, governance, and reporting expectations and opening a new strategic option to domicile captives in the UK.
Key dates
Summer 2026
– PRA (and FCA) indicated they would consult on a new UK captive insurance regime as part of their 2026 supervisory priorities and joint statements
14 October 2026 Deadline
– Deadline for responses to CP11/26 “A tailored regime for captive insurance”
Mid 2027
– Target implementation date for the new UK captive insurance regime, as indicated in prior PRA policy communications and government consultation responses
Suggested considerations
Review CP11/26 in detail and perform an internal impact assessment on how the proposed captive regime would affect your group’s current or planned captive insurance structures, including domicile and regulatory capital profile.
Identify whether any existing insurance entities within the group may fall within the PRA’s proposed definition of a captive and assess whether reclassification would be beneficial or would trigger additional compliance work.
Prepare and submit a coordinated consultation response by 14 October 2026, addressing eligibility criteria, proportionality of capital and reporting requirements, and any operational or tax implications for your captive strategy.
Map existing governance, risk management, and internal control frameworks for captives against PRA’s proposed expectations and identify gaps that would need remediation ahead of the regime’s expected go‑live in mid‑2027.
Engage with group legal, tax, and treasury teams to evaluate whether onshoring an offshore captive to the UK, or establishing a new UK captive, becomes strategically attractive under the tailored regime, and model scenarios accordingly.
What changed
- The PRA proposes to establish a dedicated UK regulatory regime for captive insurers, separate from the standard Solvency UK treatment for commercial (non‑captive) insurers.
Captive insurers would benefit from proportionate prudential requirements (for example simplified capital, reporting, and risk management expectations) reflecting their limited and group-focused risk...
The consultation seeks views on eligibility criteria for captives, likely including ownership (group‑owned), purpose (insuring or reinsuring parent/group risks), and restrictions on third‑party...
PRA proposes a UK authorisation and licensing pathway specifically tailored to captives, with adjusted expectations for business plans, risk appetites, and use of reinsurance and fronting structures.
The regime is intended to sit within Solvency UK rather than as a completely separate legislative framework, implying changes to the PRA Rulebook and supervisory statements rather than primary...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the eventual captive regime (for example mis‑classification of entities, inadequate capital or governance relative to PRA expectations) could lead to authorisation issues, supervisory interventions, restrictions on business, or requirements to restructure existing captive arrangements. Given the regime will sit within Solvency UK, failures may also affect group capital positions and broader regulatory assessments of risk management adequacy.
DFSA consultation paper on miscellaneous regulatory changes with August 2026 comment deadline. Classified as informational/consultative content affecting all regulated entities in DIFC. Urgency set to null as this is a standard consultation notice rather than urgent regulatory action.
Singapore, 9 July 2026… The Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) today published a consultation paper seeking feedback on proposed amendments to the Code on Collective Investment Schemes (CIS Code). The proposed amendments seek to enable a wider range of new fund product types to be authorised for retail offer…
Why this matters
MAS consultation paper on proposed amendments to CIS Code to streamline approval processes for new fund types. Primarily affects investment managers and distributors. Includes enhanced disclosure requirements and fair dealing obligations. Informational/consultation stage with August 10, 2026 deadline for feedback.
Federal Reserve Board requests comment on a proposal to amend its requirements for banks to maintain anti-money laundering programs
AI Analysis
The Federal Reserve Board issued a consultation on July 7, 2026 proposing to amend its bank AML program requirements so they align with similar changes proposed by four other agencies. The proposal matters because it would push banks toward a more explicit risk-based AML/CFT framework, require FinCEN priorities to be built into risk assessments, and signal that supervision will focus on significant failures to implement an AML program rather than the mere existence of a program.
Key dates
2026-07-07
Federal Reserve Board issued the request for comment on the proposed AML program amendments
2026-09-05 Deadline
Indicative comment deadline if the proposal is published in the Federal Register on July 7, 2026; the Federal Reserve states comments are due 60 days after Federal Register publication
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review current AML/CFT program governance against the proposed minimum program components, including risk-based controls, independent testing, training, and designated accountable oversight.
Firms may wish to map their current risk assessment methodology to the FinCEN AML priorities referenced in the proposal and identify any gaps in documentation or calibration.
Banks may wish to assess whether resources are demonstrably weighted toward higher-risk customers, products, services, and activities, since the proposal emphasizes risk-based allocation.
Compliance functions may wish to track the Federal Register publication date closely so the 60-day comment clock can be calculated once the notice is published.
Commenting stakeholders may wish to compare the Federal Reserve proposal with the parallel proposals from the other agencies to identify alignment issues or operational inconsistencies.
What changed
The proposal would amend the Federal Reserve's requirements for banks to maintain anti-money laundering programs to align with parallel proposals from four other agencies. It would require banks to allocate AML resources based on risk, with greater attention to higher-risk customers and activities. It would also require banks to incorporate the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network's AML priorities into their risk assessment processes.
Compliance impact
The regulatory impact is material because the Federal Reserve is proposing to tighten how banks evidence an effective AML/CFT program and how examiners will evaluate implementation. The Board indicates that supervision and enforcement will concentrate on significant implementation failures, which raises the stakes for documentation, governance, and demonstrable risk-based resourcing.
DFSA consultation on Collective Investment Funds Framework is informational notice with September 2026 deadline. Affects investment managers and collective fund operators. Topics relate to regulatory framework enhancement and licensing/disclosure requirements.
MAS has issued a consultation paper proposing to establish a legislative framework for a new Protected Cell Company (PCC) corporate structure. The proposed framework aims to support the growth of alternative risk transfer solutions and deepen Singapore’s role as a risk management hub.
Why this matters
MAS consultation on Protected Cell Company framework for alternative risk transfer solutions in insurance. This is informational/consultative content (closing date 7 August 2026) rather than an urgent regulatory mandate.
Inform insurers on the issuance of Consultation Paper on Proposed Framework for Protected Cell Companies in Singapore.
AI Analysis
MAS has launched Consultation Paper P013-2026 on a **Proposed Framework for Protected Cell Companies (PCCs)** in Singapore, with a consultation window from 07 July 2026 to 07 August 2026. The proposals would introduce a new corporatestructure for MAS-licensed insurance-related entities (including captives, ILS vehicles and sovereign risk pools) that enables statutory segregation of assets and liabilities by cell, materially affecting structuring, risk‑transfer and prudential oversight for insurance groups.
Key dates
07 July 2026
- MAS publishes Circular ID 08/26 and Consultation Paper P013-2026 on the Proposed Framework for Protected Cell Companies in Singapore, opening the consultation
07 August 2026
- Closing date for submissions to MAS on the PCC consultation paper
Suggested considerations
Review the MAS Consultation Paper P013-2026 in detail and map proposed PCC requirements against your current and planned captive, reinsurance, ILS and sovereign risk pool structures.
Conduct an internal impact assessment on how PCC introduction would affect corporate structuring, capital allocation, risk management, and policyholder/investor protections within your group.
Identify potential use cases for PCCs (e.g. multi‑cell captives, collateralised reinsurance platforms, ILS issuance vehicles, sovereign risk pools) and assess legal, tax, accounting and regulatory implications for each use case.
Engage legal, compliance, actuarial and treasury functions to develop a coordinated response to MAS addressing prudential treatment, segregation mechanics, governance expectations and disclosure considerations for PCCs.
Prepare and submit detailed consultation feedback to MAS by 07 August 2026, including any requested clarifications, suggested safeguards, or recommended scope limitations or expansions for PCC usage.
What changed
- MAS proposes introducing a Protected Cell Company (PCC) as a new corporate structure comprising a single legal entity with assets and liabilities statutorily segregated into distinct cells within...
The PCC structure is intended to be available only to MAS-licensed entities engaged in captive insurance, insurance‑linked securities (ILS) and sovereign risk pooling activities, not generally to all...
Each PCC will have a core and multiple cells, with ring‑fencing of assets and liabilities such that creditors of one cell should not have recourse to assets of other cells or the core, subject to...
The framework is positioned to enable multiple risk issuances and programs within one vehicle, improving cost and operational efficiency compared with establishing multiple standalone insurers or...
MAS signals that the PCC framework will complement existing special purpose reinsurance and alternative risk‑transfer structures, and is conceptually aligned with Singapore’s broader approach to...
Compliance impact
Non‑engagement with the consultation could result in a PCC framework that does not adequately reflect your business model, potentially creating future compliance burden or limiting structuring options. Once final rules are issued, failure to align PCC usage with MAS requirements could lead to supervisory intervention, restrictions on business lines, or enforcement action for governance, prudential or conduct shortcomings.
The DFSA proposes significant updates to its Collective Investment Fund…
Why this matters
DFSA consultation paper on collective investment fund framework updates. Covers regulatory alignment with international standards, investor protection, and proportionate risk-based requirements for fund managers and asset managers in DIFC. Consultation deadline September 7, 2026.
ESMA has launched a public consultation (via CSSF notification) on its technical advice to the European Commission for simplifying the EU Taxonomy disclosure framework, focusing on selected KPIs under the Taxonomy Disclosures Delegated Act and reducing reporting burdens. This matters for compliance teams because it is the first formal step in the review of Article 8 Taxonomy disclosure KPIs that will likely change how financial and non‑financial undertakings calculate and disclose Taxonomy‑related indicators from around Q3 2027.
Key dates
01 July 2026
- ESMA launches its public consultation on simplifying the EU Taxonomy disclosure framework and technical advice on selected KPIs under the Taxonomy Disclosures Delegated Act
22 July 2026
- ESMA holds a public hearing to present its proposals and engage with stakeholders on the consultation
12 August 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for stakeholders to submit responses to ESMA’s consultation on Taxonomy disclosure simplification
By October 2026
- ESMA (and other ESAs) are expected to deliver final technical advice on the Taxonomy Disclosures Delegated Act KPIs to the European Commission
Q1 2027
- Target date for the European Commission to complete its review of the Taxonomy Disclosures Delegated Act based on ESAs’ advice
Suggested considerations
Conduct an internal impact assessment of current Taxonomy Article 8 KPI calculation and reporting processes, focusing on OpEx, Commissions and Fees, Trading Book, and Underwriting KPIs, to identify pain points and simplification priorities.
Prepare and submit a response to ESMA’s consultation by 12 August 2026, either directly or via industry associations, articulating specific operational, data, and system challenges and concrete proposals for simplification.
Register for and attend ESMA’s public hearing on 22 July 2026 to understand the detailed proposals, ask clarifying questions, and align internal positions ahead of submission.
Coordinate with regulatory affairs, sustainability, risk, and finance functions to develop a unified institutional position on the desired design of revised KPIs and group‑level reporting under the Taxonomy Disclosures Delegated Act.
Map dependencies between Taxonomy Article 8 data and other ESG reporting (including SFDR product disclosures and CSRD/ESRS reporting) to anticipate how changes to KPIs may affect cross‑framework consistency and data architecture.
What changed
- ESMA is consulting on technical advice to the European Commission specifically targeting selected KPIs under the Taxonomy Disclosures Delegated Act (Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation), including...
The stated policy objective is simplification of the EU Taxonomy disclosure framework while preserving decision‑useful information for investors and supervisors.
ESMA aims to reduce reporting burdens for market participants, notably corporates and financial institutions subject to Taxonomy Article 8 disclosures.
The consultation covers selected KPIs under the Taxonomy Disclosures Delegated Act, with the European Commission having requested focused advice on: OpEx KPI of non‑financial firms; Commissions and...
ESMA is proposing more pragmatic approaches to group‑level reporting for mixed groups, including reporting at parent‑undertaking level to reduce complexity for conglomerates.
Compliance impact
In the short term, non‑participation in the consultation does not create direct non‑compliance risk but may leave firms exposed to a revised framework that does not reflect their operational realities. In the medium term (Q3 2027 onward), failure to implement the revised Taxonomy KPIs and disclosure rules will create material regulatory, supervisory, and reputational risk, given the central role of Taxonomy data in EU sustainable finance and investor disclosures.
ESMA consults on simplifying EU Taxonomy disclosure framework 01 July 2026 Sustainable finance The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU financial markets regulator and supervisor, has launched a consultation on technical advice to the European Commission (EC) on selected KPIs under the Taxonomy…
Why this matters
ESMA consultation on simplifying EU Taxonomy disclosure framework for non-financial undertakings and asset managers. Focuses on reducing reporting complexity while maintaining investor relevance. Consultation period runs until August 2026 with final advice due October 2026.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today issued a request for public comment on exchange-traded funds (ETFs) seeking to invest in innovative asset classes or engage in novel investment strategies. The request focuses on ways to facilitate innovation…
Why this matters
SEC request for public comment on novel ETF structures and investment strategies. Informational content seeking stakeholder input on regulatory framework for innovative ETF products. Relevant to asset managers and broker dealers involved in ETF creation and distribution. No immediate compliance deadline indicated.
Joint CFTC-SEC request for public comment on harmonizing portfolio margining frameworks across securities and derivatives markets. This is informational/consultative content seeking stakeholder input on potential regulatory alignment regarding margin requirements, risk management, and cross-product offsets.
The Securities and Exchange Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission today issued a joint request for public comment on potential approaches to further harmonize regulatory frameworks applicable to portfolio margining across securities,…
Why this matters
Joint SEC-CFTC request for public comment on portfolio margining framework harmonization. This is informational/consultative content seeking industry input on regulatory alignment between securities and futures markets. Primarily affects capital markets participants and investment firms subject to margin requirements.
FATF has launched a public consultation, flagged by the CSSF, on new **guidance for implementing the revised FATF Recommendation 16 (“travel rule”)**, with the objective of significantly increasing payment transparency by 2030. This consultation will shape how jurisdictions and supervisors (including Luxembourg/CSSF) expect payment and virtual asset flows to carry and use originator/beneficiary data, so compliance teams should treat this as an early signal of future mandatory AML/CTF requirements for both fiat and virtual asset transfers.
Key dates
18 June 2025
- FATF adopts modifications to Recommendation 16 to enhance payment transparency, including strengthened travel‑rule standards
24 June 2026
- FATF launches public consultation on guidance for the implementation of the updated Recommendation 16
21 August 2026 Deadline
- FATF public consultation period closes; this is the deadline for private‑sector contributions highlighted by the CSSF
End 2030
- FATF’s revised Recommendation 16 framework is expected to be fully effective, with jurisdictions having implemented the standard into national law or regulation by this date
Suggested considerations
Map and document all existing and planned cross‑border payment and value‑transfer flows (including virtual asset transfers) to identify where FATF Recommendation 16 and travel‑rule obligations currently apply or will apply by 2030.
Review the June 2025 FATF modifications to Recommendation 16 and the current consultation materials, and perform a gap analysis against your existing AML/CTF, KYC and payments data standards, including thresholds, data fields, and monitoring use‑cases.
Establish an internal project for travel‑rule implementation and enhancement that spans AML, operations, technology, legal and data‑protection teams, with explicit ownership and governance.
Strengthen beneficiary‑side transaction‑monitoring rules to use incoming travel‑rule data for sanctions, fraud and AML detection, including controls to identify misdirected or unusual payments based on name, location, and other attributes.
Review and, where necessary, update customer due diligence and KYC procedures to ensure the availability and verification of data fields that will be required to travel with transactions (for example, address, town and country, identification numbers, date of birth).
What changed
*(Based on the CSSF notice plus the 2025 FATF revisions to Recommendation 16 and existing travel‑rule standards; details may be further refined by the new guidance now under consultation.)*
FATF is issuing implementation guidance for the updated Recommendation 16, which already increased obligations regarding payment transparency, including more granular beneficiary data and expanded...
Cross‑border payments and value transfers above 1,000 USD/EUR are expected to include additional mandatory beneficiary information, such as beneficiary name, account or unique reference, and at least...
Beneficiary institutions are given enhanced responsibilities to use travel‑rule information (not just receive it) for transaction monitoring, including detecting misdirected payments and indicators...
The revised travel rule continues to apply to both traditional wire transfers and value transfers involving virtual assets, reinforcing that Virtual Asset Service Providers (VASPs) must collect,...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the revised travel‑rule expectations will materially increase the risk of supervisory criticism, enforcement action, and restrictions on cross‑border business, especially in higher‑risk client segments and payment corridors. Failure to implement adequate data‑collection and monitoring capabilities may also compromise sanctions and AML controls, leading to heightened legal, financial and reputational exposure.
The CFTC has proposed amendments to Parts 15, 16, and 17 to establish a new reporting regime for certain covered event contracts, including a new **§16.03 “Covered Event Contracts”** provision. If adopted, the rule would require relevant market participants to report these contracts under the Parts 15 through 18 framework rather than under selected reporting provisions in Parts 38, 39, 43, and 45, making this a material compliance redesign for firms active in event contracts.
Key dates
2017
- Staff no-action letters began providing the interim reporting approach for certain fully collateralized event contracts
TBD (est. late 2026)
- The proposal will proceed through the public-comment process and could later be finalized, subject to Commission action
13 May 2026
- CFTC staff issued a no-action letter regarding swap data reporting and recordkeeping for event contracts, reinforcing the temporary relief framework
25 June 2026
- The CFTC published the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking seeking public comment on amendments to Parts 15, 16, and 17
Suggested considerations
Firms that list, clear, intermediate, or report covered event contracts should inventory all event-contract products and map each product to the current reporting regime and the proposed Parts 15 through 18 framework.
Compliance teams should identify all reporting fields, systems, and workflows currently relying on Parts 38, 39, 43, or 45 for event-contract reporting and assess whether those processes would need redesign.
FCMs, clearing members, and foreign brokers should review their data governance and source-of-truth controls to ensure they can produce the reporting elements required under §16.00, §16.01, Part 17, and Part 18 if the proposal is adopted.
Firms should track the public-comment process and prepare comments if the proposed framework creates operational gaps, duplicated reporting, or ambiguities in product scope.
Market participants should review reliance on existing no-action letters and prepare contingency plans for a transition from interim relief to a codified rule.
What changed
- The CFTC proposes an alternate reporting framework for certain fully collateralized event contracts, replacing reliance on certain reporting provisions in Parts 38, 39, 43, and 45 with reporting...
The proposal would amend Part 15, Part 16, and Part 17 of the CFTC’s regulations.
The proposal would add a new §16.03 titled “Covered Event Contracts” to Part 16.
The proposal would require reporting pursuant to §16.00, §16.01, Part 17, and Part 18 for covered event contracts.
The proposal would apply to reporting by certain reporting markets, futures commission merchants, clearing members, and foreign brokers.
Compliance impact
The compliance impact is moderate to high because the proposal could require firms to re-engineer reporting architecture, amend procedures, and retest controls for event-contract data submission. Non-compliance after final adoption could expose firms to CFTC supervisory findings, reporting deficiencies, and possible enforcement risk if required data are not reported correctly or on time.
De Autoriteit Financiële Markten (AFM) en De Nederlandsche Bank (DNB) consulteren wijzigingen in regels voor financiële ondernemingen in Caribisch Nederland. Het betreft regels die zijn vastgelegd in een beleidsregel en een regeling: de Beleidsregel AFM en DNB toepassing en uitvoering Wfm BES en Wwft BES 2012 en de…
Why this matters
AFM and DNB consultation on updated regulatory rules for financial enterprises in Caribbean Netherlands. Covers application of Wfm BES and Wwft BES legislation. Consultation period runs until 28 August 2026 with expected implementation in H2 2026.
Today marks a major milestone in the modernisation of the UK's payments landscape, with the Retail Payments Infrastructure Board (RPIB) launching a consultation on the future design of the UK's next-generation retail payments infrastructure.
AI Analysis
The Bank of England‑chaired Retail Payments Infrastructure Board (RPIB) has launched a formal consultation on the **design of the next‑generation UK retail payments infrastructure**, with responses due by 11 September 2026. This is a strategic, upstream change that will reshape core retail interbank rails (Faster Payments, Bacs, cheques) to support account‑to‑account point‑of‑sale payments, enhanced cross‑border functionality and a multi‑money ecosystem, creating significant medium‑term impacts for payment firms’ technology, access models, fraud controls and operational resilience.
Key dates
15 July 2025
– Payments Vision Delivery Committee agrees the new public‑private model to deliver the next‑generation UK retail payments infrastructure under the National Payments Vision
Late 2026
– HM Treasury and the Bank of England are expected to publish conclusions on whether, and in what form, to proceed with a digital pound, which will influence infrastructure design and multi‑money functionality (date inferred as “later this year”)
25 June 2026
– Retail Payments Infrastructure Board consultation on the design of the future UK retail payments infrastructure is launched
11 September 2026 Deadline
– Deadline for stakeholders to submit responses to the RPIB consultation on the next‑generation retail payments infrastructure
Suggested considerations
Identify internal stakeholders (payments product, technology, operations, legal, compliance, risk) and establish a formal project to coordinate your firm’s response to the RPIB consultation.
Perform a gap analysis of your firm’s current use of Faster Payments, Bacs and cheque imaging, focusing on account‑to‑account capabilities, cross‑border flows, fraud and financial crime controls, customer authentication and operational resilience.
Map and document key payment journeys relevant to your firm (e.g. point‑of‑sale account‑to‑account payments, bill payments, peer‑to‑peer transfers, ecommerce, cross‑border transactions) to enable substantive feedback on user needs and design priorities.
Assess your firm’s strategic interest in account‑to‑account payments at the point of sale and enhanced cross‑border services, and identify functional requirements (APIs, messaging, reconciliation, chargeback‑like protections) that should be reflected in the consultation response.
Review emerging regulatory publications under the National Payments Vision and Payments Forward Plan to ensure your consultation input aligns with expected regulatory outcomes on access, competition, resilience and innovation.
What changed
- The RPIB has opened a consultation to develop a high‑level “blueprint” for the future UK retail payments infrastructure, which will underpin the National Payments Vision and inform the design to be...
The consultation scope explicitly covers payment journeys, key design choices and priorities for the next‑generation infrastructure, rather than setting immediate prescriptive rules for firms.
The next‑generation infrastructure is intended to support new payment methods, including account‑to‑account payments at the point of sale (in‑store and online) as a complement to card payments, and...
Existing retail interbank payment systems (Faster Payments, Bacs, Image Clearing System) operated by Pay.UK will continue to run safely and resiliently during the transition, implying a multi‑year...
The new infrastructure is being designed to support a multi‑money ecosystem, including existing commercial bank money and emerging forms of digital money (e‑money, tokenised deposits, systemic...
Compliance impact
Non‑participation or limited engagement in this consultation increases the risk that future mandatory infrastructure changes will be misaligned with your business model, creating costly remediation, migration risks and potential non‑compliance with future access, resilience and fraud‑control obligations. In the medium term, failure to adapt systems, controls and governance to align with the redesigned infrastructure and National Payments Vision outcomes could threaten your ability to access core payment systems and maintain regulatory permissions.
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) is issuing a notice of proposed rulemaking to implement Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) and sanctions compliance standards applicable to OCC-supervised permitted payment stablecoin issuers (PPSI), as required by the Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for U.S…
AI Analysis
The OCC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking on June 22, 2026 to implement Bank Secrecy Act and sanctions compliance standards for OCC-supervised permitted payment stablecoin issuers under the GENIUS Act. The proposal matters because it would formalize AML/CFT and OFAC compliance expectations, create an OCC enforcement framework, and establish a consultation channel with FinCEN for significant actions.
Key dates
2026-06-22
OCC bulletin announcing the notice of proposed rulemaking was issued
2026-07-22 Deadline
Planned deadline for comments, if the Federal Register publication date aligns with the bulletin date and the OCC’s 30-day comment period is measured from publication
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to assess whether the entity falls within the OCC-supervised PPSI category or within the state-qualified issuer population covered by OCC authority under the GENIUS Act.
Firms may wish to review existing AML/CFT and sanctions controls against the BSA, FinCEN, and OFAC requirements referenced in the proposal, including reporting, monitoring, and risk assessment procedures.
Compliance teams may wish to map governance, escalation, and record-sharing workflows to the proposed OCC-FinCEN consultation framework, particularly for potential significant supervisory or enforcement matters.
Firms may wish to consider whether their current policies, procedures, and internal controls are sufficiently tailored to stablecoin-specific risks and whether additional board or senior management oversight would be needed.
Compliance teams may wish to evaluate whether they should submit comments during the 30-day Federal Register comment period if aspects of the proposed framework could affect operating models or compliance design.
What changed
The proposed rule would require OCC-supervised PPSIs to comply with the BSA, sections 4(a)(5) and 4(a)(6)(B) of the GENIUS Act, and applicable FinCEN and OFAC regulations, including AML/CFT program, sanctions program, and reporting requirements. It would also create a supervision and enforcement framework for PPSI AML/CFT programs, so the OCC can take AML/CFT supervisory and enforcement action against covered issuers. The rule would establish a formal consultation process between the OCC and FinCEN when the OCC intends to initiate an AML/CFT enforcement action or a significant AML/CFT...
Compliance impact
The proposal signals a material increase in AML/CFT and sanctions compliance scrutiny for OCC-supervised stablecoin issuers, with explicit supervisory and enforcement consequences for program deficiencies. The OCC describes a framework that could support significant supervisory action or enforcement action, making program design, governance, and escalation controls more consequential for affected issuers.
The FCA has set out plans to drive greater consistency of standards in self-invested pensions (SIPPs), while maintaining the flexibility and broad investment choice they offer. Most SIPP providers are already doing the right thing and providing a good service to their customers. However, the FCA has historically found…
The Central Bank of Ireland has today launched a public consultation seeking views on its approach to Regulatory Impact Assessment (RIA) and on its approach to consultation with stakeholders. The consultation forms part of the Central Bank’s ongoing work to deliver a more effective and efficient regulatory framework…
AI Analysis
The Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) has launched a public consultation (closing 30 September 2026) on its **Regulatory Impact Assessment (RIA) framework** and on how it consults with stakeholders, as part of its wider programme to make Irish financial regulation more effective, efficient, and proportionate. For compliance teams, this is a key opportunity and a warning: the way the CBI designs, justifies, consults on, and reviews future rules will be formalised and made more evidence‑based, which will directly affect the cost, complexity, and predictability of future regulatory change across all sectors.
Key dates
10 December 2025
– CBI publishes its roadmap “Regulating & Supervising Well – a more effective and efficient framework”, committing to a public consultation on a new Regulatory Impact Assessment (RIA) Framework in H1 2026 and outlining a multi‑year programme of regulatory and supervisory reforms from H1 2026 to H1 2028
22 June 2026
– CBI launches the public consultation on its approach to RIA and stakeholder consultation, alongside references to its new supervisory approach and roadmap of regulatory initiatives
H1 2026
– Target window identified in the roadmap for the public consultation on the new RIA Framework; this is now operationalised by the consultation launched on 22 June 2026
TBD (post‑30 September 2026)
– CBI will consider all submissions and publish a feedback statement setting out its finalised approach to RIA and consultation, which will then guide the design of future regulatory initiatives
H2 2026
– Roadmap foresees drafting of revised Corporate Governance Codes for consultation, which are likely to be shaped by, and potentially used to pilot, the new RIA framework and consultation approach once finalised
Suggested considerations
Conduct an internal review of your firm’s experience with recent CBI consultations (e.g. Consumer Protection Code, governance, outsourcing, AML, reporting) and document challenges, costs, and data gaps that could be addressed through a more robust RIA and consultation framework.
Prepare and submit a response to the CBI consultation by 30 September 2026, either directly or via relevant industry associations, setting out detailed expectations on how RIA should address compliance costs, operational impacts, proportionality for smaller firms, and implementation lead times.
Update your regulatory affairs or public policy strategy to explicitly incorporate the emerging CBI RIA framework, including criteria for when to engage, escalation thresholds for high‑impact proposals, and internal approval processes for consultation submissions.
For Irish‑authorised groups operating cross‑border, align your approach to CBI RIA engagement with EU‑level impact assessment practices (e.g. European Commission and ESAs) to ensure consistency in messaging and evidence on cumulative regulatory burden and competitiveness.
Monitor subsequent CBI publications (including the forthcoming feedback statement, revised Corporate Governance Codes, and sectoral plans) to identify where the new RIA framework is being applied and to anticipate where the CBI may seek additional data or structured feedback from firms.
What changed
- The CBI has opened a public consultation on its approach to Regulatory Impact Assessment (RIA), seeking views on how it should weigh evidence, assess costs and impacts, and structure its analysis...
The consultation also covers the CBI’s approach to stakeholder consultation, including how it engages with industry, civil society, consumer representatives, the public, policymakers, and peer...
The initiative sits within the CBI’s broader “more effective and efficient regulatory framework” programme, which includes a new supervisory approach and a roadmap of regulatory initiatives,...
The CBI aims to make regulation clear, coherent and proportionate, explicitly linking rule‑making to protections for consumers, investors, and financial stability, and to the resilience of the...
The CBI is moving towards a more structured, transparent, and evidence‑based policymaking process, where the rationale for regulatory interventions, the analysis of options, and the assessment of...
Compliance impact
In the short term, the consultation does not impose new binding obligations but shapes the procedural framework for all future CBI rule‑making, making early engagement strategically important for managing long‑term compliance cost and regulatory uncertainty. Over the medium term, once the RIA and consultation frameworks are finalised, firms that fail to engage effectively in consultations may find themselves facing more onerous or misaligned requirements with limited scope for later challenge or adjustment.
The Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) has today published a consultation on the internal model approach to market risk (IMA), which represents the final piece of Basel 3.1’s implementation in the UK.
AI Analysis
The PRA has launched a consultation on targeted adjustments to the **Basel 3.1 internal model approach (IMA) for market risk**, confirming that IMA will still go live in the UK on 01 January 2028 while refining key aspects of profit-and-loss attribution (PLA), modellability, mixed IMA/standardised use, and operational requirements. These changes matter for compliance teams because they alter how trading book risks can qualify for IMA capital treatment, affect the transition path from standardised to IMA, and require updates to model governance, documentation, and implementation plans ahead of the Basel 3.1 go‑live dates in 2027 and 2028.
Key dates
January 2027
- All Basel 3.1 rules other than the internal model approach for market risk come into force in the UK, including the new market risk standardised approaches and trading book boundary rules
01 January 2028
- The PRA’s adjusted internal model approach for market risk (FRTB‑IMA), as refined through this consultation, comes into effect; IMA capital requirements and associated reporting and testing obligations apply from this date
Suggested considerations
Review the PRA consultation on the Basel 3.1 market risk internal model approach in detail and map each proposed change (PLA monitoring, modellability, mixed‑use treatment, operational simplifications) to current and planned IMA designs and policies.
Update the Basel 3.1 implementation roadmap for market risk to reflect that all non‑IMA Basel 3.1 rules start in January 2027, while IMA goes live on 01 January 2028, ensuring dependencies between standardised and IMA implementations are clearly sequenced.
Reassess the design, calibration, and governance of the profit and loss attribution framework to accommodate a three‑year monitoring period, including data retention, desk‑level analytics, exception management, and documentation of PRA engagement during the monitoring phase.
Perform an inventory of trading book risk factors and positions with limited trading data and assess how the PRA’s more targeted approach to non‑modellable risks will change modellability classifications, capital impacts, and desk‑level model scope.
Analyse current and planned use of mixed IMA and standardised approaches across desks to ensure that migration pathways do not inadvertently increase capital requirements and adjust transition plans, capital forecasts, and management information accordingly.
What changed
- The PRA confirms that the Basel 3.1 internal model approach for market risk (FRTB‑IMA) will be implemented in the UK on 01 January 2028, with no further delay to the already-announced date.
The PRA proposes to extend the monitoring period for the profit and loss attribution (PLA) test from one year to three years before PLA outcomes are used to drive capital consequences for IMA trading...
The PRA proposes a more targeted approach for positions with limited trading data, adjusting the identification of risks that cannot be modelled under IMA so that more positions can be treated as...
The PRA proposes to modify the treatment of positions subject to a mix of IMA and standardised approaches, to avoid scenarios where capital requirements increase mechanically as firms gradually...
The PRA proposes operational simplifications and amendments to the IMA rules to improve proportionality, including simplifications in how firms evidence modellability, run tests, and manage the...
Compliance impact
Failure to adapt Basel 3.1 IMA implementation plans to the PRA’s adjusted framework could result in higher than necessary capital requirements, delayed or refused IMA permissions, and potential supervisory findings on model risk management and governance. For firms with significant trading books, misalignment with the new IMA rules will have material prudential, profitability, and strategic implications.
The PRA has issued CP9/26, a consultation on targeted adjustments to the **Basel 3.1 market risk Internal Model Approach (IMA)** that was finalized in PS1/26. The main compliance significance is that it refines how firms can use market risk models, including capital caps, collective investment undertaking treatment, reporting/disclosure, and other operational clarifications, while preserving the PRA’s objective of robust model standards and closer international consistency.
Key dates
20 January 2026
- PS1/26 finalized the PRA’s market risk IMA rules that this consultation seeks to adjust
19 June 2026
- CP9/26 is in force as an open consultation for industry response
18 September 2026 Deadline
- Consultation responses are due to the PRA
Suggested considerations
Review the proposed IMA amendments in CP9/26 against current Basel 3.1 implementation plans and identify where trading desk, model, and capital calculations would change.
Assess whether any current or planned IMA portfolios would be affected by the proposed permission-based cap at the full ASA level.
Recalculate the implications of the proposed 90% CIU de minimis look-through threshold for portfolio classification and capital treatment.
Check whether index-tracking fund positions should be re-mapped under the proposed extension of ASA treatment to IMA.
Update reporting and disclosure implementation workstreams to reflect the PRA’s proposed alignment changes.
What changed
- The PRA is consulting on a targeted set of adjustments to the market risk IMA rules and related policy materials that were finalized in PS1/26.
The proposals include replacing the existing partial caps on IMA capital with a permission-based cap on IMA capital at the full ASA level.
The PRA proposes to adjust the treatment of collective investment undertakings (CIUs) by introducing a 90% de minimis look-through threshold for IMA inclusion.
The PRA proposes to extend the ASA treatment of index-tracking funds to IMA.
The PRA proposes to update reporting and disclosure obligations so they align with the revised IMA framework.
Compliance impact
The compliance impact is material but targeted: firms using, or planning to use, the IMA must update model governance, capital methodology, and reporting/disclosure processes to match the revised framework. Failure to adapt could lead to miscalculated market risk capital, supervisory challenge, delayed approvals, or remediation expectations if a firm relies on outdated IMA assumptions.
Joint CFTC-SEC request for public comment on derivatives product definitions and jurisdictional clarification under Dodd-Frank Title VII. This is informational guidance seeking stakeholder input on swap definitions, mixed swaps, and emerging products.
Joint CFTC-SEC request for public comment on harmonizing swap and security-based swap data reporting frameworks. This is informational content seeking stakeholder input on modernizing reporting requirements, data quality standards, and operational complexity reduction.
The Securities and Exchange Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission today issued a joint request for public comment on potential opportunities to further update, clarify, and harmonize certain derivatives product definitions and…
Why this matters
Joint SEC-CFTC request for public comment on derivatives product definitions clarification and harmonization. This is informational/consultative content seeking stakeholder input on potential regulatory updates to derivatives definitions, affecting capital markets participants and investment managers.
The Securities and Exchange Commission and Commodity Futures Trading Commission today issued a joint request for public comment on potential opportunities to harmonize, modernize, and streamline data reporting requirements in their regulation of the…
CFTC request for information on regulatory barriers for fintech partnerships with federally regulated institutions. Focuses on streamlining processes and facilitating innovation in derivatives/trading and payments sectors. Informational RFI with 21-day comment period; no immediate compliance deadline.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed amendments to rescind Rules 611 and 610(e) of Regulation NMS.“After two decades of Rule 611, it is high time that the Commission review its unintended consequences that have hindered — rather than…
AI Analysis
The SEC has proposed to **rescind Regulation NMS Rules 611 (Order Protection Rule) and 610(e) (quotations access fee cap)**, fundamentally re‑opening how U.S. equity markets handle trade‑through protection and access fee limits. For compliance teams at equity trading venues and intermediaries, this is a structural market‑microstructure change that will eventually require re‑engineering best‑execution, routing, and surveillance frameworks that are currently built around Rule 611’s trade‑through regime and Rule 610(e)’s fee cap.
Key dates
TBD (post‑comment, est. 2027 or later) Deadline
– Potential SEC adoption of a final rule rescinding Rules 611 and 610(e), including any specified effective and compliance dates
TBD (proposal publication date in Federal Register)
– SEC proposal to rescind Regulation NMS Rules 611 and 610(e) is published, starting the public comment period
TBD (typically 30–60 days after Federal Register publication)
– End of the initial public comment period on the proposal to rescind Rules 611 and 610(e)
Suggested considerations
Map all current policies, procedures, and controls that explicitly reference or rely on Rule 611 (Order Protection Rule) and Rule 610(e) (access fee caps), including best‑execution frameworks, routing policies, fee schedules, and surveillance rules.
Conduct a system inventory of smart order routing, execution algorithms, and venue connectivity logic that prevents trade‑throughs of protected quotations and enforces access‑fee caps, and identify components that would need redesign if Rules 611 and 610(e) are rescinded.
Review and, if necessary, update best‑execution policies and client disclosures to decouple best‑execution rationales from mechanical Rule 611 compliance, preparing a framework that can operate in an environment without trade‑through prohibitions or fee caps.
Enhance governance processes to monitor the SEC rulemaking, assign ownership (e.g., to a market structure working group), and prepare internal impact assessments and board‑level briefings on potential business, conduct, and conflict‑of‑interest implications of rescission.
Develop scenario analyses and playbooks describing how routing strategies, venue selection, and payment‑for‑order‑flow or other economic arrangements would be adjusted in the absence of Rule 611 and Rule 610(e).
What changed
- The SEC proposes to rescind Rule 611 of Regulation NMS (17 CFR 242.611), which currently requires trading centers to establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably...
The rescission would eliminate the current requirement on trading centers to prevent executions at prices inferior to protected quotations displayed on other trading centers, subject to the present...
The SEC proposes to rescind Rule 610(e) of Regulation NMS, which currently imposes caps on access fees that trading centers may charge for the execution of quotations in NMS stocks, intended to...
The proposal would remove the regulatory framework that links protection of top‑of‑book quotations with capped access fees, allowing market forces and competition to shape routing behavior, fee...
The proposal would likely be accompanied by conforming amendments to related definitions and cross‑references in Regulation NMS that currently rely on or reference Rules 611 and 610(e).
Compliance impact
Rescission would not immediately apply until a final rule and effective date, but once effective it will require a fundamental re‑design of U.S. equity order‑routing, best‑execution, and surveillance frameworks that have been built around Regulation NMS’s order‑protection architecture. Non‑compliance with any new framework (and with ongoing best‑execution and conduct duties during and after the transition) could lead to enforcement actions, client disputes, and significant market conduct risk, even if the specific NMS provisions are removed.
The CFTC is proposing to revise its whistleblower award framework to make smaller awards more predictable by presuming a **30% award rate for claims of $5 million or less**, subject to Commission judgment. This is a significant compliance development because it aligns more closely with SEC whistleblower methodology and may encourage more whistleblower submissions tied to Commodity Exchange Act violations, increasing the need for firms to detect issues early and respond quickly.
Key dates
11 June 2026
- The CFTC published the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking seeking public comment on amendments to its whistleblower rules
TBD (30 days after Federal Register publication)
- The public comment period closes 30 days after the NPRM is published in the Federal Register
TBD (after comment review)
- The CFTC may finalize, modify, or withdraw the proposal after reviewing public comments
Suggested considerations
Review whistleblower intake, escalation, and investigation procedures to ensure the firm can identify potential CEA violations before they become external whistleblower submissions.
Update training for front office, operations, compliance, and management personnel on CFTC whistleblower protections and the increased incentive structure.
Assess whether confidentiality, reporting, and non-retaliation controls are sufficiently documented to withstand scrutiny if a whistleblower complaint arises.
Reconfirm that internal policies do not discourage employees from communicating with the CFTC or otherwise create retaliation risk.
Monitor the Federal Register publication date and decide whether the firm, trade association, or counsel should submit a comment during the open comment period.
What changed
- The CFTC proposes a 30% presumption for whistleblower awards of $5 million or less.
The presumption remains subject to Commission discretion and application of relevant regulatory factors.
The proposal is modeled on SEC Rule 21F-6(c) to further harmonize CFTC and SEC whistleblower frameworks.
The CFTC says the change is intended to improve the efficiency, transparency, and predictability of award processing.
The proposal would affect how the CFTC’s Whistleblower Office evaluates award claims under Part 165.
Compliance impact
The practical impact is moderate to high because the proposal raises the attractiveness of reporting to the CFTC and may increase the likelihood of externally originated enforcement matters. Firms that fail to maintain strong internal reporting channels, prompt investigations, and anti-retaliation safeguards face higher risk of enforcement, litigation, and reputational harm if a whistleblower report is filed.
The CFTC has issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) to amend Regulation 40.11 and add Appendix F to Part 40 to create a **structured, time‑bound framework** for reviewing event contracts that may involve the activities enumerated in CEA Section 5c(c)(5)(C) (terrorism, assassination, war, gaming, or unlawful conduct). This proposal matters because it will formalize how the CFTC determines whether such event contracts are **contrary to the public interest** and therefore cannot be listed or cleared by CFTC‑registered entities, with particular consequences for prediction markets and sports, political, and other “gaming” event contracts.
Key dates
10 June 2024
– Earlier CFTC NPRM on event contracts was published in the Federal Register as “Event Contracts; Proposed Rule, 89 FR 48968,” later withdrawn on 06 February 2026; the new NPRM effectively replaces that initiative with a more targeted framework
06 February 2026
– CFTC formally withdrew the 2024 Event Contracts proposed regulatory action (91 FR 5386), clearing the path for the current, more targeted NPRM on enumerated activities
12 March 2026
– CFTC issued an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPRM) on prediction markets and a staff advisory to DCMs, launching a broader process to develop a tailored regulatory framework for prediction markets
30 April 2026 Deadline
– Comment deadline for the March 2026 prediction‑markets ANPRM, which this NPRM is described as addressing in part and which may lead to additional rulemaking
10 June 2026
– CFTC announces the new NPRM on amendments to Regulation 40.11 and addition of Appendix F to Part 40 regarding event contracts involving enumerated activities
Suggested considerations
Map and inventory all existing and planned event contracts listed or cleared through CFTC‑registered entities to identify those that may “involve” terrorism, assassination, war, gaming, or conduct unlawful under federal or state law.
Conduct a legal analysis of how the proposed definitions of “involve” and “gaming” would apply to your current product set, particularly sports, political, entertainment, and other contest‑based contracts, and document the rationale.
Review and update internal product‑approval and new‑contract listing procedures to incorporate the proposed 90‑day CFTC review process, including timelines, documentation standards, and decision gates tied to Section 5c(c)(5)(C).
Develop or update written policies and controls to ensure that contracts potentially involving enumerated activities are escalated for legal, compliance, and regulatory‑affairs review before submission to the CFTC.
For DCMs and SEFs, enhance product‑submission templates to clearly address the proposed Appendix F public‑interest factors, including description of the underlying event, potential for unlawful activity, market integrity risks, and consumer‑protection considerations.
What changed
- The NPRM would amend CFTC Regulation 40.11 to embed a formal analytical framework for assessing whether an event contract involves an activity enumerated in CEA Section 5c(c)(5)(C) and, if so,...
The NPRM would add Appendix F to Part 40 to set out the factors, tests, and procedural steps the Commission will apply when reviewing specific event contracts referencing enumerated activities.
The proposal would define key statutory terms, including at minimum “involve” and “gaming,” to clarify when an event contract is considered to touch an enumerated activity under CEA Section...
The NPRM would establish a 90‑day review process for the Commission to evaluate event contracts that may implicate enumerated activities, including procedural protections such as notice, opportunity...
The proposed framework would codify public‑interest factors the Commission will apply when deciding whether a particular contract involving an enumerated activity is contrary to the public interest...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the final rules emerging from this NPRM could result in the CFTC determining that listed or cleared contracts are contrary to the public interest, leading to forced delisting, enforcement exposure, and reputational damage for CFTC‑registered entities. The impact is particularly significant for firms whose business models rely on sports, political, and other “gaming” event contracts, as entire product lines may become impermissible if they are found to involve enumerated activities in a way that is contrary to the public interest.
Buying a home is different now to even a decade ago.People are living longer, the way they work has changed and, for many, how much they earn can vary month-to-month. People will also carry mortgage debt for longer and use it more flexibly across their lives.That’s why we’re proposing changes to help more people to…
Why this matters
FCA speech announcing proposed mortgage market reforms to improve access for underserved borrowers (first-time buyers, self-employed, older borrowers) while managing lending risks. Consultation open until July 2026. Informational/consultative in nature with no immediate compliance deadline, hence null urgency.
The CSSF has launched a consultation on national **Guidance on Money Market Fund Weekly Liquid Asset (WLA) Levels**, aligned with the European Commission’s 2026 MMF report, which defines “market resilience” WLA benchmarks above the MMFR regulatory minimums. This signals a move toward **enhanced liquidity risk management and intensified supervisory scrutiny** for Luxembourg‑authorised MMFs whose WLA levels fall below these resilience benchmarks, even if they remain above the legal minimum.
Key dates
11 May 2026
– European Commission publishes its report on the adequacy of the MMFR and FAQs, identifying market resilience WLA levels for VNAV and CNAV/LVNAV MMFs
15 May 2026
– CSSF informs the market of the Commission’s MMF report and FAQs and flags the identified WLA “market resilience” benchmarks
8 June 2026
– CSSF publishes the communiqué launching the consultation on “Guidance on Money Market Fund Weekly Liquid Asset Levels.”
3 August 2026 Deadline
– Deadline for stakeholders to submit electronic responses on the consultation to the CSSF at [email protected]
Suggested considerations
Review the CSSF consultation paper “Guidance on Money Market Fund Weekly Liquid Asset Levels” in detail and map the proposed WLA resilience benchmarks against existing MMF liquidity policies, procedures and internal limits.
Perform a quantitative impact analysis comparing each MMF’s historical and current WLA levels against both MMFR minimum requirements and the Commission’s market resilience benchmarks (20% for VNAV; 40% for LVNAV and CNAV) to identify potential shortfalls or pressure points.
Assess and, where necessary, update MMF liquidity risk management frameworks to incorporate explicit internal WLA targets, triggers and escalation procedures linked to the new resilience benchmarks, including governance oversight and board reporting.
Integrate the proposed WLA resilience levels into stress testing programmes under Article 28 MMFR, ensuring scenarios reflect the ability of funds to maintain or restore WLA around the benchmark levels under severe but plausible market stress.
Revisit know‑your‑investor / liability profile analysis under Article 27 MMFR to ensure that internal WLA targets adequately reflect investor concentration, redemption behaviour, dealing frequency and distribution channels.
What changed
- The CSSF, in coordination with the European Commission, AMF (France) and Central Bank of Ireland, is consulting on national guidance that operationalises the Commission’s “market resilience” levels...
The guidance will introduce non-binding but supervisory‑relevant WLA benchmarks designed to indicate when an MMF’s liquidity profile may warrant closer scrutiny and additional supervisory engagement.
The consultation builds on the European Commission’s 11 May 2026 report, which identifies WLA benchmarks of 20% for VNAV MMFs and 40% for LVNAV and CNAV MMFs, compared with the MMFR regulatory minima...
The guidance is intended to support more consistent and well‑calibrated supervision of MMFs across the EU, specifically on liquidity resilience under stress.
MMFs that fall below the identified “market resilience” WLA levels, even while remaining compliant with the MMFR minimum percentages, can expect increased supervisory scrutiny, closer monitoring and...
Compliance impact
The immediate legal impact is limited because the text is a consultation on guidance, not a binding rule change, but the direction of travel is towards higher de‑facto liquidity expectations and more intrusive supervision where WLA levels fall below resilience benchmarks. Non‑alignment with the eventual guidance is likely to result in increased supervisory challenge, potential remediation demands and heightened risk that liquidity weaknesses are escalated within the CSSF’s prudential risk framework.
The CSSF has launched a consultation on new **Guidance on Money Market Fund (MMF) Weekly Liquid Asset Levels**, signalling its intention to clarify supervisory expectations on the calibration and use of weekly liquid asset (WLA) buffers under the EU Money Market Funds Regulation (MMFR). This matters for compliance teams because it will likely drive changes to MMF liquidity risk frameworks, escalation triggers, governance around liquidity thresholds, and potentially the design of internal stress tests and contingency plans. ---
Key dates
TBD (final guidance – est. late 2026)
– Expected date for CSSF to publish final guidance on MMF weekly liquid asset levels, following review of consultation feedback
08 June 2026
– CSSF publishes consultation communiqué “Guidance on Money Market Fund Weekly Liquid Asset Levels” and opens consultation on its proposed guidance
– Expected closing date for industry comments on the consultation (to be confirmed once the full consultation paper and response deadline are made available by CSSF)
Suggested considerations
Review the CSSF consultation paper in full as soon as it is available and identify all proposed expectations relating to weekly liquid asset levels, monitoring, and escalation.
Map the proposed CSSF guidance against current MMF liquidity policies, prospectus disclosures, and internal procedures to identify gaps and potential areas needing enhancement.
Assess whether existing MMF weekly liquidity monitoring tools, dashboards, and reporting are sufficient to meet anticipated CSSF expectations on frequency, granularity, and early warning indicators.
Evaluate the current escalation framework for declining WLA levels, including board and senior management involvement, and update governance documentation to align with the likely CSSF approach to thresholds and decision‑making.
Review MMF stress‑testing methodologies to ensure that scenarios adequately capture severe but plausible redemption and market stress in relation to WLA levels and that results are integrated into risk appetite and contingency planning.
What changed
Given the consultation nature and the absence of a published consultation text in the extract, the following points reflect what compliance teams should reasonably anticipate and prepare for, based...
The CSSF is consulting on formal guidance that will specify how MMFs domiciled in Luxembourg should determine, monitor, and maintain weekly liquid asset levels under the EU Money Market Funds...
The guidance is expected to operationalise the MMFR WLA requirements (for example, minimum weekly liquidity levels and interaction with redemption activity) by setting out supervisory expectations on...
The consultation will likely address the interaction between WLA levels and the use of liquidity management tools (such as gates, fees, or suspensions), including expectations on when and how...
The CSSF is expected to clarify how MMFs should incorporate WLA targets and thresholds into their internal risk management policies, including stress-testing assumptions, early warning indicators,...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the forthcoming CSSF guidance, once finalised, could result in supervisory findings, remediation programmes, and potential restrictions on MMF activities, particularly in stressed markets where liquidity management failures are highly scrutinised. Given MMFs’ systemic importance, firms should treat this as a high‑impact development for liquidity risk management, board oversight, and investor protection.
The public are being asked to give their views on a selection of wildlife, native to the UK, that will appear on the next series of banknotes in a consultation launched today.
AI Analysis
The Bank of England is consulting the public from **3 June 2026 to 3 July 2026** on which native UK animals should appear as the central image on the next series of banknotes, with one animal selected for each of the £5, £10, £20 and £50 notes. The consultation is operationally important because it confirms the design theme, constrains the universe of eligible imagery to the published shortlist, and signals that the final decision will be made by the Governor after considering public feedback rather than by simple popularity alone.
Key dates
Summer 2026
- The Bank plans to run a second consultation on the specific wildlife options to feature on the new series
End of 2026
- The Bank intends to announce the outcome of the consultation and final design direction
03 June 2026
- The Bank of England launches the public consultation on wildlife imagery for the next series of banknotes
03 July 2026
- The consultation closes
TBD (multi
year process; after 2026); - The Bank will complete detailed design, testing, printing, and rollout of the new series, which it says will take several years
Suggested considerations
Review internal cash and branch readiness plans to account for a future change to the visual appearance of UK banknotes.
Monitor the Bank of England’s consultation outcomes so denomination-specific handling, ATM, sorting, and authentication procedures can be updated in time.
Update customer communications and frontline scripts to reflect that the next series will feature wildlife imagery, while retaining the monarch’s portrait.
Validate that note-recognition, counterfeit-detection, and cash-acceptance systems can accommodate new denomination designs once specifications are released.
Track the Bank’s second consultation in summer 2026 if your organisation relies on cash logistics, cash processing, or public education materials.
What changed
- The Bank has opened a consultation on selecting four distinct native wildlife images for the central design of the next series of banknotes, one for each denomination from £5 to £50.
The eligible imagery is limited to a published shortlist; the Bank is not seeking alternative nominations and will only consider animals on that list.
The shortlist spans mammals, birds, and amphibians/insects/fish, reflecting the Bank’s intent to represent different UK environments across the banknote set.
The Bank will select up to two examples from each category in the consultation, but the final selection may not match the highest-voted options.
The Bank will retain a portrait of the monarch on the next series, alongside additional wildlife and nature elements.
Compliance impact
Non-compliance risk is currently low to medium because this is a design consultation rather than a binding rule change, but the eventual issuance of a new banknote series will affect cash acceptance, operational controls, and counterfeit-prevention procedures. Institutions that fail to prepare for the transition could face operational disruption, customer confusion, and avoidable cash-handling errors when the new notes enter circulation.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today published a Draft Strategic Plan that focuses on returning the agency to the core mission set by Congress more than 90 years ago: protecting investors; maintaining fair, orderly, and efficient…
AI Analysis
The SEC has issued a **Draft Strategic Plan for public comment** that sets out three agency-wide priorities: refocusing regulation on investor protection, market efficiency, and capital formation; improving stakeholder engagement and compliance facilitation; and modernizing internal operations and technology. For compliance teams, this matters because it signals where the Commission may concentrate rulemaking, examinations, enforcement, and disclosure modernization over the planning horizon.
Key dates
02 July 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for submitting public comments on the Draft Strategic Plan
Suggested considerations
Submit written comments by 02 July 2026 if your firm wants to influence the SEC’s strategic priorities, especially on disclosure modernization, private markets, digital assets, or enforcement posture.
Include File Number DSP-3 on all comments and use only one submission method, because the SEC requires the file number on email subject lines and asks commenters to choose a single channel.
Review internal compliance roadmaps for likely impacts from disclosure simplification, rule retrospectives, and enforcement refocusing, and identify where current controls may become redundant or need redesign.
Assess whether your firm’s digital asset, tokenization, or distributed ledger activities may benefit from future SEC guidance or may face new framework requirements.
Monitor developments on EDGAR modernization and filing technology changes, and test whether internal reporting, tagging, or submission processes would need upgrades.
What changed
- The SEC is proposing a strategic reorientation toward core statutory objectives: investor protection, fair and orderly markets, and capital formation.
The plan emphasizes clearer, fit-for-purpose rules intended to support innovation while deterring misconduct.
The SEC says it will prioritize modernizing and simplifying disclosure practices, which may affect reporting frameworks and issuer-facing compliance processes.
The draft plan highlights expanded access to private markets and new capital-raising pathways, signaling possible future changes in offering, exemptive, and disclosure regimes.
The SEC identifies digital assets and distributed ledger technologies as an area needing a “firm regulatory foundation,” indicating continued policy development for crypto-related activities.
Compliance impact
The immediate legal risk is low because this is a consultation document, not a binding rule, but the strategic direction is important for supervisory planning, examination priorities, and future rulemaking. Firms that fail to engage or prepare may face higher remediation costs later if the SEC follows through on disclosure, enforcement, or technology changes.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed the rescission of overly burdensome and costly rules that require companies to provide certain climate-related information in their registration statements and annual reports. The Commission’s…
AI Analysis
The SEC has issued a **proposal to rescind its climate‑related disclosure rules** that currently require registrants to provide specified climate information in registration statements and Form 10‑K‑type annual reports. If finalized, this would materially reduce prescriptive federal climate disclosure obligations, but compliance teams must carefully manage the transition because existing rules remain in force until any rescission is adopted and effective, and investors, proxy advisors, and other regimes (notably EU and state-level) will still expect robust climate disclosure.
Key dates
TBD (est. late 2026 or later)
– Potential SEC adoption of a final rule rescinding, modifying, or replacing the climate‑related disclosure rules, subject to consideration of comments and potential legal challenges
29 May 2026
– SEC issues press release and proposing release announcing the proposed rescission of the climate‑related disclosure rules and opens the public consultation
TBD (comment deadline, est. mid‑2026) Deadline
– Public comment period expected to close a set number of days (typically 30–60) after publication of the proposing release in the Federal Register; the precise date will be specified in the Federal Register notice
TBD (effective date, est. 30–60 days after Federal Register publication of final rule) Deadline
– Effective date of any final rescission; compliance with the existing climate rules would continue to be required for reporting periods and filings before this date
Suggested considerations
Maintain full compliance with the existing SEC climate‑related disclosure rules in registration statements and annual reports until a final rescission (if any) becomes effective, and do not scale back disclosures based solely on the proposal.
Prepare internal briefing materials for the board, audit committee, and senior management explaining the proposed rescission, its potential implications, and the need to maintain current disclosures in the interim.
Coordinate with legal, finance, sustainability, and investor relations teams to develop a contingency disclosure strategy that anticipates both outcomes: (i) rescission is finalized and prescriptive line items disappear, or (ii) the rule is modified or retained following comments or litigation.
Review and update risk factor, MD&A, and business section drafting guidance to ensure that material climate‑related risks and opportunities continue to be addressed under general disclosure standards even if specialized climate items are removed.
Engage external counsel and proxy‑advisory or ESG stakeholders to assess how reduced prescriptive SEC climate requirements will interact with EU, UK and state‑level climate disclosure regimes, and align internal reporting processes to meet the most stringent applicable framework.
What changed
- The SEC proposes to rescind the 2024–2025 climate‑related disclosure rules that mandated detailed climate information in Securities Act registration statements and Exchange Act annual reports,...
The proposal would remove line‑item requirements for climate‑related governance and oversight by the board and management that had been added to Regulation S‑K and related forms.
The proposal would eliminate prescriptive disclosure of climate‑related risks over specified time horizons (short, medium, long term) and their impacts on strategy, business model, and outlook that...
The proposal would rescind obligations to provide certain climate‑related financial metrics in audited financial statements, including disaggregation of climate‑related impacts in footnotes, thereby...
The proposal would eliminate any mandatory greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions disclosures that were part of the climate rules, including Scopes that were required for large filers, returning GHG...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance remains significant because, until any rescission is effective, issuers are expected to meet existing climate disclosure requirements and can face enforcement, private litigation, and restatement risk for material misstatements or omissions. Even after rescission, climate‑related statements will remain subject to the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws and to scrutiny from investors, proxy advisors, and other regulators.
ESMA consults on revised guidelines to support smoother allocations and confirmations under T+1 26 May 2026 Post Trading The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has launched a consultation on the updated guidelines on standardised procedures and…
AI Analysis
ESMA has launched a consultation on **revised ESMA Guidelines on standardised procedures and messaging protocols for allocations and confirmations**, aligning them with the forthcoming CSDR Settlement Discipline RTS amendments and the EU’s move to **T+1 settlement by 11 October 2027**. The draft guidelines harden expectations around **mandatory electronic, standardised, machine‑readable communication** for post‑trade processes and remove reliance on manual or non‑machine‑readable methods, significantly tightening operational requirements for EU trading, post‑trade and operations functions.
Key dates
07 July 2026 Deadline
– Deadline stated by ESMA for stakeholders to submit consultation feedback on the revised guidelines
October 2026
– ESMA expects to publish its final report, including updated and finalised guidelines on standardised procedures and messaging protocols
07 December 2026
– Expected application date of the revised ESMA Guidelines on allocations and confirmations, aligned with the anticipated application of the amended CSDR RTS on Settlement Discipline requirements for allocations and confirmations
11 October 2027 Deadline
– EU transition date to a T+1 settlement cycle, when trades in in‑scope instruments must settle one business day after the trade date and firms must fully operate under the new T+1‑aligned post‑trade framework
Suggested considerations
Map all current allocation and confirmation workflows and identify any use of non‑electronic, non‑standardised or non‑machine‑readable communication (including email attachments, faxes, PDFs, and oral instructions).
Develop and execute a remediation plan to replace manual or oral allocation and confirmation processes with fully electronic, machine‑readable workflows using recognised international messaging standards.
Review and update front‑to‑back trade processing systems (OMS, EMS, middle‑office, back‑office, matching engines) to ensure they can generate, receive and process standardised electronic allocation and confirmation messages within same‑day T+1‑compatible timelines.
Engage with CSDs, custodians, brokers, counterparties and third‑party vendors to confirm their roadmap and readiness for the mandated electronic standards and to align implementation timelines to the 7 December 2026 application date.
Update contractual documentation with clients and counterparties (including terms of business and service level agreements) to incorporate obligations for electronic, standardised, machine‑readable allocations and confirmations and to remove reliance on manual methods except as contingency.
What changed
- ESMA proposes revised Guidelines on standardised procedures and messaging protocols for allocations and confirmations under CSDR Settlement Discipline, specifically to support the transition to a...
The guidelines will mandate the use of electronic, standardised communication channels for post‑trade allocations and confirmations, moving away from mixed paper / manual practice to fully electronic...
Firms will be required to use international messaging standards (e.g. ISO‑based protocols) for post‑trade communication, to ensure interoperability and faster straight‑through processing across EU...
The guidelines remove references to non‑electronic and non‑machine‑readable methods, including oral allocations and confirmations, except where there is a temporary technical disruption that prevents...
The revisions are explicitly aligned with ESMA’s Final Report on Amendments to the CSDR RTS on Settlement Discipline, which introduce same‑day timing for allocations and machine‑readable formats for...
Compliance impact
The change is high impact for operational and conduct compliance: failure to implement mandatory electronic, standardised post‑trade communication and to meet compressed T+1 timelines will directly increase settlement fails, trigger CSDR Settlement Discipline measures and may expose firms to supervisory findings, sanctions and client detriment. Given the hard deadlines and dependency on technology and counterparties, non‑compliance risks crystallising as both regulatory breaches and material operational risk.
This is an informational Markets Update from CBI covering ESMA's call for evidence on equity market structure and MMF stress test guidelines. It is general guidance/notice content rather than a binding regulatory requirement, making it informational in nature.
Een gelijk speelveld, meer duidelijkheid voor marktpartijen, ruimte voor verantwoorde innovatie en een zorgvuldige bescherming van beleggers. Vanuit die visie wil de AFM zorgen voor meer duidelijkheid over beleggingsconcepten, waaronder automatisch herbalanceren en risicoafbouw binnen execution-only. De markt vroeg…
Why this matters
AFM announces regulatory clarification initiative on execution-only investment services, specifically addressing automatic rebalancing and lifecycle investing. This is informational guidance development with consultation expected Q3 2026.
Backgrounder: Draft Guideline on the Capital and Liquidity Treatment of Crypto-asset Exposures (Banking) (2027)
AI Analysis
OSFI has launched a 60‑day public consultation on targeted amendments to its Capital and Liquidity Treatment of Crypto‑asset Exposures (Banking) Guideline, focused on recognizing cross‑exchange hedging for Group 2a crypto‑assets traded on regulated exchanges of traditional financial assets. For compliance teams at Canadian federally regulated banks, this creates a near‑term need to assess current market‑neutral crypto strategies, capital models, and hedging documentation to leverage the potential capital relief while ensuring alignment with the revised prudential requirements.
Key dates
21 May 2026
- OSFI publishes the backgrounder and launches a 60‑day public consultation on proposed updates to the Capital and Liquidity Treatment of Crypto‑asset Exposures (Banking) Guideline
20 July 2026 Deadline
- Consultation period closes; deadline for stakeholders to submit comments to OSFI at [email protected]
September 2026
- OSFI expects to publish the final revised Capital and Liquidity Treatment of Crypto‑asset Exposures (Banking) Guideline
01 November 2026
- Implementation date for the final guideline for banks with a fiscal year ending 31 October
01 January 2027
- Implementation date for the final guideline for banks with a fiscal year ending 31 December
Suggested considerations
Assess whether your institution currently has, or plans to have, exposures to Group 2a crypto‑assets traded on regulated exchanges of traditional financial assets, and map all related positions, hedges, and trading strategies.
Review existing market‑neutral and cross‑exchange hedging strategies for crypto‑asset exposures to determine how expanded recognition of cross‑exchange hedges could change risk‑weighted assets, leverage exposure, and liquidity metrics under OSFI’s proposed treatment.
Perform an impact assessment and scenario analysis comparing existing capital and liquidity requirements for Group 2a exposures under the current guideline versus the proposed cross‑exchange hedge recognition, quantifying potential capital relief or shifts in capital allocation.
Update internal capital policy documentation, trading desk procedures, and risk‑management standards to incorporate the proposed hedging recognition framework, including eligibility criteria for “regulated exchanges of traditional financial assets,” subject to final OSFI requirements.
Prepare and submit a consultation response to OSFI by 20 July 2026, highlighting any operational, risk‑measurement, model, or documentation challenges with implementing cross‑exchange hedge recognition and recommending clarifications where needed.
What changed
- OSFI is proposing targeted revisions to the existing Capital and Liquidity Treatment of Crypto‑asset Exposures (Banking) Guideline, rather than a wholesale rewrite, in order to better reflect...
The draft changes would explicitly recognize cross‑exchange hedging for Group 2a crypto‑assets when the instruments are traded on regulated exchanges of traditional financial assets, allowing more...
Under the proposal, banks’ market‑neutral strategies in Group 2a crypto‑assets would receive capital treatment that more closely reflects actual economic risk, reducing instances where only partial...
No change is proposed to the risk weights applied to Group 2a crypto‑assets, meaning existing Group 2a capital charge levels remain intact under the draft revisions.
No change is proposed to the eligibility of Group 2a crypto‑assets as collateral, so current collateral treatment and related haircuts remain unchanged by this consultation.
Compliance impact
This is a prudential capital and liquidity calibration change rather than a new conduct obligation, but failure to implement the revised guideline correctly could lead to misstated regulatory capital and liquidity metrics, potential supervisory findings, and restrictions on crypto‑asset activities. Given the explicit implementation dates and OSFI’s focus on crypto‑asset risk, non‑compliance could attract heightened supervisory scrutiny and remedial actions.
OSFI has launched a 60‑day public consultation on targeted amendments to Guideline B‑12 – Interest Rate Risk Management, to update interest rate shock scenarios in line with the latest Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) standards. Compliance teams at federally regulated deposit‑taking institutions must prepare for recalibrated interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) measurements and associated Pillar 3 disclosure changes that will become effective for fiscal years starting late 2026.
Key dates
21 May 2026
- OSFI launches a 60‑day public consultation on targeted amendments to Guideline B‑12 – Interest Rate Risk Management and related IRRBB Pillar 3 disclosure expectations
20 July 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for stakeholders to submit comments on the draft Guideline B‑12 amendments and associated IRRBB disclosure proposals to [email protected]
10 September 2026
- OSFI plans to publish the final revised Guideline B‑12, together with a non‑attributed summary of comments received and OSFI’s responses
01 November 2026
- Revised Guideline B‑12 becomes effective for institutions with a fiscal year ending 31 October
01 January 2027
- Revised Guideline B‑12 becomes effective for institutions with a fiscal year ending 31 December
Suggested considerations
Perform a gap analysis comparing current interest rate risk in the banking book methodologies, shock scenarios, and assumptions against the proposed revised Guideline B‑12 parameters and BCBS‑aligned calibration approach.
Engage internal stakeholders (risk management, treasury/ALM, finance, regulatory reporting, model validation, and internal audit) to review the consultation text and identify operational, data, and model impacts from the extended December 2015–December 2023 calibration window and new shock design.
Prepare and submit a detailed written response to OSFI at [email protected] by 20 July 2026, highlighting any concerns with scenario calibration, procyclicality, data availability, systems impacts, and implementation timelines.
Update IRRBB models, interest rate scenario engines, behavioral assumptions (e.g., non‑maturity deposits, prepayments), and risk metrics (e.g., economic value of equity and earnings‑at‑risk) to incorporate the revised OSFI shock scenarios once the final guideline is published on 10 September 2026.
Revise internal IRRBB policies, risk appetite statements, limits frameworks, and governance documentation to align with the updated Guideline B‑12 expectations and ensure Board and senior management oversight reflects the new calibration.
What changed
- OSFI proposes to amend Guideline B‑12 – Interest Rate Risk Management to update prescribed interest rate shock scenarios used for measuring interest rate risk in the banking book.
The interest rate shock calibration will be aligned with the most recent BCBS methodology for IRRBB, including improved treatment of environments where policy rates are close to zero or negative.
The time series used to calibrate interest rate shock scenarios will be extended from a previous cut‑off of December 2015 to now incorporate data through December 2023, capturing the recent period of...
OSFI intends to strengthen transparency and market discipline by consulting simultaneously on proposed amendments to Pillar 3 disclosure expectations related to interest rate risk in the banking book.
The revised B‑12 guideline will introduce updated expectations for IRR measurement, monitoring, and reporting that ensure institutions recognize more recent market experience in their internal risk...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the revised Guideline B‑12 and associated IRRBB disclosure expectations may result in supervisory findings, remediation orders, heightened capital expectations, and potential reputational damage due to incomplete or misleading interest rate risk reporting. Given recent rate volatility and OSFI’s focus on IRRBB, supervisors are likely to treat deficiencies in implementation or disclosure as material.
Backgrounder: Draft Guideline B‑2 – Large Exposure Limits for Small and Medium-Sized Banks
AI Analysis
OSFI has launched a 90‑day consultation (to 19 August 2026) on a draft revised Guideline B‑2 that would extend the 2019 large exposure regime to Category 1 and Category 2 small and medium‑sized banks (SMSBs), replacing the legacy 1994 large exposure guideline for those firms. Compliance teams in affected SMSBs will need to align limits, exposure measurement, counterparty‑grouping methodologies, and reporting processes with the DSIB‑style framework ahead of implementation targeted for November 2027 / January 2028.
Key dates
21 May 2026
- OSFI launches a 90‑day public consultation on the draft revised Guideline B‑2 – Large Exposure Limits for small and medium‑sized banks
19 August 2026 Deadline
- Consultation period closes; this is the deadline for stakeholders to submit comments to OSFI on the draft Guideline B‑2
February 2027
- OSFI expects to publish the final revised Guideline B‑2 following review of consultation feedback
01 November 2027
- Planned implementation date of the final Guideline B‑2 for institutions with a fiscal year ending 31 October
01 January 2028
- Planned implementation date of the final Guideline B‑2 for institutions with a fiscal year ending 31 December
Suggested considerations
Conduct an impact assessment to quantify current single‑name and connected‑counterparty exposures relative to the proposed 25% of Tier 1 capital limit for Category 1 and Category 2 SMSBs.
Identify and map all existing large exposure policies, procedures, and limits that are based on the 1994 large exposure guideline and plan their replacement with a framework aligned to the 2019 Guideline B‑2 approach.
Review and, where necessary, redesign methodologies and internal criteria for identifying groups of connected counterparties so they are consistent with OSFI’s updated expectations under the draft revised Guideline B‑2.
Update credit risk measurement processes and systems so that exposures for large exposure purposes are calculated net of eligible credit risk mitigation in line with OSFI capital requirements.
Assess data, systems, and reporting capabilities to ensure the institution can produce quarterly large exposure reports using the same template as larger banks, including drill‑downs by counterparty and connected counterparty groups.
What changed
- Extends the scope of Guideline B‑2 (Large Exposure Limits) beyond domestic systemically important banks (DSIBs) to include Category 1 and Category 2 small and medium‑sized banks (SMSBs), bringing...
Replaces the existing 1994 large exposure guideline for Category 1 and Category 2 SMSBs with a single modern framework aligned to the January 2019 version of Guideline B‑2.
Removes Category 3 SMSBs from the large exposure guideline regime, so they will no longer be subject to OSFI large exposure limits under Guideline B‑2.
Removes foreign bank branches from the scope of the large exposure guideline, so foreign bank branches will no longer be subject to Guideline B‑2 requirements.
Introduces a hard limit for Category 1 and Category 2 SMSBs that total exposures to a single counterparty or group of connected counterparties must not exceed 25% of the institution’s Tier 1 capital.
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the final Guideline B‑2 could lead to supervisory findings, mandated remediation, constraints on business growth, and potential capital add‑ons if OSFI assesses concentration risk as inadequately managed. Severe or persistent breaches of large exposure limits could be treated as a material prudential weakness, with implications for recovery planning, supervisory ratings, and, in extreme cases, enforcement action.
Vanaf 11 oktober 2027 verkort de afwikkelingscyclus voor effectentransacties van T+2 naar T+1. Dit vraagt om aanpassingen in systemen en processen in de hele kapitaalmarktketen. Om de voortgang te monitoren, roept de Autoriteit Financiële Markten (AFM) marktpartijen op om twee T+1-gereedheidsenquêtes in te vullen. Het…
Why this matters
AFM announcement regarding T+1 settlement cycle transition (from T+2 to T+1 effective October 11, 2027). Calls for market participants to complete readiness surveys by June 9, 2026.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed amendments to its rules and forms governing registered offerings that are designed to increase efficiency, flexibility, and cost savings for public companies while maintaining robust investor…
AI Analysis
The SEC has issued a proposing release, “SEC Proposes Transformative Reforms to Help Public Companies Conduct Registered Offerings and Simplify Reporting Requirements,” that would overhaul key aspects of the Securities Act of 1933 registered offering framework and associated Exchange Act reporting. The proposal is aimed at streamlining shelf registration, communications, and periodic reporting to reduce cost and friction for seasoned public companies while preserving core disclosure and liability safeguards, so issuer compliance teams will need to reassess their entire offering and disclosure playbook if the rules are adopted.
Key dates
TBD 2026
– Federal Register publication of the SEC proposing release “SEC Proposes Transformative Reforms to Help Public Companies Conduct Registered Offerings and Simplify Reporting Requirements,” starting the formal comment period
TBD 2026 Deadline
– End of SEC comment period (typically 30–60 days after Federal Register publication; exact deadline to be confirmed in the notice)
TBD (est. late 2026 or 2027)
– Potential adoption of final rules by the SEC, following review of comment letters
TBD (effective date)
– Final rules become effective on a date specified in the adopting release (often 30–60 days after Federal Register publication of the final rules)
TBD (compliance date / transition period) Deadline
– Staggered or delayed compliance dates for specific form and disclosure changes, expected to give registrants time to update registration statements, shelf programs, and periodic reporting templates
Suggested considerations
Monitor the Federal Register and SEC website for the full proposing release text and the precise comment deadline for this rulemaking.
Coordinate among legal, finance, and investor relations teams to prepare and submit a comment letter to the SEC addressing practical implications of the proposed offering and reporting reforms for your issuer, including any concerns about liability, operational feasibility, and investor impact.
Inventory all existing shelf registration statements (including automatic shelves), universal shelves, and continuous‑offering programs and identify where proposed changes to shelf mechanics, incorporation by reference, or prospectus updating could affect structure, timing, or disclosure.
Review current offering communication practices, including use of free writing prospectuses, roadshow materials, and research reports, and map them against the proposed expanded communications safe harbors to determine what additional flexibilities could be used in future offerings.
Assess your firm’s use of Exchange Act reports incorporated by reference into Securities Act registration statements and plan to revise drafting and review procedures to take advantage of streamlined incorporation while managing Securities Act liability for incorporated information.
What changed
*(Based on the SEC’s description and consistent with prior offering‑reform initiatives; specific rule and form cites will need to be confirmed against the proposing release once reviewed in full.)*
The SEC proposes to modernize the shelf registration process for Form S‑3 and F‑3 issuers, including expanded use of automatic or “universal” shelves and greater flexibility to add classes of...
The proposal would streamline incorporation by reference, allowing more categories of Exchange Act reports and exhibits to be incorporated into Securities Act registration statements and prospectuses...
The SEC proposes to expand the use of “access equals delivery” for final prospectuses, permitting issuers in additional circumstances to satisfy Securities Act Section 5(b)(2) delivery requirements...
The reforms would broaden the range of permissible communications in connection with registered offerings, including issuer and underwriter use of certain factual and forward‑looking information,...
Compliance impact
Because the proposal seeks mainly to reduce friction and modernize existing processes rather than impose new prohibitions, the risk of traditional “non‑compliance” arises primarily from failing to adapt offering and disclosure practices to the updated framework, potentially leading to inefficient capital‑raising, errors in form usage, or Securities Act liability from misapplied incorporation and communication rules. Issuers and intermediaries that do not update their procedures once rules are finalized could face increased regulatory scrutiny, offering delays, or remedial filings.
The Financial Conduct Authority and the Bank of England set out a shared vision and seek industry views on the future of UK wholesale markets
Why this matters
FCA and BoE joint guidance on tokenisation and DLT in UK wholesale markets. Informational call for input on regulatory framework and infrastructure for digital assets. Affects multiple firm types across wholesale markets. No immediate compliance deadline, feedback closes July 2026.
On 12 May 2026, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA launched the consultation on the partially revised AMLO-FINMA. The consultation will go on until 9 June 2026.
ESMA consults on a new simplified approach to updating MMF stress test parameters 05 May 2026 Fund Management Simplification and Burden Reduction The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has today launched a consultation on a new approach to updating…
CPMI-IOSCO is seeking input from interested stakeholders on amendments to CCP-related resilience guidance and public quantitative disclosures requirements.
AI Analysis
CPMI and IOSCO have launched a consultation on targeted amendments to the 2017 CCP resilience guidance and the 2015 public quantitative disclosure (PQD) standards for central counterparties. The changes are intended to implement selected proposals from the January 2025 BCBS-CPMI-IOSCO report on initial margin transparency and responsiveness, with comments due by 30 June 2026.
Key dates
2026-05-06
CPMI-IOSCO published the consultation on updated CCP resilience guidance and PQD disclosures
2026-06-30 Deadline
Deadline to submit consultation comments to the CPMI and IOSCO secretariats
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the January 2025 BCBS-CPMI-IOSCO initial margin report to map likely changes to CCP resilience guidance and PQD disclosure expectations.
CCPs may wish to assess whether their current margin simulation tools, responsiveness metrics, override governance, and public disclosures could support the kind of targeted enhancements described in the consultation.
Clearing members and clients may wish to evaluate how more detailed CCP disclosures could affect margin forecasting, model validation, and due diligence workflows.
Firms may wish to prepare consultation submissions by the 30 June 2026 deadline, particularly if they have views on feasibility, data granularity, disclosure lags, or governance implications.
Compliance and legal teams may wish to monitor whether the final amendments create new reporting or disclosure obligations under the revised CCP guidance and PQD standards.
What changed
The consultation proposes targeted additions to the CPMI-IOSCO 2017 guidance on the resilience of central counterparties and to the 2015 PQD standards for CCPs. The stated purpose is to incorporate relevant elements of the January 2025 BCBS-CPMI-IOSCO final report on transparency and responsiveness of initial margin in centrally cleared markets. The areas specifically addressed are simulation tools, the measurement of initial margin responsiveness, margin model governance frameworks, the use of margin model overrides, and CCP public disclosures.
Compliance impact
The publication is a consultation, so the immediate legal severity is moderate rather than binding, but it signals concrete supervisory direction on CCP margin transparency and governance. If adopted, the amendments could increase disclosure granularity and scrutiny of margin-model responsiveness, simulation tools, and override controls for CCPs and their clearing relationships.
CPMI-IOSCO is seeking input from interested stakeholders on amendments to CCP-related resilience guidance and public quantitative disclosures requirements.
Why this matters
This is a formal consultation by CPMI-IOSCO on proposed amendments to existing CCP resilience guidance (2017) and public quantitative disclosure standards (2015), incorporating proposals from the January 2025 BCBS-CPMI-IOSCO report on initial margin transparency.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed rule and form amendments that would give public companies the option of filing semiannual reports in lieu of quarterly reports to meet their interim reporting obligations under the federal securities…
ESMA launches a call for evidence on the structure of European equity markets 30 April 2026 Trading The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) has published a call for evidence (CfE) presenting a data driven analysis of the evolution of trading in European equity markets between 2022 and 2025, based on MiFIR…
ESMA consults on guidelines on endorsement under the ESG Ratings Regulation 29 April 2026 Credit Rating Agencies The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) has launched a public consultation on draft guidelines on endorsement under the ESG Ratings Regulation 1 . The consultation paper sets out ESMA’s…
Funded reinsurance transactions involving UK life insurers will face enhanced regulatory requirements under new proposals unveiled today by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA).
De Europese anti-witwas- en anti-terrorismefinanciering autoriteit (AMLA) is twee openbare consultaties gestart. De ontwerpinstrumenten geven richting aan hoe meldingsplichtige instellingen de risico’s op witwassen en terrorismefinanciering moeten identificeren, beoordelen en beheersen. Hiermee wordt gewerkt aan een…
Why this matters
AMLA launches public consultations on AML-CFT risk assessment guidelines and regulatory technical standards for group-wide minimum requirements. This is informational content announcing consultation periods (deadline May 8, 2026) affecting multiple financial sectors on anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism...
The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) jointly proposed amendments to reduce private fund reporting burdens while enabling the continued collection of necessary and appropriate information. The…
AI Analysis
The SEC and CFTC have jointly proposed amendments to Form PF to reduce reporting burdens for private fund advisers by streamlining data requirements, simplifying calculations, and adjusting filing thresholds, while preserving essential information for systemic risk monitoring and investor protection. This matters for compliance professionals as it offers relief from prior expansions to Form PF (adopted in 2024), potentially lowering operational costs amid ongoing regulatory scrutiny, but requires monitoring during the comment period to influence final rules. https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-40-sec-cftc-jointly-propose-amendments-reduce-private-fund-reporting-burdens
Key dates
Nov. 17, 2027 Deadline
Extended compliance date for Names Rule-related Form N-PORT reporting (fund groups ≥$10B AUM); ; related relief via separate SEC action
May 18, 2028 Deadline
Extended compliance date for Names Rule-related Form N-PORT reporting (fund groups <$10B AUM)
60 days after Federal Register publication (est. mid
2026) - End of public comment period; ; proposing release to be published soon after April 2026 announcement
TBD (post
comment, est. late 2026/early 2027) - Adoption of final amendments; , subject to notice-and-comment revisions
Suggested considerations
Review Proposal: Download full proposing release post-Federal Register publication; assess current Form PF processes against proposed simplifications (e.g., audit AUM calculations, exposure schedules).
Submit Comments: File detailed feedback by comment deadline, focusing on burden estimates, implementation feasibility, and alternatives (e.g., via SEC's online portal); prioritize if your firm files quarterly/detailed sections.
Update Systems: Map current reporting workflows to proposed changes; pilot simplified data pulls for inflows, performance, and structures; prepare for potential transition rules if adopted.
Monitor Extensions: Track related no-action relief (e.g., CFTC Letter 25-50 for interim burden reduction) and Form N-PORT extensions.
Internal Training: Educate compliance teams on threshold changes and event reporting tweaks to avoid over-reporting during transition.
What changed
- Streamlined Reporting Items: Amendments propose removing or simplifying certain Form PF fields, such as reducing detailed breakdowns of investment exposures, counterparty data, and performance...
Adjusted Filing Thresholds: Raise thresholds for "large hedge fund advisers" and "large private equity advisers" (e.g., from $1.5B to potentially higher AUM levels for certain funds), limiting who...
Simplified Calculations: Eliminate complex aggregation rules for master-feeder/parallel structures, revert to prior methods for inflows/outflows and AUM (e.g., no double-counting exclusions for...
Event Reporting Relief: Propose delaying or narrowing 72-hour current event reporting (e.g., for large hedge funds under new Section 6), responding to burden complaints from 2024 amendments. These...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Proposals signal imminent relief from 2024 Form PF expansions (effective 2025+), which added significant burdens like 72-hour events and granular exposures, but firms must act on comments now (within ~60 days) to shape outcomes and avoid sunk costs in current systems. Matters because it reverses prior increases (e.g., separate master-feeder reporting, detailed strategies), potentially saving millions in annual external costs, but non-response risks locking in suboptimal rules amid FSOC scrutiny.
This regulatory update from the CFTC and SEC proposes amendments to Form PF, the confidential reporting form for certain SEC-registered investment advisers to private funds. The changes aim to reduce reporting burdens for private funds, including raising filing thresholds and streamlining requirements.
The CSSF publication highlights AMLA's public consultation on draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) under Articles 16(4) and 17(3) of Regulation (EU) 2024/1624, specifying minimum group-wide AML/CFT requirements and additional measures for subsidiaries and branches in third countries. This matters because it aims to harmonize cross-border AML frameworks, ensuring groups maintain consolidated ML/TF risk views and robust controls, particularly in high-risk third-country operations, impacting EU financial groups' compliance structures. Private sector input is encouraged to align standards with practical operations.[https://www.cssf.lu/en/Document/public-consultation-by-amla-on-the-draft-rts-on-group-wide-minimum-requirements-and-additional-measures-for-subsidiaries-and-branches-in-third-countries/][https://www.amla.europa.eu/amla-consults-group-wide-requirements-and-business-wide-risk-assessment_en]
Suggested considerations
Register for 20 May 2026 public hearing to engage directly on practical application across group structures.[https://www.amla.europa.eu/events/public-hearing-draft-rts-group-wide-minimum-requirements-and-additional-measures-subsidiaries-and-2026-05-20_en]
Assess current group-wide AML/CFT frameworks against proposed minimums, identifying gaps in third-country controls, risk consolidation, and data sharing protocols.
What changed
- Group-wide AML/CFT frameworks: Establishes minimum standards for design and implementation across groups, including cross-border structures and third-country operations, to enable consolidated...
Third-country subsidiaries and branches: Introduces additional measures for entities in non-EU countries, extending requirements beyond traditional groups to other...
Information sharing and parent identification: Defines provisions for intra-group data sharing and criteria to identify the EU parent undertaking when multiple entities report to a third-country head...
Interlinked mandates: Cross-references obligations between Articles 16(4) and 17(3) for complementary requirements on organizational...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Firms with third-country exposure must act now on consultation (closes 15 July 2026) to influence final RTS, as these will mandate binding minimums for group-wide AML/CFT, potentially requiring significant framework overhauls for risk consolidation and controls. Non-engagement risks misaligned systems post-adoption, increasing supervisory scrutiny under harmonized EU standards; early assessment prevents rushed...
AMLA has launched a public consultation on draft Guidelines for business-wide risk assessments (BWRA) under the new Anti-Money Laundering Regulation (EU 2024/1624), with submissions open until 15 July 2026. These guidelines establish minimum requirements for all obliged entities across financial and non-financial sectors to systematically identify and manage money laundering and terrorist financing risks inherent to their operations.
Key dates
Later in 2026
- Final adoption of guidelines and technical standards
16 April 2026
- Consultation launched
20 May 2026, 10:00–12:00 CET
- Public hearing on draft RTS on group-wide requirements
28 May 2026, 10:00–12:00 CET
- Public hearing on draft Guidelines on business-wide risk assessment
15 July 2026 Deadline
- Consultation deadline for submissions
Suggested considerations
*Immediate (by 15 July 2026):
Review draft Guidelines and assess alignment with current BWRA practices
Identify gaps between existing risk assessment frameworks and proposed minimum requirements
Prepare formal consultation responses, particularly if your organization operates in non-financial sectors
Register for relevant public hearings (28 May for BWRA Guidelines; 20 May for group-wide RTS) to engage directly with AMLA
What changed
The draft Guidelines introduce four minimum requirements for conducting adequate business-wide risk assessments applicable to all obliged entities. The framework mandates that entities:
Identify risk exposure across their business model, customers, products, services, transactions, delivery channels, and geographical exposure
Maintain consolidated risk views across group structures, eliminating silos between branches and subsidiaries
Utilize internal and external data sources to build comprehensive risk landscapes, including monitoring customer behavior changes and tracking international typologies
Apply proportionality based on entity size, business model, and risk profile, while ensuring consistent application of policies across the organization The guidelines specifically address evaluation...
The PRA's CP7/26 consultation proposes fee rates and amendments to the Fees Part of the PRA Rulebook for 2026/27 to meet a Total Funding Requirement (TFR) of £346.6 million, down 1% from 2025/26, primarily funding Ongoing Regulatory Activities (ORA) at £329.3 million. This matters for PRA-authorised firms as it involves adjusted periodic fees across blocks, increased allocations for initiatives like Future Banking Data, and other targeted fees, requiring budget planning and potential consultation responses.
Key dates
15 May 2026 Deadline
Consultation response deadline; (responses via email to [email protected] or post to PRA Fees Policy Team)
2026/27
Proposed effective period for new fee rates; (following policy statement; exact implementation tied to PRA Rulebook amendments, typically post-consultation)
June/July 2026 (expected)
Policy statement with final rules; (analogous to FCA timeline in CP26/11)
Suggested considerations
Review proposed fee impacts using tariff data (e.g., via PRA-provided tables) and budget for 2026/27 TFR, including potential increases in FBD/other fees.
Submit responses by 15 May 2026, indicating confidentiality preferences, consent to name publication, and whether responding individually or for an organisation; personal data will be handled per Bank privacy notice.
For new applicants or restructuring firms: Factor in updated authorisation and Special Project Fees during planning.
Monitor PRA Business Plan 2026/27 for funded activities context.
What changed
- Proposed fee rates to cover the 2026/27 Annual Funding Requirement (AFR) of £329.3 million (ORA only, down 2% from 2025/26).
Increased cost allocation for the Future Banking Data (FBD) programme, from £3.2 million to £6.8 million (111% rise), contributing to 'other fees to industry' rising 26% to £17.4 million.
Adjustments to specific fees: internal model application fees, model maintenance fee (£9.6 million, unchanged), Special Project Fee for restructuring, and new firm authorisation fees for Type 1...
Fee block variations, e.g., A1 (Modified Eligible Liabilities) fee rates down 7% despite 6% tariff data growth; A3 (Gross Written Premiums) down 4%, Best Estimate Liabilities down 2%; minimum fees...
Overall TFR down 1% to £346.6 million, with provisional figures subject to revision based on final costs.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – Firms must incorporate provisional fee changes into 2026/27 financial planning, but overall TFR/ORA reductions mitigate immediate pressure; however, block-specific adjustments (e.g., FBD uplift) and consultation response could affect budgets, with non-response risking unaddressed cost impacts. Dual-regulated firms face compounded effects from FCA CP26/11 (1% fee uplifts).
ESMA launches a call for evidence on restricted subscription and private credit ratings 16 April 2026 Credit Rating Agencies The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, today launched a call for evidence to gather stakeholder views on the purposes, market…
AI Analysis
ESMA has launched a call for evidence on restricted subscription and private credit ratings to gather stakeholder input on their market practices, uses, risks, and potential regulatory gaps under the CRA Regulation. This matters because rising use of these non-public ratings could prompt future clarifications or adjustments to ensure consistent standards with public ratings, impacting credit rating agencies (CRAs) and users reliant on them for regulatory or investment purposes.
Key dates
Q2 2026
- ESMA reviews responses to assess potential regulatory adjustments under CRA Regulation
31 May 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for submitting evidence-based responses, including quantitative data and market examples, via ESMA's online consultation form in docx format
Suggested considerations
Review the full Call for Evidence document and annexes for specific questions on restricted subscription (Annex I) and private credit ratings (Annex II).
Prepare and submit evidence-based responses addressing key areas: use cases/benefits vs. public ratings, contracting/distribution parties, analytical/governance comparability, transparency impacts, risks/mitigations, and multi-CRA practices.
Provide quantitative data, concrete examples, and rationale; indicate specific questions and alternatives considered.
Submit online by 31 May 2026 using the docx reply form; note responses may be published unless confidentiality requested.
What changed
There are no immediate regulatory changes; this is a fact-finding call for evidence to assess whether adjustments to the CRA Regulation are needed. ESMA seeks views on definitions (e.g., restricted subscription ratings as selectively distributed to limited subscribers with economic interest; private ratings excluded from CRA scope if not distributed to >150 persons), production processes, governance comparability to public ratings, distribution risks, and market needs. Potential future outcomes include enhanced clarity on CRA Regulation application, but none are confirmed yet.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium - This is not mandatory rulemaking but a critical opportunity to influence potential CRA Regulation clarifications amid growing private rating use, which could standardize governance/internal controls or expand scope. Firms using or issuing these ratings should engage to mitigate risks of future unaddressed practices leading to enforcement or restrictions; inaction may expose gaps if ESMA identifies inconsistencies with public rating standards.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today issued a concept release soliciting public comment in support of a comprehensive review of the Consolidated Audit Trail (CAT) and other audit trails and related data sources currently used in the regulation of…
Why this matters
This regulatory update from the SEC is relevant for capital markets participants, particularly broker-dealers and asset managers, as it seeks public comment on the Consolidated Audit Trail and other data sources used for market surveillance and reporting.
Crypto will be regulated in the UK from October 2027. The FCA is finalising the wider cryptoasset regime, with rules to be published this summer. Parliament has now confirmed which cryptoasset activities will fall within the scope of regulation. Building on that, the FCA is consulting on new guidance to help firms…
The Financial Services Agency (FSA) and Tokyo Stock Exchange have launched a public consultation on draft revisions to Japan's Corporate Governance Code, with comments due by May 15, 2026. This represents the first major update since 2021 and aims to redirect corporate resource allocation toward growth investments, research and development, and human capital rather than short-term shareholder returns. The revised code will become effective this summer and requires listed companies to submit governance reports by July 2027.
Key dates
Summer 2026
- Official adoption of the revised Corporate Governance Code
May 15, 2026 Deadline
- Public consultation comment submission deadline (JST)
June 1, 2026
- Anticipated effective date (based on historical pattern; confirmation pending final adoption)
July 2027 Deadline
- Listed companies must submit governance reports under the new code
Suggested considerations
*For Listed Companies:
*Immediate (by May 15, 2026): Review the draft revisions (Materials 1 and 2) and consider submitting comments during the public consultation period if your organization wishes to influence final provisions.
*Pre-Implementation (Summer 2026): Conduct a comprehensive gap analysis comparing current governance practices against the draft requirements, particularly regarding:
Board processes for examining resource allocation decisions
Documentation of investment policy rationale
What changed
The draft revisions introduce several substantive modifications to Japan's corporate governance framework:
Resource Allocation Focus: Boards must continuously examine whether management resources (cash, deposits, real estate, and other assets) are allocated appropriately, with emphasis on growth...
Principles-Based Streamlining: The code has been streamlined to adopt a more principles-based approach, moving from form to substance and reducing prescriptive requirements.
Collective Engagement Promotion: The revisions aim to promote collective and collaborative engagements among investors, strengthening dialogue between companies and investors.
Beneficial Shareholder Transparency: Enhanced transparency requirements regarding the identification of beneficial shareholders.
This appears to be an informational update from the Japanese Financial Services Agency (JFSA) regarding the Expert Panel on the Revision of the Corporate Governance Code.
CP6/26 from the PRA consults on reforms to the **high loan-to-income (LTI)** lending rules for residential mortgages, building on prior adjustments to the flow limit that caps high-LTI loans (≥4.5x borrower income) at 15% of total new lending for larger lenders. This matters for mortgage providers as it aims to balance financial stability, support housing market growth, and adapt macroprudential measures to current economic conditions, potentially influencing lending capacity and risk management ahead of the June 2026 review deadline (https://www.bankofengland.co.uk/prudential-regulation/publication/2026/april/high-loan-to-income-lending-consultation-paper).
Key dates
9 July 2025 Deadline
PRA offers interim modification by consent applications; firms must submit business plan/risk info within 1 month, then monthly reports (first covering prior 3 months)
11 July 2025
£150M threshold increase effective
TBD 2026 Deadline
PRA consultation on permanent LTI flow limit changes (due course post-review)
30 June 2026
Interim modifications expire (or earlier if rules amended)
Suggested considerations
Apply for modification (if seeking >15% high-LTI): Submit detailed business plan (incl. quarterly high-LTI projections), risk appetite, management frameworks; provide monthly notifications on approvals/completions.
Monitor thresholds: Track rolling 4-quarter mortgage volumes/contracts (≥£150M and ≥300 contracts in two periods triggers limit).
Record-keeping: Document high-LTI allowances, group allocations, exclusions.
Respond to consultation: Provide feedback on CP6/26 proposals via PRA channels (deadline not specified in summary; check full paper).
Engage regulators: FCA firms contact FCA for tailored guidance on high-LTI increases.
What changed
- Review of LTI flow limit: PRA is reviewing the rule limiting new residential mortgages with LTI ≥4.5x to 15% of total new lending, following FPC recommendations; no final changes proposed yet, but...
Threshold increase (prior update): Flow limit now triggers only for firms issuing ≥£150M in residential mortgages annually (up from £100M), effective 11 July 2025, exempting ~80 smaller lenders (up...
Interim modification by consent: Firms can apply to disapply the 15% cap temporarily; requires submitting business plans, risk frameworks, and monthly reporting on high-LTI volumes.
Exclusions remain: No LTI limit for re-mortgages (no principal change), lifetime mortgages, or second/subsequent charge mortgages (per historical rules).
Group allocations: Firms in groups can share high-LTI allowances, with record-keeping required.
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Firms near £150M threshold or planning high-LTI growth must act imminently on modifications (monthly reporting starts soon) to avoid breaches before June 2026 expiry; non-compliance risks enforcement, while opportunities for smaller lenders enhance competitiveness amid housing market pressures (https://www.bankofengland.co.uk/prudential-regulation/publication/2026/april/high-loan-to-income-lending-consultation-paper).
The Prudential Regulation Authority has today published proposals aimed at ensuring banks can monetise liquid assets quickly in a fast-paced stress event – such as the collapse of Silicon Valley Bank in 2023.
AI Analysis
The PRA has launched a three-month consultation on modernized liquidity standards designed to ensure banks can rapidly convert liquid assets to cash during stress events, responding directly to lessons from the 2023 collapses of Silicon Valley Bank and Credit Suisse. Rather than requiring banks to hold more liquid assets, the reforms focus on **operationalizing existing liquidity** through enhanced stress testing, removal of exemptions for sovereign bonds, and improved preparedness for central bank facility access.
Key dates
March 17, 2026
- Consultation launch (today)
April 27, 2026
- Consultation closes (three-month window)
September 30, 2026
- Insurance liquidity reporting effective date (parallel reform)
Early 2027 – 2030
- Implementation timeline for final rules (phased approach)
Suggested considerations
*Immediate (by April 27, 2026):
Review the full consultation document and impact assessment
Identify internal stakeholders (Treasury, Risk, Operations, Compliance) for response coordination
Assess current liquidity stress testing capabilities against proposed weekly timeframe requirement
The consultation proposes four primary regulatory modifications:
Weekly stress testing requirement: Firms must conduct internal stress tests evaluating rapid outflows within one week, supplementing the existing monthly reporting framework
Removal of Level 1 asset exemption: Sovereign bonds and other "level 1 assets" will no longer be exempt from annual testing of monetization capability for non-liquid assets, closing a significant...
Barrier identification mandate: Firms must systematically evaluate their liquidity, identify barriers to asset monetization, and document findings
Central bank facility preparedness: Regulatory encouragement (not mandate) for operational readiness to access Bank of England facilities during stress Critically, the PRA explicitly states these...
CP5/26 is a PRA consultation paper proposing updates to the liquidity policy framework to address modern risks from digital banking, payments, and technology that can amplify liquidity stresses. It matters because it strengthens firms' resilience by emphasizing liquidity resource composition, monetisation risk, and short-term stress scenarios, ensuring firms can meet outflows in acute crises.
Key dates
17 June 2026 Deadline
Consultation responses due; (submit to [email protected] or Liquidity Policy Team)
Suggested considerations
Review and respond to consultation by 17 June 2026, indicating confidentiality and publication consent.
Update internal processes: Revise ILAAP/ILAA to include new stress scenario (sudden/severe outflows in first 7 days), monetisation risk assessments (with template), liquidity composition analysis, central bank facility readiness (pre-positioned collateral monitoring).
Stress testing: Design firm-specific acute stress with daily granularity, lowest cumulative net cashflows analysis over LCR/survival horizons.
Systems check: Assess impact on validation processes from PRA110 changes; ensure operational readiness for asset monetisation.
What changed
- Composition of liquidity resources: Revise the Overall Liquidity Adequacy Rule (OLAR) to explicitly require adequate composition (not just amount) of liquidity resources, balancing cash, non-cash...
Monetisation risk assessment: Replace 'marketable asset risk' with monetisation risk in ILAA rule 11.5, with detailed expectations in updated SS24/15 on market access, accounting treatment, repo/sale...
Stress scenario design: New requirement for a business model-specific stress scenario with sudden, severe outflows peaking in the first week (up to 7 days), integrated into ILAAP/ILAA.
Governance and ILAAP updates: Embed governance for ILAAP preparation, OLAR reviews, ALM committees; clarify risk appetite, Liquidity Contingency Plans (LCP), funding plans; streamline SS24/15...
Central bank facilities: Expectations to assess pre-positioned collateral, drawing capacity, operational readiness for publicly available facilities (excluding emergency assistance); monitor in ILAAP.
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Firms must engage now as the 17 June 2026 response deadline is ~3 months away (today: 17 March 2026), and changes target evolving digital risks that could amplify outflows. Non-engagement risks supervisory scrutiny on ILAAP adequacy, OLAR compliance, and resilience in stresses; proportionate but requires ILAAP revisions pre-final rules.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed amendments to Exchange Act Rule 15c2-11, which sets out certain information gathering and review requirements for broker-dealers that publish quotations for, or maintain a continuous quoted market in…
AI Analysis
The SEC is proposing amendments to Exchange Act Rule 15c2-11, which governs broker-dealer quotation requirements in OTC markets outside national securities exchanges, aiming to update information review standards for enhanced investor protection. This matters for compliance professionals as it could impose stricter due diligence on broker-dealers quoting OTC securities, building on 2020 amendments amid ongoing fixed income implementation challenges, potentially reducing fraud in retail-heavy OTC markets. https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-28-sec-proposes-amendments-exchange-act-rule-15c2-11
Key dates
TBD (post
Federal Register publication) - Proposed comment period closes; SEC seeks input on amendments.; (Inferred from "consultation" type; exact date not in summary.) https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-28-sec-proposes-amendments-exchange-act-rule-15c2-11
Suggested considerations
Review processes: Broker-dealers must verify current issuer info (financials for last 2 years, filings) is publicly available (EDGAR/website) before quoting; annual checks for Phase 3 fixed income.
Exception compliance: Limit piggyback to priced quotes, avoid 60-day post-suspension, cap shell quoting at 18 months.
Systems updates: Implement OTC quote surveillance for fixed income/private securities; document reviews.
Issuer coordination: OTC issuers ensure info on EDGAR/website; monitor no-action phases.
Comment submission: Firms respond to proposal via SEC portal during consultation.
What changed
Rule 15c2-11 requires broker-dealers to review current, publicly available issuer information (e.g., via EDGAR or issuer websites) before publishing or submitting quotations for OTC securities, with exceptions like piggybacking limited to scenarios with one-way priced quotes, post-trading suspension restrictions (60 days), and time-bound quoting for shell companies (18 months).
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Builds on enforced 2020/2021 changes with fixed income phases expired (Phase 3 active since 2024), pressuring broker-dealers on ongoing quotes amid SEC scrutiny; proposals could tighten "publicly available" standards or exceptions, risking enforcement for non-compliant OTC activity in fraud-prone markets. Matters as OTC is retail-dominated, amplifying gatekeeper liability; operational overhauls needed now to avoid quoting halts.
The CFTC has issued an Advanced Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPRM) seeking public comments on potential amendments or new regulations for event contracts in prediction markets, focusing on statutory compliance, public interest prohibitions, and cost-benefit analysis. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals heightened CFTC scrutiny and forthcoming rules that could reshape prediction market operations, amid jurisdictional disputes and enforcement priorities. (https://www.cftc.gov/PressRoom/PressReleases/9194-26)
Key dates
April 26, 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for public comments (45 days after Federal Register publication; ANPRM published March 12, 2026). Comments via CFTC Public Comments Portal. (https://www.cftc.gov/PressRoom/PressReleases/9194-26)
Suggested considerations
Submit comments: Affected parties should prepare and file written comments within 45 days via the CFTC Public Comments Portal, addressing ANPRM questions on CEA principles, prohibited contracts, and costs/benefits.
Monitor developments: Track Federal Register publication, related litigation (e.g., state challenges to CFTC jurisdiction), and CFTC Enforcement Division advisories. (https://www.cftc.gov/PressRoom/PressReleases/9183-26)
What changed
This ANPRM proposes no immediate changes, as it is an early-stage consultation seeking input on:
Application of Commodity Exchange Act (CEA) core principles and existing CFTC regulations to prediction markets.
Criteria for prohibiting event contracts deemed contrary to the public interest (e.g., potentially sports, politics, or sensitive topics like government employee outcomes).
Cost-benefit analyses for regulating prediction markets. It builds on prior actions, including withdrawal of a 2024 proposed ban on certain event contracts and a 2025 staff advisory on sports-related...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High - This ANPRM initiates rulemaking that could prohibit certain event contracts or impose new CEA compliance burdens, amid CFTC Enforcement Division advisories on misconduct (e.g., MNPI, manipulation) and jurisdictional defenses against states/SEC. Firms risk enforcement actions if unprepared, especially as prediction markets grow with institutional interest; proactive commenting and program reviews are essential to influence outcomes and mitigate risks.
Images of the UK’s wildlife are to feature on the next series of banknotes following a public consultation run by the Bank of England.
AI Analysis
The Bank of England has announced that **wildlife imagery will replace historical figures on the next series of banknotes**, following a public consultation in which nature received 60% support. This decision represents a significant shift in banknote design policy and carries implications for currency authentication, public engagement, and operational planning across the payments ecosystem.
Key dates
July 2025
- Initial public consultation on banknote themes closed
Summer 2026
- Second public consultation to gather views on specific wildlife species (announced as forthcoming)
Future (multi
year process); - Design, testing, and printing of next-generation banknotes with anti-counterfeiting technology
Several years ahead
- Issuance of next generation of banknotes
Suggested considerations
*Monitor the summer 2026 consultation: Track the announcement of the wildlife expert panel's curated species list and participate in the second consultation if relevant to your operations
*Plan for authentication updates: Currency handlers and retailers should prepare staff training programs for new security features once designs are finalized
*Update systems and procedures: Payment processors and financial institutions should plan for gradual transition protocols as new notes enter circulation
*Engage with BoE communications: Subscribe to Bank of England announcements regarding final design decisions and implementation timelines
*Prepare customer communications: Financial institutions should develop materials explaining the design change and new security features to customers
What changed
The Bank of England is implementing the following design changes:
Theme Selection: Wildlife native to Britain will feature on all denominations (£5, £10, £20, £50) of the next banknote series, replacing historical figures such as William Shakespeare, Winston...
Monarch Continuity: King Charles' portrait will continue to appear on all notes.
Security Integration: Wildlife imagery has been selected partly for its effectiveness in developing banknotes with easily recognizable and distinguishable security features.
Scope Expansion: The design may incorporate additional natural elements including plants and landscapes to complement wildlife imagery.
Central Bank of Ireland today published a Discussion Paper examining the potential role of Distributed Ledger Technology (DLT) and tokenisation in the financial system . Deputy Governor Vasileios Madouros, commenting on the publication, said: “Distributed ledger technology and tokenisation have the potential to…
AI Analysis
The Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) has launched Discussion Paper 12 (DP12) on Distributed Ledger Technology (DLT) and tokenisation in financial services to explore their transformative potential in areas like markets, funds, payments, and money, while assessing opportunities, risks, and enablers such as legal clarity and interoperability. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals CBI's proactive stance on integrating these technologies into a resilient financial system, aligning with EU ambitions like the Savings and Investment Union, and invites stakeholder input to shape future policy without proposing immediate rules. (Source: https://www.centralbank.ie/news/article/press-release-discussion-paper-tokenisation-and-distributed-ledger-technology-in-financial-services-5-march-26 [publication]; https://www.arthurcox.com/insights/central-bank-issues-discussion-paper-on-dlt-tokenisation-in-financial-services/ )
Key dates
5 June 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for stakeholder submissions responding to the 16 questions in DP12
Post
5 June 2026; - CBI to publish a feedback statement assessing responses and existing policy fit. (Source: https://www.centralbank.ie/news/article/press-release-discussion-paper-tokenisation-and-distributed-ledger-technology-in-financial-services-5-march-26 [publication]; https://www.arthurcox.com/insights/central-bank-issues-discussion-paper-on-dlt-tokenisation-in-financial-services/ )
Suggested considerations
Review DP12 (PDF available via CBI site) and prepare/ submit responses to the 16 questions by 5 June 2026, focusing on legal clarity, risks, funds tokenisation, and enablers like interoperability.
Engage in CBI's structured stakeholder dialogues to influence future frameworks.
Assess internal DLT/tokenisation pilots or plans against discussed risks (e.g., operational resilience, scalability) and opportunities (e.g., fractional ownership, 24/7 liquidity).
What changed
This is a non-binding discussion paper, not a regulatory change or new requirement; it poses 16 questions on topics including legal recognition of tokenised instruments, governance, infrastructure, funds (e.g., tokenised MMFs and ETFs), payments, and risks like operational resilience and interoperability. It highlights needs for policy intervention to avoid fragmented "walled gardens," ensure central bank money's role, and address challenges in fractionalisation, transparency, and settlement finality, but no mandates are imposed yet.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – This consultative paper poses no immediate rules but represents a key opportunity to shape emerging DLT/tokenisation regulation amid CBI's 2026 priorities on tech-driven transformations and resilience; inaction risks missing input on critical enablers like legal finality for tokens, potentially leading to stricter future requirements misaligned with firm needs. It aligns with broader EU/BIS pushes (e.g., MiCA, tokenized reserves), amplifying relevance for firms in funds, payments, and crypto.
The Financial Services Agency (FSA) has released the **AI Discussion Paper (Version 1.1)**, an updated consultation document addressing the sound utilization of artificial intelligence in Japan's financial sector. This revised version incorporates stakeholder feedback from the FSA AI Public-Private Forum (June-December 2025) and establishes the regulatory foundation for how financial institutions should approach AI governance, risk management, and compliance as AI adoption accelerates.
Key dates
March 2025
- Original AI Discussion Paper (Version 1.0) published
March 3, 2026
- FSA publishes AI Discussion Paper (Version 1.1) in Japanese
Ongoing
- Comment submission period (no specified end date provided; comments accepted via email to [email protected])
June
December 2025; - Previous stakeholder engagement period (completed; informed Version 1.1)
Suggested considerations
*Immediate (for compliance and risk teams):
*Obtain and review the full AI Discussion Paper (Version 1.1) (available as Attachment 1 from the FSA website)
*Assess current AI implementations against the preliminary discussion points outlined in the paper
*Identify regulatory gaps in existing AI governance frameworks relative to FSA expectations
*Short-term (30-90 days):
What changed
The Version 1.1 update reflects a stakeholder-informed evolution rather than a complete regulatory overhaul:
Incorporation of industry feedback: The revision integrates insights from the FSA AI Public-Private Forum discussions on AI utilization status, risk management practices, and regulatory application...
Expanded scope: The paper now addresses "a broad range of related issues" beyond the initial Version 1.0 framework, reflecting emerging challenges identified through industry dialogue
Preliminary guidance framework: The document provides initial guidance on current state assessment and challenge identification, explicitly acknowledging that technological advancements may alter...
Regulatory clarity initiative: The paper addresses "situations that require clarification on how regulations apply" to AI implementations, signaling the FSA's intent to reduce regulatory ambiguity...
We are bringing forward a review of some aspects of the UK Listing Rules to consider how they apply to specific types of investment entities. As part of the Primary Markets EffectivenessReviewwe explored which types of investment entities could be eligible to be listed. Since introducing the new listingruleswe have…
AI Analysis
The FCA is conducting a targeted review of UK Listing Rules applicable to investment entities, with particular focus on whether current risk-spreading eligibility criteria are unduly restrictive and how rules support shareholder rights and conflict management. This review represents a potential material shift in listing accessibility for alternative investment funds and closed-ended investment vehicles, with final proposals expected by end-2026.
Key dates
End of 2026
- FCA to complete review and issue final rules
Q2 2026 (estimated)
- Consultation paper publication (FCA indicates "proposals in a consultation paper" without specific date, but typical FCA consultation windows are 8-12 weeks)
H2 2026
- Final rules expected following consultation period
Suggested considerations
*Immediate (Q1 2026):
*Monitor FCA consultation announcements for publication of the consultation paper on listing rules modifications
*Assess current compliance posture against existing risk-spreading criteria to identify potential gaps or restrictive elements
*Document shareholder engagement frameworks and conflict-of-interest management procedures to prepare for governance review
*During consultation period:
What changed
The FCA's review addresses three primary areas: Risk-Spreading Eligibility Criteria Stakeholders have flagged that current risk-spreading requirements in the new listing rules may be overly restrictive for certain investment entity types. The FCA will assess whether modifications are warranted to broaden eligibility for investment entities seeking primary market access. Shareholder Rights and Board Governance The review will examine how listing rules, in conjunction with company law, ensure boards adequately support shareholder rights, facilitate shareholder engagement, and manage conflicts...
ESMA consults on post-trade risk reduction services under EMIR 3 26 February 2026 Post Trading The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has launched a consultation on the requirements for how post-trade risk reduction (PTRR) services can benefit from…
AI Analysis
ESMA has launched a consultation on draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) that establish requirements for **post-trade risk reduction (PTRR) services** to qualify for a conditioned exemption from the mandatory clearing obligation under EMIR 3. This framework is critical because it balances market efficiency gains from risk reduction tools against systemic risk concerns, requiring compliance professionals to understand new operational, transparency, and monitoring requirements before the standards take effect.
Key dates
26 February 2026
- ESMA launches consultation
Q2 2026
- ESMA considers feedback received and prepares final report
20 April 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for stakeholder feedback submissions
Q4 2026
- Draft RTS submitted to the European Commission
Suggested considerations
*For PTRR Service Providers:
*Assess current operations against proposed RTS requirements, particularly regarding market risk neutrality and risk reduction thresholds
*Review algorithm safeguards and execution protocols to ensure compliance with transparency and non-discrimination standards
*Establish record-keeping systems capable of documenting PTRR exercises and demonstrating exemption qualification
*Prepare monitoring capabilities to support NCA oversight and supervisory reporting
What changed
The draft RTS introduce a structured framework governing how PTRR services operate under the clearing obligation exemption: Eligible Service Types The standards focus on three primary PTRR service...
Market risk neutrality in PTRR exercises—transactions must not alter the overall market risk profile of portfolios
Required risk reduction in submitted portfolios—genuine risk mitigation rather than speculative activity
Compliance with pre-agreed rules and reasonable, transparent, non-discriminatory conduct Operational & Governance Framework The RTS establish requirements across multiple dimensions:
Transparency towards participants in PTRR exercises
The Basel Committee has published a consultation on a consolidated version of its guidelines and sound practices. The consolidated version aims to improve accessibility and substantially streamline guidance materials. Comments on the consultation are requested by 26 June 2026.
AI Analysis
The Basel Committee has opened a consultation on a new consolidated website version of its guidelines and sound practices for banks and supervisors, with comments due by 2026-06-26. The key compliance significance is structural rather than substantive: the Committee says the exercise is intended to improve accessibility and streamline existing guidance, not introduce new expectations.
Key dates
2026-02-26
Basel Committee published the consultation and launched the draft consolidated guidelines and sound practices website
2026-06-26 Deadline
Deadline for comments on the consultation
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the consultative document and assess whether the new modular structure affects internal policy libraries, control inventories, or regulatory mapping tools.
Firms may wish to compare their current reliance on BIS guidelines and sound practices against the consolidated version to identify any content that has been removed as outdated, duplicative, or superseded.
Stakeholders may wish to submit comments by 2026-06-26 if the draft structure, organization, or accessibility of the consolidated guidance would affect supervisory implementation or internal interpretive work.
Supervisory liaison teams may wish to confirm that local or group-wide references to BIS guidance remain aligned with the consolidated presentation rather than legacy PDF documents.
What changed
The Committee has launched a draft consolidated version of its guidelines and sound practices in a modular format on a new BIS website section. It says the new structure reorganises existing guidance, mirrors the format used for the Basel Framework, and is intended to make the materials more user-friendly and easier to navigate. The Committee states there was no intention to introduce new expectations through this exercise.
Compliance impact
The practical impact is moderate because the Basel Committee explicitly says the exercise does not create new expectations. The main consequence is that firms and supervisors may need to re-map references to legacy guidance, since the Committee has restructured and materially reduced the volume of published materials.
The Basel Committee on Banking supervision has launched a new section of its website that sets out a consolidated version of its guidelines and sound practices for banks and supervisors.
Why this matters
This is a news item announcing a website redesign consolidating existing Basel Committee guidelines and sound practices into modular format. The content describes an accessibility improvement to already-published materials, with a closed consultation period.
This regulatory update from the JFSA discusses the second meeting of the Expert Panel on the Revision of the Corporate Governance Code. This indicates potential changes to governance requirements for regulated financial firms in Japan, which would be of medium urgency for banks, asset managers, and broker-dealers.
The EBA and ESMA consult on revised suitability assessment requirements for banks and investment firms 25 February 2026 Investor protection The European Banking Authority (EBA) and the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) today launched a consultation on the revised joint guidelines on the assessment of…
AI Analysis
The EBA and ESMA have launched a consultation on revised joint guidelines updating suitability assessments for management body members and key function holders in banks and investment firms, incorporating new requirements from the revised CRD and MiFID II to enhance harmonization and supervisory convergence. This matters for compliance professionals as it introduces mandatory assessments for additional roles, strengthens AML/CFT links, and includes simplifications to reduce burdens, potentially impacting governance processes once finalized and replacing the 2021 guidelines.
Key dates
15 April 2026, 14:00
15:30; - Public hearing on joint guidelines
15 April 2026, 15:30
16:30; - Public hearing on EBA RTS
25 May 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for submitting comments on joint guidelines and EBA RTS
Post
25 May 2026; - EBA publishes all contributions (unless requested otherwise)
TBD (post
consultation); - Revised guidelines enter into force, repealing 2021 guidelines
Suggested considerations
Assess current suitability processes against new requirements (e.g., ex-ante applications, AML/CFT checks, third-country branch specs) and prepare for mandatory assessments of additional roles like CFOs.
For large institutions, evaluate EBA RTS on documentation and align internal templates (e.g., suitability questionnaires, CVs).
Participate in public hearings on 15 April 2026 if relevant.
Plan governance updates, including ongoing monitoring of collective/individual suitability and corrective measures.
What changed
- Incorporation of revised CRD requirements for large institutions, including ex-ante applications where authorities perform ex-post assessments, and mandatory suitability assessments for key roles...
Expanded application to CRD-covered entities and MiFID II investment firms, with further specifications for third-country branches.
Strengthened integration with AML/CFT framework, providing guidance on identifying reasonable grounds to suspect money laundering or terrorist financing risks during assessments.
Introduction of targeted simplifications to streamline processes, reduce administrative burdens, and offer greater flexibility/clarity for institutions and supervisors.
Parallel EBA consultation on RTS specifying standardized documentation (e.g., suitability questionnaires, CVs, internal assessments) for large institutions to ensure consistent submissions.
Compliance impact
Urgency: High - As a consultation launched today (25 February 2026), firms have ~3 months to engage, but final guidelines will repeal existing ones, mandating process updates for core governance/AML functions in banks and investment firms; delays risk non-compliance with harmonized EU standards, especially for large institutions facing RTS on documentation. Matters due to expanded scope (e.g., CFOs, third-country branches) and AML ties, amplifying fit-and-proper regime enforcement amid supervisory convergence push.
CP4/26 proposes targeted amendments to UK Solvency II own funds rules in the PRA Rulebook, addressing inconsistencies, clarifying requirements, and restating EU guidelines for better accessibility. These updates matter as they reduce regulatory burden, enhance clarity, and align rules with market practices, supporting PRA objectives of firm safety, policyholder protection, and competitiveness without introducing new risks.
Key dates
24 April 2026 Deadline
- Consultation response deadline
2026 H2
- Publication of dedicated policy statement (PS) with effective date for remaining changes
Suggested considerations
Review and respond to consultation by 24 April 2026 via email to [email protected] or post, indicating confidentiality and publication consent preferences.
Assess current own funds instruments against proposed clarifications (e.g., redemption permissions, MCR eligibility, maturity requirements) and update internal classifications or applications if needed.
Evaluate reconciliation reserve calculations for potential adjustments post-permission grants.
Engage PRA on concurrent transactions (e.g., redemptions) for streamlined processes under clarified expectations.
Prepare for Rulebook updates by mapping impacts to Own Funds, Reporting, Group Supervision, Glossary, and SCR Standard Formula parts.
What changed
- Amendments to prior permission requirements for repaying or redeeming Tier 1 and Tier 3 own funds instruments, clarifying application to items classified under own funds permissions.
Clarification that Tier 2 basic own funds items can cover 20% of the Minimum Capital Requirement (MCR), while Tier 2 Ancillary Own Funds cannot.
Requirement that both minimum maturity date and first contractual opportunity to redeem must be met for Tier 1 and Tier 2 basic own funds classification.
Correction to reconciliation reserve calculation to avoid canceling eligible own funds increases from classification permissions for balance sheet liabilities.
Updates to guidelines on capital instrument redemption, including early calls for unforeseen regulatory/tax changes and treatment of tender offers.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – Proposals are refinements and clarifications rather than new burdens, with modest impacts focused on error corrections and alignment with practices; however, they affect core own funds calculations critical for solvency, requiring review before H2 2026 implementation to avoid misclassifications or PRA engagement delays.
ESMA consults on guarantees as CCP collateral and on certain aspects of CCP investment policy 23 February 2026 CCP The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has launched a public consultation following the review of the European Market Infrastructure…
AI Analysis
ESMA has launched a public consultation under EMIR 3 to gather stakeholder input on conditions for CCPs accepting public guarantees, public bank guarantees, and commercial bank guarantees as collateral, eligibility of debt instruments for CCP investment policies, and secured arrangements for emission allowances as margins or default fund contributions. This matters because it permanently broadens eligible collateral types and extends access to NFC clients, enhancing EU CCP efficiency, competitiveness, and accessibility amid liquidity pressures in energy and other markets.
Key dates
End of 2026
- ESMA to submit final draft technical standards to the European Commission following final report preparation
30 April 2026 Deadline
- Consultation response deadline; submit online via ESMA portal, addressing specific questions with rationale
Suggested considerations
Review and Respond to Consultation: CCPs, clearing members, NFCs, and clients should analyze the paper, prepare responses to Annex 1 questions by 30 April 2026, and submit online; indicate confidentiality if needed.
Assess Internal Policies: CCPs must evaluate current collateral, investment, and emission allowance frameworks against proposed conditions; clearing members/NFCs should model impacts on liquidity and margin posting.
Monitor Developments: Track ESMA's final report and RTS submission; prepare for potential supervisory expectations on guarantee acceptance and debt instrument eligibility post-2026.
Engage with Industry: Join associations like EACH for coordinated feedback on risk-based approaches and proportionality.
What changed
- Permanent expansion of eligible CCP collateral to include public guarantees, public bank guarantees, and commercial bank guarantees, with specified conditions for acceptance.
Criteria for deeming debt instruments as eligible financial instruments under CCP investment policies.
Requirements for highly secured arrangements to deposit emission allowances as margins or default fund contributions. These build on EMIR 3's measures to broaden collateral scope and entity coverage,...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High - Firms face a tight 2-month window (from 23 February 2026) to influence final RTS, with implementation likely in 2027+ affecting core clearing operations; delays risk non-compliance with broadened collateral rules amid ongoing liquidity strains, especially for NFCs in volatile markets like energy.
ESMA seeks input to streamline and simplify its market abuse guidelines 19 February 2026 Market Abuse Market Integrity The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has launched a consultation proposing amendments to its Market Abuse Regulation (MAR)…
AI Analysis
ESMA has launched a consultation on amending its Market Abuse Regulation (MAR) guidelines on delaying disclosure of inside information, aligning them with changes introduced by the Listing Act to reduce issuer burdens and clarify requirements. This matters because it simplifies compliance for issuers by removing outdated delay justifications and adding new ones, effective from June 2026, potentially lowering administrative costs while maintaining market integrity.
Key dates
19 February 2026
Consultation launch date
29 April 2026 Deadline
Consultation response deadline; (10-week period)
5 June 2026 Deadline
Entry into application of amended MAR disclosure regime; (issuers no longer required to immediately disclose protracted process inside information)
Q4 2026
ESMA final report and updated guidelines publication
Suggested considerations
Respond to consultation: Submit feedback via ESMA's online .docx form by 29 April 2026, focusing on proposed amendments, additional legitimate interests, and interactions with prudential supervision (Annex IV of Consultation Paper).
Review and update policies: Assess current inside information disclosure procedures against proposed changes, particularly removing protracted process delays and incorporating new legitimate interests; prepare for non-contradiction with latest public announcements.
Train staff: Update compliance training on MAR delay conditions ahead of June 2026, ensuring alignment with Listing Act changes.
Monitor updates: Track ESMA's Q4 2026 final report for binding guidelines and adjust insider lists, PDMR notifications, and disclosure workflows accordingly.
What changed
- Alignment with Listing Act: Guidelines will reflect MAR amendments, removing the requirement for immediate disclosure of inside information on protracted processes before completion (effective June...
New legitimate interests for delay: Adds scenarios such as public authority requests for non-disclosure, issuer need for more time to collect information, or involvement in multiple similar...
Elimination of "no misleading the public" condition: Removes Guideline 2 entirely, as the Listing Act deleted this from MAR; replaces with requirement that delayed disclosure must not contradict the...
Overall simplification: Reduces administrative burdens for issuers while providing clearer, non-exhaustive lists of delay situations.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium. This is a consultation on simplifications that reduce burdens rather than impose new obligations, with changes not effective until June 2026—giving firms over four months post-consultation to adapt. It matters for issuers to engage now for influence and early policy alignment, avoiding future misalignment penalties under MAR, but lacks immediate enforcement risk.
The PRA's CP3/26 proposes rule amendments to align its Rulebook with HM Treasury's (HMT) Overseas Prudential Requirements Regime (OPRR), which restates and modifies existing CRR equivalence provisions for treating overseas entities' exposures as preferential "exposures to institutions." This matters for **PRA-authorised firms** as it clarifies capital treatment for cross-border exposures, reduces interpretive burdens, and ensures consistency post-Brexit, advancing the PRA's safety and soundness objective while facilitating HMT designations.
Key dates
Thursday 2 April 2026 Deadline
- Consultation response deadline; submit to [email protected] or PRA at 20 Moorgate, London EC2R 6DA
Suggested considerations
Review and respond to consultation by 2 April 2026, indicating consent for name/organisation publication and any confidentiality claims.
Assess current exposures to overseas institutions/exchanges against proposed OPRR criteria; model impacts on capital requirements under SA, IRB, and large exposures rules.
Update internal policies on exposure classification once final rules published; monitor HMT OPRR designations for affected jurisdictions.
Indicate response as individual or organisational; personal data handled per Bank of England privacy notice.
What changed
- Credit Risk Standardised Approach (SA): Exposures to overseas credit institutions, investment firms, or exchanges treated as "exposures to institutions" only if from UK or HMT-designated OPRR...
IRB Approach: Preserves CRR Article 107(3) effect by aligning exposure class allocation with SA's updated "exposures to institutions" concept.
Large Exposures: Amends Rule 1.3 definition of "institution" to limit preferential treatment to UK or OPRR-designated overseas entities.
General Scope: Applies changes across PRA Rulebook for consistency; not relevant to credit unions or third-country branches.
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Firms must engage promptly on consultation (deadline ~10 weeks from publication) to influence outcomes; changes clarify but could increase capital for non-designated overseas exposures, impacting safety/soundness and competitiveness. Failure to adapt risks non-compliance with updated Rulebook and higher prudential burdens.
This regulatory update from the SEC proposes amendments to reduce reporting burdens for investment funds, which impacts investment managers, broker-dealers, and wealth managers. The changes relate to fund portfolio holdings disclosure, which is a key regulatory reporting requirement for these firms.
Anti-money Laundering Asset management The AMF invites financial market participants to AMLA’s consultations on three draft AML/CFT implementing standards
AI Analysis
The AMF is urging financial market participants, especially in asset management and related sectors, to engage in AMLA's public consultations on three draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) under the new EU AML/CFT package, covering customer due diligence (CDD), identification of business relationships/transactions, and enforcement measures. These RTS aim to provide harmonized, proportionate implementation guidance, significantly impacting CDD processes and supervisory consistency across the EU, with underlying rules applying from 10 July 2027.[Source URL: https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/amf-invites-financial-market-participants-amlas-consultations-three-draft-amlcft-implementing#xts=607212&xtor=RSS-11&type=RSS]
Key dates
9 February 2026
- Consultations opened by AMLA on three draft RTS.[Source URL: https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/amf-invites-financial-market-participants-amlas-consultations-three-draft-amlcft-implementing#xts=607212&xtor=RSS-11&type=RSS]
9 March 2026
- Consultation closes on RTS for pecuniary sanctions/administrative measures
24 March 2026
- Online public hearing on CDD and business relationships RTS
8 May 2026
- Consultations close on CDD RTS and business relationships/linked transactions RTS.[Source URL: https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/amf-invites-financial-market-participants-amlas-consultations-three-draft-amlcft-implementing#xts=607212&xtor=RSS-11&type=RSS]
10 July 2026
- AMLA submits final draft RTS to European Commission for adoption
Suggested considerations
Gap analysis and preparation: Assess current CDD/business identification/enforcement processes against drafts; identify changes for remote onboarding, PEPs, sectoral measures (e.g., asset manager Article 17 scenarios), and sanctions screening; set milestones for policy/system updates by July 2027.
Engage hearings: Attend 24 March 2026 public hearing for CDD/business RTS.
Monitor post-consultation: Track AMLA/EC adoption (expected Q1 2026 for some related RTS) and national implementations (e.g., CSSF data reporting).
What changed
- CDD RTS: Builds on EBA's prior draft with AMLA refinements for legal clarity, proportionality, and risk adaptation; specifies information/sources for identity verification of natural persons/legal...
Business Relationships/Occasional/Linked Transactions RTS: Defines criteria under AMLR Article 19(9) to harmonize identification, ensuring consistent EU-wide application beyond basic...
Enforcement RTS (Pecuniary Sanctions/Administrative Measures): Under AMLD6 Article 53(10), standardizes supervisor assessment/categorization of breaches for proportionate, effective, dissuasive...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High - These RTS operationalize core AMLR/AMLD6 mandates with July 2027 applicability, demanding immediate consultation input to influence final rules and 18-month lead time for system/process overhauls (e.g., CDD verification sources, harmonized transaction linking). Failure to engage risks non-compliant frameworks amid AMLA's push for EU-wide consistency, elevated direct supervision risks, and stricter enforcement; asset managers face acute challenges from intermediary distribution rules.[Source URL:...
CP2/26 is a PRA consultation paper proposing targeted reforms to UK securitisation rules to reduce prescriptiveness and burden while maintaining prudential soundness, building on recent CRR restatements. It matters for compliance professionals as it streamlines due diligence, risk retention, disclosures, and capital treatments, potentially lowering costs for PRA-authorised firms in the securitisation market amid Basel 3.1 implementation. These changes aim to enhance proportionality without compromising investor protection or oversight.
Key dates
1 January 2026
- Related CRR/Solvency II restatement (PS12/25) already effective, preserving core securitisation requirements
18 May 2026 Deadline
- Consultation response deadline
1 January 2027
- Expected implementation aligning with Basel 3.1 and CRR restatement (PS3/26), with transitional arrangements to 2030
Post
SI (TBD); - Changes to repository requirements effective upon HM Treasury Statutory Instrument amending UK Securitisation Regulation 2024
Suggested considerations
Review and respond: Analyse proposals against current operations; submit feedback by 18 May 2026 to [email protected], indicating confidentiality and publication consent.
Gap analysis: Assess due diligence processes, risk retention setups, disclosure templates, reporting (e.g., COREP), and capital models for resecuritisations/MGS loans; update for proportionality.
Coordinate with FCA: Align on shared templates/transparency (per FCA CP26/6); prepare for repository shift.
Policy updates: Revise internal policies, training, and systems for new risk retention modality, reduced verifications, and readability improvements post-final PS.
Monitor legislation: Track HM Treasury SI and PRA policy statement for final rules.
What changed
The proposals amend PRA rules and supervisory guidance in the Securitisation Part of the PRA Rulebook, including:
Due diligence: Remove prescriptive verification of credit-granting criteria (Chapter 2 Article 9), risk retention (Chapter 2 Article 6 and Chapter 4), STS criteria, specific information availability,...
Risk retention: Introduce a new combined modality merging two existing ones.
Market disclosure (transparency): Streamline for all securitisations; amend underlying documentation, delete PRA templates (use revised FCA Handbook templates), disapply templates for investor...
Urgency: High – Proposals reduce burden (e.g., less prescriptive due diligence, streamlined disclosures) but require immediate review ahead of 18 May 2026 deadline and 1 January 2027 implementation, aligning with Basel 3.1. Non-response risks misaligned systems during CRR restatement transition; benefits include cost savings and proportionality, but firms must validate ongoing compliance with retained prudential standards.
Green notices cover significant and/or significant proposals for Bank of England reporting. If any of these proposals are finalised and are to be implemented, they will appear in a statistical notice.
AI Analysis
Green Notice 2026/01 from the Bank of England (BoE) updates the consultation on discontinuing Form BN data collection, which tracks non-resident business by UK Monetary Financial Institutions (MFIs), following positive feedback on burden reduction but with a pause due to Office for National Statistics (ONS) reliance. Firms must continue reporting Form BN indefinitely pending BoE's assessment of alternatives like Forms CC and CL. This matters for compliance teams as it maintains current reporting obligations while signaling potential future relief, avoiding premature process changes.
Key dates
31 December 2025 Deadline
- Consultation feedback deadline on original Form BN discontinuation proposal (now closed; summarized in this notice)
April 2026
- Proposed final reference period for Form BN data collection (tentative, pending assessment)
May 2026
- Proposed final publication date for Form BN data (tentative)
TBD
- Completion of BoE assessment on Forms CC/CL alternatives and issuance of further Statistical Notice with confirmed changes
Suggested considerations
Continue submitting Form BN as per current thresholds and schedules; do not discontinue reporting.
Monitor BoE statistics notices for updates on assessment outcomes and any confirmed changes.
Review internal processes for Forms CC and CL to prepare for potential expanded use or adjustments if Form BN ends.
If previously provided feedback, no further action needed on consultation (closed).
What changed
- No immediate discontinuation of Form BN; BoE is assessing Forms CC and CL as alternatives to meet ONS needs, considering data suitability, methodological impacts, and cost-benefit trade-offs.
Consultation feedback confirmed no objections to discontinuation and broad agreement on reduced burden, though some firms noted limited savings due to integrated reporting processes.
Any final changes will be via a future Statistical Notice; proposed end-date (April 2026 reference period) from Green Notice 2025/01 remains tentative.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium - Firms face no new burdens or changes yet, but must sustain Form BN reporting to avoid non-compliance risks, as explicitly required. This matters because premature cessation could disrupt ONS statistics and invite regulatory scrutiny; however, low urgency stems from no fixed end-date and positive feedback on eventual burden reduction, allowing time for monitoring without immediate resource reallocation.
This FSCA publication lists multiple active and draft consultation documents primarily focused on capital markets regulations (e.g., JSE rules amendments) and collective investment schemes (CIS) standards, inviting stakeholder input on proposed changes to enhance market integrity, trading mechanisms, and governance. It matters for compliance professionals as it signals imminent updates to listing requirements, equities rules, and conduct standards that could reshape operational, disclosure, and access protocols in South Africa's financial markets, requiring proactive review to avoid enforcement risks. https://www.fsca.co.za/Document-For-Consultation [FSCA source].
Suggested considerations
Review and submit comments on proposed amendments using FSCA templates (e.g., to specified emails like [email protected] or [email protected] for older drafts; check for updates).
Assess internal policies against changes (e.g., update JSE equities trading protocols for BookBuild/Krugerrands/access; revise CIS advertising/governance frameworks).
For market infrastructures: Prepare recovery plans, benchmark determinations, collateral protocols.
What changed
- Capital Markets: Proposed amendments to JSE listing requirements (e.g., Market Segmentation project, Delegation via BN 640/668 of 2024); JSE Equities Rules changes for Off-Book BookBuild Trades (BN...
Collective Investment Schemes: Draft exemptions and conduct standards for advertising/marketing/disclosure (closing 4 December 2020), governance/fit and proper requirements (closing 15 February...
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – Many consultations are dated (pre-2025), suggesting some may be resolved, but 2024 items (e.g., JSE amendments, Strate notices) align with FSCA's active 2024-2027 Regulation Plan and 2025-2028 Strategy, risking enforcement if finalized without preparation. Matters due to potential impacts on trading operations, market access, and CIS conduct in a FATF grey-list context, where non-compliance could trigger penalties or supervision.
The PRA's DP1/26 outlines its Future Banking Data (FBD) programme, reviewing strategic regulatory reporting for banks to reduce costs, enhance data quality, timeliness, and relevance, while aligning with its secondary competitiveness and growth objective. This discussion paper seeks industry feedback on pragmatic, incremental reforms to reporting templates, processes, and principles, balancing supervisory needs with proportionality. It matters for compliance teams as it signals potential simplifications in data submissions, but requires proactive engagement to influence outcomes and prepare for evolving requirements.
Key dates
5 May 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for responses to DP1/26
Suggested considerations
Submit responses: By 5 May 2026 via email to [email protected] or post to PRA address; indicate confidentiality preferences, noting no guaranteed protection under FOIA/data regimes.
Review and assess impact: Evaluate current reporting against proposed principles/trade-offs; identify cost-saving opportunities and gaps in data processes.
Engage proactively: Provide feedback on reforms (e.g., template reviews, standardization) to shape roadmap; benchmark data capabilities (e.g., vs. BCBS 239).
Prepare internally: Anticipate clearer instructions, potential UK-wide coherence (with FCA), and shifts in regular/ad-hoc balance; no immediate submissions changed.
What changed
DP1/26 proposes no immediate binding changes, as it is a discussion paper seeking views rather than a consultation with firm rules. Key elements include:
Incremental reforms: Extending recent template deletions (e.g., from Strong and Simple initiative for liquidity returns in small banks) to wider collections, aiming for cost reductions estimated at...
Guiding principles: Four principles to shape FBD: (i) anchor data in PRA objectives; (ii) collect data 'once and well' (minimize volume, maximize use); (iii) ease firm supply processes; (iv) ensure...
Trade-offs: Balancing data standardization, comparability, international alignment, granularity vs. aggregation, and regular vs. ad-hoc requests.
Future roadmap: PRA will develop reforms based on responses, focusing on clearer instructions, coherent UK-wide processes, and addressing gaps for emerging risks. No finalized requirements yet;...
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – Not critical, as no immediate rules or deadlines beyond response submission (3+ months away from 5 Feb 2026). Matters for strategic planning: signals cost reductions but requires input to avoid unfavorable changes; aligns with PRA's 2026 priorities on data accuracy/quality (e.g., for risk reporting, stress testing). Firms with high reporting burdens should prioritize to influence simplifications and mitigate risks from evolving data needs (e.g., emerging risks, AI).
Adgm Registration Authority Publishes Discussion Paper On Crypto Mining Activities
Why this matters
The regulatory update discusses proposed guidance from the ADGM Registration Authority on crypto mining activities, which is relevant for crypto exchanges and fintech firms operating in this space.
Backgrounder: Consultative document on Senior Leader Accountability
Why this matters
This regulatory update from OSFI focuses on a new principles-based regime to modernize suitability and accountability standards for senior leaders of federally regulated financial institutions. This is a critical governance and prudential issue that will impact banks, wealth managers, and asset managers in Canada.
GC25/1 within Primary Market Bulletin No. 55 consults on targeted amendments to FCA Knowledge Base technical notes to align with UK Listing Rules (UKLR) changes effective 29 July 2024 and a new ESEF taxonomy for digital reporting. This matters for listed issuers and advisors as it updates formal guidance on periodic reporting, inside information handling, and position disclosures, ensuring compliance with post-reform listing regime requirements.
Suggested considerations
Review blacklined amendments in GC25/1 and PMB 55; submit feedback by 15 May 2025 if impacted.
Update internal policies, training, and procedures to reflect finalised notes (e.g., enhanced notification under Listing Principle 2, ESEF taxonomy for DTR 4.1 reporting) once published by July 2025.
Until finalised, interpret existing guidance in light of UKLR; monitor for TN/710 update in future PMB.
For digital reporting, prepare for new ESEF taxonomy in annual IFRS statements.
What changed
- Amendments to five technical notes: FCA/TN/506.2 (Periodic financial information and inside information), Primary Market/TN/507.1 (Structured digital reporting for IFRS annual statements,...
Broader PMB 55 finalises 44 notes (e.g., TN/209.4 on Listing Principle 2 notifications, TN/305.3 on hostile takeovers, TN/307.2 on aggregating transactions for closed-ended funds) from prior...
Changes are non-substantive, focusing on updating references to UKLR (PS24/6), removing outdated content, and maintaining guidance status under UK Listing Rules, Prospectus Regulation Rules, and...
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – Past consultation deadline (15 May 2025) as of January 2026, but finalisation expected by July 2025 requires proactive policy reviews to avoid non-compliance with updated listing guidance. Matters for market integrity and operational alignment with UKLR reforms, with low immediate risk but potential enforcement exposure post-finalisation.
CP25/15 proposes prudential rules and guidance for UK firms issuing **qualifying stablecoins** and safeguarding **qualifying cryptoassets**, aiming to foster a safe, competitive crypto sector while prioritizing consumer protection and market integrity. This matters for compliance professionals as it introduces tailored prudential sourcebooks (COREPRU and CRYPTOPRU) to mitigate firm failure risks, aligning with the FCA's crypto roadmap and Treasury's statutory plans.
Key dates
28/05/2025
- Consultation opens and CP first published
31/07/2025
- Consultation closes; submit feedback via online form, email ([email protected]), or post
Q3 2025
- Upcoming Conduct and Firm Standards CP affecting all cryptoasset firms, including QS issuers and custodians
Post
31/07/2025; - FCA considers feedback and publishes final rules (no specific date given)
Future (CP2 per Roadmap)
- Consultation on remaining prudential sourcebook requirements
Suggested considerations
Respond to Consultation: Firms, advisers, and stakeholders must submit comments by 31/07/2025 using the online form, email, or post to influence final rules.
Assess Applicability: Crypto firms evaluate if they qualify as CRYPTOPRU firms; conduct gap analyses against proposed COREPRU/CRYPTOPRU rules on own funds, capital adequacy, and stress testing.
Prepare Prudential Frameworks: Develop internal capital adequacy processes reflecting stress events, valuation adjustments, and ongoing prudential assessments; review threshold conditions and business principles.
Engage on Related CPs: Monitor and respond to CP25/14 (stablecoin issuance/custody) and future CPs (e.g., CP2, Q3 2025 Conduct Standards).
Data and Reporting Readiness: Prepare to provide firm/market data for FCA evaluations on adherence and outcomes.
What changed
- Prudential Sourcebooks: Introduces COREPRU (core requirements across sectors) and CRYPTOPRU (crypto-specific calibrations) for "CRYPTOPRU firms" handling regulated crypto activities, covering own...
Own Funds and Capital Rules: Firms must hold financial resources adequate in amount and quality, including adjustments for valuation uncertainty, stress realizable values, and interim profits in CET1...
Risk Management and Outcomes: Targets prevention of firm failures, disorderly wind-downs, and consumer harm; measures success via reduced failure rates, market confidence, and prudential assessments.
Sector-Specific Rules: Calibrated for stablecoin issuance and cryptoasset safeguarding, with future consultations on broader applications (e.g., trading venues, staking).
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – As of January 2026, the consultation closed over five months ago, signaling imminent final rules that could reshape prudential requirements for crypto firms; non-compliance risks authorization barriers, enforcement, or market exclusion in a regime prioritizing stability amid global crypto growth. This elevates risks for firm failures and consumer harm, demanding immediate gap assessments to align with proportionate standards supporting innovation.
The FCA's GC25/2: Primary Market Bulletin No. 57 (PMB 57), published 25 July 2025, consults on amendments to Technical Note 710.1 ('Sponsor Services: Principles for Sponsors') and a new Technical Note 638.1 on complex financial history and significant financial commitment rules for prospectuses. This matters as it updates the Knowledge Base to align with the new UK Listing Regime (UKLR) and Prospectus Rules, providing clarity for sponsors and issuers ahead of the PRM sourcebook effective January 2026, reducing compliance risks in primary markets.
Suggested considerations
Review and respond: Analyse draft TN 710.1 and TN 638.1; submit feedback by 12/09/2025, focusing on sponsor obligations, complex history scenarios, and examples (e.g., AFME suggested clarifying 'significant acquisition' thresholds).
Update policies/processes: Sponsors to align with clarified UKLR 4 principles; issuers to incorporate TN 638.1 guidance into prospectus preparation, especially for acquisitive businesses.
Monitor finalisation: Track FG25/5 or subsequent PMBs for final notes; interpret existing Listing Rules in light of UKLR until all updates complete.
Implement NSM changes: By 03/11/2025 for relevant disclosures.
What changed
- Amendments to TN 710.1 (Sponsor Services: Principles for Sponsors): Revisions clarify the scope of 'preparatory work' and sponsor obligations under UKLR 4, building on feedback from PMB 48, 53, and...
New TN 638.1 (Guidance on complex financial history and significant financial commitment rules): Updated draft provides detailed guidance for prospectus applications by companies with complex...
Other updates: Finalises five technical notes from PMB 55 (e.g., TN 506.3 on periodic financial information, TN 521.4 on inside information); National Storage Mechanism changes effective 3 November...
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – Consultation closed 12/09/2025 (past deadline as of January 2026), but final notes (e.g., TN 710 by end-2025) and PRM effective 19/01/2026 require immediate policy reviews to avoid prospectus rejections or sponsor breaches. Matters for primary market competitiveness and investor protection under evolving UKLR/PRM, with no material CBA changes from CP23/31/CP24/12.
The FCA's CP25/31 proposes a regulatory framework for introducing a UK equity Consolidated Tape (CT), operated by a Consolidated Tape Provider (CTP), to collate and distribute comprehensive post-trade data (prices and volumes) across trading venues and OTC trades in equities, including shares, ETFs, depository receipts, and similar instruments. This matters for compliance as it imposes new data contribution obligations on trading venues and APAs, aims to enhance market transparency and competitiveness under the FCA's 2025-2030 Strategy, and builds on FSMA 2023 powers for Data Reporting Services Providers (DRSPs). Firms must engage now to shape rules via consultation, with potential operations targeted for 2027.
Suggested considerations
Respond to Consultation: Submit feedback by 13/02/2026 via FCA online form, email ([email protected]), post, or phone (020 7066 9758); focus on design trade-offs like pre-trade data, CTP numbers, revenue sharing, resiliency.
Data Readiness: Trading venues/APAs assess internal systems for mandatory data provision to CTP (e.g., trade prices/volumes); prepare for authorisation/procurement processes if pursuing CTP status.
Monitor Updates: Review full CP PDF (https://www.fca.org.uk/publication/consultation/cp25/31.pdf), January 2026 CBA methodology note, and linked docs like CP23/15, Europe Economics report, CP25/20.
Engage Stakeholders: Potential CTPs express interest via FCA opportunities; data users provide input on accessibility/pricing.
Compliance Mapping: Map proposals to existing DRSP/venue rules under FSMA 2023 and repealed DRSRs.
What changed
- CTP Obligations: Proposed rules establish core regulatory requirements for CTPs, including governance, operational resiliency, data collation/distribution, competitive pricing, and simple licensing...
Data Contributor Obligations: Trading venues and Approved Publication Arrangements (APAs) must provide trade data (e.g., prices, volumes) to the CTP, covering trades across venues and OTC equity...
Scope and Outcomes: CT focuses on post-trade data initially (with trade-offs on pre-trade inclusion); seeks to increase UK equity data usage, improve liquidity visibility, support innovation, and...
Authorisation and Procurement: Streamlined process for CTP authorisation; FCA to run procurement for operator selection, balancing speed with robustness.
Evidence-Based Design: Addresses complexities like number of CTPs, revenue sharing, resiliency standards; follows prior feedback from CP23/15 and Europe Economics report.
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – While still in consultation (closes 13/02/2026), proposals mandate data contributions from trading venues/APAs and CTP setup, with 2027 operations targeted; non-engagement risks misaligned systems or missed CTP opportunities. Matters due to FSMA 2023 empowerment, links to equity transparency reforms (CP25/20), and strategic push for UK market competitiveness – firms face new reporting/resiliency burdens but gain liquidity/transparency benefits.
The FCA and PRA are consulting on setting the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) Management Expenses Levy Limit (MELL) at £113 million for 2026/27, comprising a £108 million management expenses budget (up £4.4 million from 2025/26, broadly in line with inflation) and a £5 million unlevied reserve. This matters because it caps the operating costs (e.g., IT, staff, legal, claims handling) that FCA- and PRA-authorised firms must fund via levies, excluding separate compensation payments, ensuring FSCS efficiency while controlling firm burdens.
Key dates
13 January 2026
- Consultation opens (CP26/2 FCA; CP1/26 PRA)
10 February 2026
- Consultation closes; submit comments via email or post to PRA (accepted on behalf of both regulators, shared anonymously with FSCS)
1 April 2026
- Final rules effective (start of FSCS financial year); PRA Policy Statement and FCA Handbook Notice expected post-consultation
31 March 2027
- MELL period ends
Suggested considerations
Review CP26/2 (FCA) and CP1/26 (PRA) alongside FSCS January 2026 Budget Update for allocation details.
Submit feedback on proposed MELL by 10 February 2026 to PRA (email or 20 Moorgate, London EC2R 6DA).
Budget for potential levy payments starting 1 April 2026, based on firm's share of PRA/FCA classes (see Appendix 4 in CP).
Monitor post-consultation Policy Statement/Handbook Notice for final MELL confirmation.
What changed
- Proposed MELL of £113 million for 2026/27: £108 million budget + £5 million unlevied reserve.
Budget increase of £4.4 million (4%) from 2025/26, aligned with inflation; excluding new revolving credit facility (RCF) enhancement costs, it reflects a £6.6 million nominal and £11 million...
Budget allocated across PRA and FCA fee blocks based on firms' regulated business volume, with smaller firms contributing less.
No changes to compensation levies, which remain separate and forecast at £342 million total levy including compensation.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium - Firms face predictable levy increases aligned with inflation, with levies allocated by business volume (minimal for small firms), but must act on consultation feedback by 10 February 2026 (today is 25 January 2026, leaving ~2 weeks). Matters for financial planning and budgeting, as MELL ensures FSCS operational funding without covering volatile compensation costs; failure to engage risks unaddressed cost concerns in final rules.
SAMA Seeks Public Consultation on the Draft Update to the “Oversight Framework for Payment Systems and Their Operators”
Why this matters
This regulatory update from SAMA relates to the oversight framework for payment systems and their operators, which is relevant for payment providers. It covers topics around authorization and licensing as well as operational resilience, which are important for this sector.
ASIC calls for feedback on stamp duty and portfolio holdings disclosure requirements for super funds
Why this matters
This regulatory update from ASIC focuses on proposed changes to stamp duty and portfolio holdings disclosure requirements for superannuation funds, which are relevant to investment managers, wealth managers, and insurance firms that operate in the pensions and retirement savings space.
The PRA and FCA have jointly issued consultation paper CP1/26 proposing to set the **Management Expenses Levy Limit (MELL) for the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) at £113 million for 2026/27**, comprising a £108 million management expenses budget and a £5 million unlevied reserve. This consultation determines the maximum amount the FSCS can levy on authorised financial services firms to fund its statutory compensation scheme operations, directly affecting compliance costs for all regulated entities.
Key dates
10 February 2026 Deadline
– Consultation deadline for comments on CP1/26
1 April 2026
– Effective date: proposed MELL applies from start of FSCS financial year
31 March 2027
– End date of 2026/27 MELL period
Suggested considerations
*Review the consultation paper (CP1/26) in detail, particularly Appendices 3 and 4 detailing budget line items and PRA/FCA funding class allocations
*Assess levy impact on your firm's 2026/27 budget based on your regulated business volume and funding class allocation
*Prepare internal stakeholder communication regarding the £4.4 million aggregate increase and its implications for your firm's regulatory costs
*Monitor the FSCS January 2026 budget update for detailed cost breakdowns and compensation levy forecasts
*Submit consultation responses if your firm wishes to comment on the proposal by 10 February 2026
What changed
The proposed MELL for 2026/27 introduces the following material changes:
Budget increase of £4.4 million from 2025/26 (from approximately £103.6 million to £108 million), broadly aligned with inflation
Nominal reduction of £6.6 million on a like-for-like basis when excluding the cost of enhancements to the FSCS's revolving credit facility (RCF)
Real terms reduction of £11 million when accounting for inflation adjustments
RCF enhancement to £3 billion to support the Bank of England's recapitalisation powers and enable faster depositor payouts
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed amendments to the rules that define which registered investment companies, investment advisers, and business development companies qualify as small entities for purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility…
AI Analysis
The SEC proposed amendments on January 7, 2026, to expand the definitions of "small entities" under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) for registered investment advisers (RIAs), investment companies, and business development companies by significantly raising asset thresholds last updated in 1998. This would increase the number of qualifying small entities, enabling the SEC to better assess regulatory impacts and potentially provide tailored relief like extended compliance timelines during rulemaking. It matters because it could indirectly reduce compliance burdens for mid-sized firms by influencing future SEC rules to minimize disproportionate effects on smaller players.
Key dates
January 7, 2026
- SEC issues proposal and press release
60 days after Federal Register publication
- Public comment period closes (publication expected shortly after January 7; exact date TBD, likely March 2026 based on estimates)
No stated adoption date
- Typically at least one year post-comment period under normal processes
Every 10 years post
adoption; - Inflation adjustments to thresholds via SEC order
Suggested considerations
Submit public comments by the deadline to influence thresholds, alternatives (e.g., client types, headcount), or exclusions (e.g., funds advised by small RIAs).
Monitor Federal Register for exact publication and comment instructions; review proposed rule and fact sheet on SEC site (https://www.sec.gov/rules-regulations/2026/01/s7-2026-01).
Assess internal status: Calculate current RAUM/net assets against new thresholds to anticipate RFA benefits in upcoming rulemakings.
No immediate compliance changes, as this affects SEC rulemaking process only; prepare for potential indirect impacts via future rules.
What changed
- Raise the RAUM threshold for RIAs to qualify as small entities from $25 million to $1 billion, with conforming changes for control affiliates.
Increase the net asset threshold for investment companies from $50 million to $10 billion.
Update aggregation of related funds from "group of related investment companies" to "family of investment companies" as defined in Form N-CEN for easier identification.
Introduce inflation adjustments to thresholds every 10 years via SEC order, without formal rulemaking.
Make corresponding amendments to Form ADV and rules on continuing hardship exemptions for electronic filing.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium. This proposal does not impose direct new requirements or alter existing obligations—it's procedural for SEC's RFA analyses during rulemaking. However, adoption could lead to meaningful indirect benefits for mid-sized RIAs and funds, such as longer compliance phases or reduced burdens in rules on reporting, recordkeeping, or vendor reliance, addressing outdated 1998 thresholds amid industry AUM growth. Firms should engage now via comments to shape outcomes, but no urgent operational changes needed.
The Financial Services and the Treasury Bureau (FSTB) and Securities and Futures Commission (SFC) have concluded consultations launched on 27 June 2025 on licensing regimes for virtual asset (VA) dealers and VA custodians, confirming legislative proposals to regulate these activities while further consulting on new regimes for VA advisers and asset managers. This advances Hong Kong's comprehensive VA regulatory roadmap, mandating SFC licensing for core VA dealing (e.g., VA-to-VA conversions, broker-dealer services) and custody (focusing on private key safekeeping), with strict requirements for asset segregation and use of licensed custodians to mitigate risks like insolvency, fraud, and cyberattacks. It matters for compliance professionals as it closes gaps in VA oversight, enforces Type 1/Type 13-equivalent standards, and signals accelerated implementation in 2026, potentially reshaping market structures for trading, custody, and related services.
Suggested considerations
Pre-Application Engagement: Contact SFC immediately for discussions on VA custodian licensing, especially for existing VATPs/banks holding keys.
License Applications: Prepare applications for VA dealer/custodian licenses once regimes commence; appoint responsible officers/managers-in-charge meeting fit-and-proper criteria, implement cold wallet infrastructure, private key controls, insurance, audits, and business continuity plans.
Custody Segregation: Existing intermediaries/VA dealers must transition client VA custody to SFC-licensed VA custodians; cease use of non-compliant overseas providers.
Compliance Mapping: Review operations against Type 1/Type 13 financial resources, core function authorizations, and exemptions; assess staking/MPC services for custody capture.
Monitor Further Consults: Track incoming VA advisory/management regimes and adjust for no deeming provisions.
What changed
- VA Dealer Regime: Introduces licensing for VA dealing activities (e.g., VA conversions, broker-dealer services at physical outlets or otherwise), excluding tokenized securities/derivatives...
VA Custodian Regime: Targets entities safeguarding private keys or enabling unilateral VA transfers (e.g., capturing staking providers but exempting non-custodial wallets or delegating top-layer...
Exemptions Under Consideration: Aligns partially with Type 1 exemptions, including principal/intra-group transactions, VA use as payment for goods/services, chaperone via SFC-regulated dealers, VA...
Further Consultations: New regimes for VA advisory (aligned with Type 4) and asset management (aligned with Type 9), without deeming provisions for pre-existing entities; VA managers may face custody...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Conclusions signal imminent 2026 legislation and licensing without transitional relief, requiring firms to build infrastructure (e.g., licensed custody partnerships, RO appointments) amid a two-tier market (trading segregated from custody) to avoid operating unlicensed post-implementation; non-compliance risks enforcement, as seen in prior VA circulars, while opportunities arise for first-movers in Hong Kong's VA hub ambitions.
This CFTC update relates to direct clearing by retail participants, which impacts capital markets firms and crypto exchanges that facilitate retail trading and clearing. It touches on authorization and licensing requirements as well as reporting and disclosure obligations.
We are asking for views on new proposals as the next step in shaping the UK’s crypto rules. These proposals continue our progress towards an open, sustainable and competitive crypto market that people can trust. We want a market where innovation can thrive, but where people understand the risks. Regulation cannot …
On 16 December 2025, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA launched the consultation on the partially revised Circular 2016/7 “Video and online identification”. The consultation will go on until 27 February 2026.
11 DEC 2025, 06:08 PM Notice of Consultation Paper Release: CP 169
Why this matters
This regulatory update from the DFSA announces the release of a consultation paper on miscellaneous topics, which is likely to impact banking, investment management, and wealth management firms operating in the Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC).
This regulatory update from the ECB proposes simplification of EU banking rules, which would impact banks, asset managers, and wealth managers in the banking and investment management sectors. The key topics covered are prudential/capital requirements, operational resilience, and reporting/disclosure.
The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision has issued a consultation on Machine-readable Pillar 3 disclosure. The consultation proposes to make the data disclosed by banks (so-called Pillar 3 disclosures) available in a machine-readable format.
AI Analysis
The Basel Committee issued a consultation proposing a standard for machine-readable Pillar 3 disclosures, aimed at making banks’ quantitative prudential disclosures easier to aggregate, process, and compare across jurisdictions. The proposal matters because it adds technical format requirements without changing the underlying disclosure content, signaling a move toward standardized supervisory data infrastructure.
Key dates
2025-12-05
Basel Committee publishes the consultation on machine-readable Pillar 3 disclosure
2026-03-05 Deadline
Deadline for comments on the consultative document
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review current Pillar 3 disclosure production processes and determine whether quantitative disclosures can be generated in a machine-readable format.
Banks may wish to map any existing PDF-based Pillar 3 outputs against likely technical data structure requirements, including whether disclosures could be published on a website or via a central repository.
Supervisors and policy teams may wish to assess how local disclosure arrangements align with the proposed global standard and whether current formats already satisfy the envisaged approach.
Firms subject to overlapping regional disclosure regimes may wish to compare current machine-readable standards with the Basel Committee proposal to identify expected implementation gaps.
What changed
The consultation proposes a new standard for machine-readable quantitative Pillar 3 disclosures across Basel Committee member jurisdictions. It would introduce both a requirement and technical specifications for producing disclosures in a machine-readable format, while leaving the substantive disclosure obligations unchanged. The consultation also contemplates that national supervisors would choose whether disclosures are posted on banks’ own websites or in a central repository.
Compliance impact
The Basel Committee describes the issue as a practical transparency and data-usability problem, because many banks currently publish Pillar 3 information only in PDF format, making cross-bank comparison difficult. The proposal is not a new prudential capital requirement, but it could materially affect disclosure production, data governance, and supervisory reporting processes for affected banks.
The Basel Committee has published a consultation on a standard format for machine-readable disclosures by banks. The proposed standard format would make existing disclosure by banks more accessible and easier to aggregate. Comments on the proposals are requested by 5 March 2026.
AI Analysis
The Basel Committee has opened a consultation on adding a standard format for machine-readable Pillar 3 disclosures by banks. The proposal is designed to make existing disclosure data easier to access, process, aggregate, and compare across banks, without changing the underlying disclosure requirements.
Key dates
2025-12-05
Basel Committee publishes the consultative document on machine-readable Pillar 3 disclosures
2026-03-05 Deadline
Deadline for comments on the proposed additions to the disclosure standard
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the consultative document and assess whether current Pillar 3 publication processes could support machine-readable output.
Banks with existing machine-readable disclosure regimes may wish to map their current approach against the proposed global standard to identify any gaps or duplication.
Supervisory affairs teams may wish to consider whether disclosures are currently hosted on bank websites or through a central repository model, since the proposal leaves that implementation choice to national supervisors.
Stakeholders may wish to evaluate the technical specifications for the required machine-readable formats and the associated data taxonomy requirements.
Interested firms may wish to submit comments by the consultation deadline if they want to influence the final standard.
What changed
The Committee is proposing additions to its disclosure standard that would require quantitative Pillar 3 disclosures to be available in standardised machine-readable formats across member jurisdictions. The proposal includes technical specifications for producing machine-readable disclosures, while leaving the substantive disclosure content unchanged. National supervisors would decide whether banks publish the machine-readable disclosures on their own websites or through a centralised data repository.
Compliance impact
The consultation is materially relevant for banks because it could change the format in which Pillar 3 disclosures must be published, including technical delivery and accessibility requirements. The Basel Committee says the goal is not to change substantive disclosure obligations, but it does expect more standardisation and broader comparability across jurisdictions.
The Central Bank of Ireland has today (5 December) launched a public consultation on the implementation of our new Access to Cash responsibilities. Deputy Governor Vasileios Madouros said: “Amid a rapidly evolving payments landscape, the Central Bank of Ireland is committed to making sure that cash continues to be…
AI Analysis
The Central Bank of Ireland has launched a public consultation on implementing new **Access to Cash** responsibilities under the Finance (Provision of Access to Cash Infrastructure) Act 2025, which commenced on 30 June 2025. This consultation addresses two critical areas: identifying local deficiencies in cash infrastructure and establishing minimum ATM service standards. The initiative reflects regulatory commitment to ensuring cash remains readily available as payment preferences shift toward digital channels.
Key dates
30 June 2025
– Finance (Provision of Access to Cash Infrastructure) Act 2025 commenced
5 December 2025 – 4 March 2026
– Public consultation period for local deficiency guidelines and ATM service standards
Early 2026
– First publication of quarterly cash infrastructure data expected
2026
– Central Bank to publish final ATM service standards regulations
Q1 2026
– Direct engagement with consumers, people with disabilities, older people, and SMEs
Suggested considerations
*For designated credit institutions:
Monitor consultation developments and prepare for compliance with minimum cash infrastructure maintenance levels once regulations are finalized
Prepare to provide quarterly data on ATM numbers, locations, and availability hours
*For ATM operators:
Engage with the consultation process to provide feedback on proposed service standards
What changed
The consultation covers two primary regulatory components: 1. Local Deficiency Guidelines The Central Bank will establish procedures for identifying geographical areas where individuals and SMEs...
CP22/25 is a consultation paper on post-implementation amendments to UK Solvency II reporting and disclosure requirements, published by the PRA on 4 December 2025. The consultation addresses feedback and queries from insurance firms following the substantial reduction in reporting templates implemented at the end of 2024, clarifying expectations for compliance with the revised Reporting Part of the PRA Rulebook across multiple technical areas including accident/underwriting year reporting, annuity reporting by currency, and internal model governance disclosures.
Key dates
4 December 2025
- PRA published CP22/25 consultation paper
31 December 2025
- Baseline date for commencement of new annual quantitative reporting template requirements (AoC.01) for firms with financial year-end on or after this date
31 December 2025
- Baseline date for commencement of quarterly QMC.01 reporting for internal model firms with financial year-end on or after this date
55 business days after quarter Deadline
end; - Deadline for quarterly QMC.01 submission (internal model firms)
100 business days after financial year Deadline
end; - Deadline for annual AoC.01 submission (internal model firms and groups)
Suggested considerations
*Immediate Actions (January-February 2026):
*Review consultation paper: Obtain and analyze CP22/25 in full to understand proposed amendments
*Assess applicability: Determine which reporting requirements apply to your firm (internal model status, portfolio types, reporting obligations)
*Identify gaps: Compare current reporting processes against PRA expectations outlined in the supervisory statement (SS4015)
*Engage supervisory contacts: Discuss any planned changes to reporting methodology (e.g., accident vs. underwriting year classification) with PRA supervisory contacts prior to implementation
What changed
The consultation introduces clarifications and amendments to Solvency II reporting requirements in several critical areas: Reporting Framework Modifications
Accident or underwriting year reporting: The PRA sets expectations for how firms should apply options within the Reporting Part of the PRA Rulebook regarding temporal classification of claims.
Annuity reporting by currency: Specific guidance on reporting annuities stemming from non-life obligations disaggregated by currency.
RBNS claims development: Clarification on reporting of reported but not settled (RBNS) claims and their development patterns. Internal Model Requirements
Firms using partial or full internal models for Solvency Capital Requirement (SCR) calculation must describe governance information including responsible roles, specific committees, their tasks,...
This joint PRA-FCA consultation (CP23/25 from PRA and Chapter 4 of FCA's CP25/33) proposes policy updates to regulatory fees, levies, and invoice processes for 2026/27, including new fee blocks for emerging activities like PISCES operators and targeted support, alongside adjustments to FOS/FSCS levies and payment timelines. It matters for compliance teams as it directly impacts budgeting, fee calculations, and cash flow management for fee-payers, with potential cost increases and procedural changes effective from April 2026.
Key dates
9 January 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for comments on targeted support proposals (FCA CP25/33 paras 2.11-2.18, questions 3-7)
16 January 2026
- Consultation close for all other proposals, including PRA-FCA joint changes; responses to [email protected]
February 2026
- FCA publishes feedback and rules on targeted support in Handbook Notice
March 2026
- FCA publishes feedback and rules on all other proposals (including Chapter 4) in Handbook Notice; Spring fee-rates consultation
April 2026
- PRA publishes feedback and rules on Chapter 4; changes effective for 2026/27 fee year (April-March)
Suggested considerations
Review current fee/levy exposure and model impacts of new blocks (e.g., PISCES, targeted support, DPC) and withdrawn FOS changes.
Assess invoice processes if paying £50,000+ in FCA/PRA fees; prepare for aligned due dates.
Submit consultation responses by deadlines, focusing on targeted support by 9 January 2026.
Budget for potential fee increases; monitor Spring 2026 fee-rates CP.
For applicants: Factor in new Category 4 fees for A.13 or crypto/DPC registrations.
What changed
- New fee structures: Introduction of a periodic fee block for PISCES operators based on regulated income (baseline £2,200 annual fee, variable above £500,000 threshold); extension of fee-block A.13...
Levy adjustments: Addition of targeted support to FSCS Class 2, Category 2.1 (life distribution/investment intermediation) for both FOS and FSCS levies based on annual eligible income; withdrawal of...
PRA-FCA joint proposals (Chapter 4): Amended invoice due dates for firms paying £50,000+ in annual FCA/PRA fees ("payments on account") to prevent overdue labels from procedural mismatches.
Other updates: Removal of £3 agent registration fee for payment institutions, RAISPs, and EMIs; policy tweaks like expanding skilled person reviews for motor finance to more lenders, pro-rating for...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Firms must act imminently on consultation responses (deadlines passed as of today, but feedback analysis pending March/April 2026 rules) to influence outcomes; changes affect 2026/27 budgets starting April, with cash flow risks from invoice timing and new fees for emerging activities like PISCES/DPC. Non-engagement risks unbudgeted costs and procedural breaches (e.g., overdue invoices).
The PRA's Discussion Paper 2/25 (published November 14, 2025) invites UK life insurers to provide feedback on potential regulatory reforms that would enable them to access **alternative forms of capital through risk transfer to capital markets**, outside traditional equity and debt issuance. This initiative aims to address capital constraints in the UK life insurance sector while maintaining policyholder protection and supporting long-term economic growth.
Key dates
14 November 2025
– Discussion paper published
2026
– PRA planned policy design and cost-benefit analysis (alongside HM Treasury work)
6 February 2026 Deadline
– Deadline for stakeholder responses to DP2/25
Suggested considerations
*For UK life insurers:
*Assess capital needs: Evaluate whether alternative capital structures could address your firm's capital constraints, risk management objectives, or product innovation goals.
*Prepare consultation response: Submit detailed feedback to the PRA by 6 February 2026 addressing the 15 consultation questions, particularly:
Q12: Key risks from increased capital flexibility and mitigation approaches
Q13: Views on balancing ease of authorisation against ongoing supervision intensity
What changed
The PRA is considering policy reforms centered on six core principles: Capital Quality & Quantity: Alternative life capital structures must not lower the quality or quantity of capital required to support insurance risks. Risk Transfer Focus: Structures should enable patient capital investment aligned with long-term liability profiles, allowing investors to forgo immediate returns for substantial future gains. Capital Relief Priority: Alternative life capital should predominantly deliver capital relief proportionate to actual risk transfer—not balance sheet financing or illiquidity...
The Bank of England (the Bank) has today published a consultation paper (CP) setting out its proposed regulatory regime for sterling-denominated systemic stablecoins.
AI Analysis
The Bank of England has published a consultation paper (issued November 10, 2025) proposing a comprehensive regulatory regime for **sterling-denominated systemic stablecoins**, establishing requirements for backing assets, capital, redemption procedures, and operational safeguards. This represents a pivotal step toward implementing the UK's stablecoin framework, with the regime designed to maintain financial stability while enabling viable business models for systemic stablecoin issuers.
Key dates
November 10, 2025
- Bank of England published consultation paper on proposed regulatory regime
2026
- Expected implementation of UK stablecoin regime (timeline subject to consultation outcomes)
February 2026 Deadline
- Consultation deadline (industry to submit comments)
Further consultation expected
- On detailed design of safeguarding regime and central bank liquidity arrangements
Suggested considerations
*For Systemic Stablecoin Issuers:
*Monitor and respond to consultation - Submit detailed comments on proposals before February 2026 deadline, particularly on:
Alternative tools to achieve regulatory objectives
Backing asset composition and holding limits
Safeguarding regime design
What changed
The proposed regulatory regime introduces several material requirements for systemic stablecoin issuers: Backing Asset Composition Systemic stablecoin issuers will be permitted to hold up to 60% of backing assets in short-term sterling-denominated UK government debt, with the remaining 40% held as deposits at the Bank of England.
21 OCT 2025, 09:33 AM The DFSA publishes summary of Consultation Paper 168 – Enhancements to the…
Why this matters
The regulatory update from the DFSA outlines proposed enhancements to the regulatory framework for crypto tokens, which is relevant for crypto exchanges and fintech firms operating in the Dubai International Financial Centre.
The PRA has published LIAC02/25, a consultation on proposed low impact amendments to rules and policy.
AI Analysis
The PRA's LIAC02/25 consultation, published on 16 October 2025, proposes low-impact amendments to its Rulebook and policy materials, including technical fixes, conditional disapplications, and miscellaneous corrections to enhance accuracy and align with prior policies. These changes matter for PRA-regulated firms as they ensure regulatory consistency with minimal operational burden, with most taking effect in late 2025 or early 2026 following the consultation period.
Suggested considerations
Submit consultation responses by 13 November 2025 via the PRA's Low Impact Amendments Process page, focusing on proposed disapplications, TMTP formula, ISPV rules, and miscellaneous changes.
Review and update internal policies for TMTP calculations to adopt the new 'Wr' formula from 31 December 2025 year-end, without restating priors.
Confirm compliance with ISPV 'no co-mingling' clarifications and SS2/25 updates by 23 December 2025.
Verify Rulebook references (e.g., Securitisation, parent undertakings) and adjust systems for effective dates like 19 January 2026.
For friendly societies/credit unions: Note zero minimum fees already reflected in 2025/26 invoices; no further action needed.
What changed
The main proposals include:
Conditional disapplication of PRA General Provisions to implement deference arrangements under the UK-Swiss Berne Financial Services Agreement.
Amendment to Transitional Measure on Technical Provisions (TMTP) Part, Rule 5.2, introducing a new formula for 'Wr' effective 31 December 2025, using existing 'Wq' values without retrospective...
Amendment to Insurance Special Purpose Vehicle (ISPV) Part, Solvency Requirements Rule 2.2A(3), clarifying the 'no co-mingling' requirement, effective 23 December 2025, alongside updates to SS2/25.
Miscellaneous amendments to the PRA Rulebook, such as glossary updates, fundamental rules, general provisions, interpretation, notifications, and policyholder protection parts. Amendments made...
Compliance impact
Urgency: Low – These are explicitly "low impact" technical, typographical, and alignment amendments with no material capital, reporting, or operational shifts expected; many stem from prior consultations (e.g., CP8/25, CP12/23, PS10/25) and avoid retrospective changes. Firms should act promptly on response deadlines and upcoming effectives (e.g., December 2025) to prevent minor non-compliance, but resource allocation can be minimal given the non-substantive nature.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today published a concept release soliciting public comment on how to improve current SEC rules governing residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) and certain aspects of asset-backed securities (ABS) generally…
Why this matters
This regulatory update from the SEC is focused on improving rules governing residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) and certain aspects of asset-backed securities (ABS).
The PRA's CP21/25 proposes deletion of 37 banking regulatory reporting templates—primarily 34 FINREP templates representing approximately one-third of all FINREP collections—as the first phase of its Future Banking Data (FBD) programme. This initiative aims to reduce annual reporting burden by approximately £26 million while maintaining supervisory effectiveness by eliminating duplicative, outdated, or low-value data collections.
Key dates
September 2025
- CP21/25 consultation paper published
8 December 2025
- PS27/25 (Policy Statement) published, confirming final policy
31 December 2025
- Proposed implementation date to avoid firms submitting 2025 Q4 data for deleted templates
Suggested considerations
*Cease reporting on the 37 deleted templates effective 31 December 2025
*Update internal systems and processes to remove validation rules and submission workflows for deleted templates
*Revise compliance calendars to reflect aligned FINREP reporting remittance dates
*Review Pillar 3 disclosure obligations to identify any continued requirements based on deleted FINREP templates and assess whether disclosure obligations remain despite template deletion
*Implement rulebook changes reflecting consolidation of FINREP scoping provisions into the PRA Rulebook
What changed
The PRA proposes the following regulatory deletions: FINREP Template Deletions:
Permanent deletion of 34 whole FINREP reporting templates (approximately one-third of all FINREP collections)
Consolidation of remaining FINREP requirements within a single section of the PRA Rulebook
Clarification of scoping conditions where current provisions are unclear, duplicative, or inconsistently applied
Alignment of reporting remittance dates for FINREP reporting Other Template Deletions:
CP20/25 is a PRA consultation paper published on 16 September 2025 that proposes targeted updates to the regulatory framework governing third-country insurance branches operating in the UK. The consultation addresses inconsistencies introduced during the Solvency II review, clarifies supervisory expectations, and increases the subsidiarisation threshold—matters that directly affect the operational and compliance costs of non-UK insurers seeking to maintain branch operations rather than establish subsidiaries in the UK market.
Key dates
16 September 2025
- CP20/25 published by the PRA
16 December 2025 Deadline
- Consultation response deadline
H1 2026
- Statement of Policy (SoP) expected to be published; subsidiarisation threshold update anticipated upon SoP publication
31 December 2026
- Planned implementation date for rulebook changes
Suggested considerations
*Threshold Assessment: Larger third-country branches must reassess whether their liabilities, forecast for the coming three years, mean they need to become subsidiaries given the proposed increased subsidiarisation threshold.
*Reporting Requirement Review: Branches should review updated guidance on ORSA submissions to ensure they provide the undertaking-level ORSA (rather than branch-specific ORSA) with required high-level summaries of solvency position, capital buffer rationale, and stress testing results.
*Quantitative Metrics Compliance: Given new quantitative metrics replacing previous PRA firm categorisation, branches should review what requirements will apply to them to ensure they do not inadvertently misreport.
*Three-Year Notification Obligation: Branches should establish processes to notify the PRA where it is projected that they may exceed the subsidiarisation threshold within the next three years.
*Asset Holding Verification: Confirm that branch assets are held in respect of branch provisions and that assets backing direct insurance liabilities are available, as required by the new rule.
What changed
The consultation proposes four primary regulatory modifications: Subsidiarisation Threshold Increase The PRA proposes raising the FSCS liability threshold above which third-country branches must establish a UK subsidiary from £500 million to £600 million. The PRA attributes this increase to inflation rather than organic growth, aiming to prevent branches from artificially approaching the current threshold and incurring unnecessary subsidiarisation costs. ORSA Reporting Clarification Current guidance will be updated to clarify that third-country branches must submit an Own Risk and Self...
Informs insurers of the issuance of the Consultation Paper on Proposed Changes to the Group Capital Framework for Designated Financial Holding Companies (Licensed Insurer).
AI Analysis
The Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) issued a consultation paper on 24 July 2025 proposing amendments to Notice FHC-N133, which governs the valuation and capital framework for Designated Financial Holding Companies (Licensed Insurer) under the enhanced risk-based capital (RBC 2) consolidation approach. These changes aim to refine the group capital framework by incorporating global regulatory updates and market developments, ensuring more robust capital treatment for non-insurance entities, joint ventures, and non-controlling interests. Compliance professionals should prioritize this as it directly impacts capital adequacy calculations for affected groups, with the consultation now closed post-25 August 2025.
Key dates
1 January 2024
- Effective date of baseline Notice FHC-N133 (pre-amendment)
24 July 2025
- Issuance of Consultation Paper P011-2025 on Proposed Changes to the Group Capital Framework
25 August 2025
- Consultation closing date (now passed as of February 2026)
Suggested considerations
Gap analysis: Model impacts on group financial resources, identify data/ system gaps for NIE/JV risk assessments, and simulate capital shortfalls under new limits.
Stakeholder engagement: If not already done, firms that submitted feedback by 25 August 2025 should track MAS response; prepare internal policy updates and board reporting on potential capital adjustments.
Ongoing: Enhance monitoring of non-insurance subsidiaries and JVs; update valuation processes to align with RBC 2 consolidation once finalized.
What changed
The proposals target refinements to the group capital framework in Notice FHC-N133 (effective 1 January 2024) and include:
Risk charging approach for non-insurance entities (NIEs): Introduce a standardized method to assess and charge capital for risks posed by NIEs within the DFHC group, with potential additional charges...
Enhanced capital treatment for joint ventures (JVs): Strengthen requirements to better reflect JV risks in group capital computations.
Limit on recognition of capital from non-controlling interests (NCIs): Cap the amount of NCI capital recognized in group financial resources to account for its non-fungible nature (currently, NCI...
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium - The consultation closed on 25 August 2025, reducing immediate pressure, but as of February 2026, no final rules or effective dates are confirmed, creating uncertainty for 2026 capital planning. This matters for DFHCs as changes could increase capital requirements, affect dividend capacity, and necessitate system recalibrations, with non-compliance risking supervisory actions under RBC 2; proactive modeling is essential to avoid last-minute adjustments.
04 JUL 2025, 11:40 AM Notice of Consultation Paper Release: CP 167
Why this matters
The regulatory update is an informational announcement about a consultation paper release, which does not have any immediate implications or deadlines for firms to comply with.
On 3 July 2025, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA launched the consultations on the new Ordinances on the Risk Diversification of Banks and Securities Firms and on the Liquidity of Banks and Securities Firms. The consultations will go on until 29 September 2025.
Technical amendment issued for comment by 25 July 2025, June 2025
Why this matters
This is a BCBS consultative document (closed status as of 10 June 2025) addressing technical amendments and interpretative issues under the Basel Framework, specifically for standardised approaches to operational risk and credit risk.
Anti-money Laundering Asset management AMF invites financial market participants to take part in the EBA consultation on draft AML/CFT implementing standards
AI Analysis
The AMF is urging French financial market participants to engage in the EBA's consultation launched on March 6, 2025, on draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) for AML/CFT implementing standards under AMLD6 and AMLR, focusing on harmonized risk assessment methodologies for supervisors and obliged entities. This matters because it signals a shift to uniform EU-wide AML/CFT supervision via AMLA (post-EBA handover on January 1, 2026), requiring firms to adapt to standardized risk indicators, data reporting, and enforcement, with new CDD rules applying from July 2027. Participation ensures firms influence final standards amid the transition to a single EU AML rulebook.
Key dates
March 6, 2025
EBA consultation launch; on draft RTS for AML/CFT standards (ongoing as of analysis)
January 1, 2026
EBA hands over AML/CFT mandates, tools (e.g., EuReCa database), and functions to AMLA; ; existing EBA guidelines remain until replaced
July 10, 2027 Deadline
New AMLD6/AMLR rules apply directly; , including CDD for new customers and start of phased compliance
2028
AMLA begins direct supervision; of selected high-risk entities
By July 2032 Deadline
Full CDD compliance; for existing customers (five-year transition from 2027)
Suggested considerations
Participate in EBA consultation: Submit feedback on draft RTS via EBA channels, focusing on risk indicators, data frequency, and feasibility; AMF encourages French firms to act promptly.
Conduct compliance gap analysis: Review current AML frameworks against proposed indicators (inherent risk, controls, residual risk); prioritize high-risk customers/products.
Enhance systems: Invest in regtech for automated risk scoring, transaction monitoring, and data reporting to supervisors; update governance, policies, and CDD processes.
Prepare for AMLA supervision: For cross-border firms, model group-wide risk profiles; develop remediation plans for breaches.
Ongoing monitoring: Implement annual risk reviews and ad-hoc reassessments for business changes.
What changed
The draft RTS propose harmonized methodologies for AML/CFT supervision, including:
Risk Assessment of Obliged Entities (Article 40(2) AMLD6): A three-step process with indicators for inherent risk (customers, products/services, geography, distribution channels), control...
Risk Assessment for Direct Supervision (Article 12(7) AMLAR): Two-stage selection for AMLA direct oversight of high-risk cross-border firms (operating in ≥6 Member States, meeting...
CDD Updates: Risk-based approach for new customers from July 2027; five-year transition for existing customers, prioritizing high-risk.
Pecuniary Sanctions RTS (Article 53(10) AMLD6): Structured classification of breaches, proportionate sanctions, and enforcement for serious/repeated/systematic infringements to ensure uniformity...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – While not yet final, the consultation shapes binding RTS under the new AMLA-led regime post-January 2026 handover, with direct rules from July 2027 requiring system upgrades and data readiness; delays risk non-compliance with harmonized supervision, higher sanctions, and AMLA scrutiny for large firms. Matters due to shift to uniform EU standards, ending national discretion and increasing reporting burdens—firms acting now can influence outcomes and future-proof via tech/governance investments.
Crypto-assets Innovation The ACPR and the AMF publish the findings from the Working Group on Smart Contract Certification, and launch a Public Consultation
AI Analysis
The ACPR and AMF have published findings from their 2024 Working Group on Smart Contract Certification in DeFi, launching a public consultation on February 3, 2025, to explore certification frameworks for smart contracts, focusing on standards, audits, and regulatory options. This matters as it signals proactive French regulatory preparation for potential EU-level DeFi rules under MiCA, aiming to enhance security, governance, and compliance without immediate mandates, while industry feedback favors voluntary schemes.
Key dates
2025 (TBD)
- Conclusions from consultation responses to be presented
February 3, 2025
- Working Group report published and public consultation launched
March 10, 2025
- Public consultation closed (per some reports; responses summarized afterward)
July 16, 2025
- ACPR/AMF published summary of consultation responses
July 2026
- DASP regime fully phased out under MiCA transitional period
Suggested considerations
Participate/Review: DeFi/crypto firms should review the report and response summary; late participation may inform ongoing discussions (consultation closed).
Assess Smart Contracts: Evaluate internal smart contracts against proposed standards (security, governance, compliance) and audit practices for voluntary adoption.
Monitor Developments: Track ACPR/AMF updates and EU MiCA/DeFi harmonization; prepare for potential fast-track CASP licensing if using certified contracts.
Engage Stakeholders: Join ACPR-AMF Fintech Forum dialogues; implement AML/CFT enhancements for smart contract risks, as AMF/ACPR assess ongoing compliance.
What changed
No binding regulatory changes yet; this is exploratory work anticipating future regulation. The report proposes:
Standards for security, governance, and compliance across execution environments.
Audit frameworks including public authority, third-party auditors, or self-certification.
Regulatory avenues from voluntary certification to obligations, with proportionate approaches. Consultation responses (summarized post-March 2025) confirmed support for technical standards and audits...
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium. This is non-binding exploratory work with consultation closed, but it foreshadows potential mandatory smart contract certification in DeFi, aligning with MiCA's risk mitigation goals. Firms face low short-term risk but high long-term impact if voluntary standards evolve into obligations, especially amid DASP phase-out by July 2026 and EU harmonization needs; proactive adoption builds MiCA compliance edge.
MIFID Fixed income The AMF proposes a methodology for calibrating the thresholds determining the transparency regime applicable to corporate bond transactions.
Why this matters
This regulatory update from the AMF proposes a methodology for calibrating transparency thresholds for corporate bond transactions, which is relevant for banks and broker-dealers operating in capital markets. It relates to market transparency and reporting requirements.
Crypto-assets Innovation The AMF publishes the summary of responses received to its Discussion Paper on Decentralised Finance
AI Analysis
The Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF) has published a summary of stakeholder responses to its June 2023 Discussion Paper on Decentralised Finance (DeFi), analyzing regulatory challenges posed by automated, decentralized crypto-asset activities. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals the AMF's ongoing commitment to developing a balanced DeFi framework amid MiCA's implementation, potentially shaping future supervision of decentralized protocols while emphasizing investor protection and innovation.
Key dates
June 2023
- AMF publishes initial Discussion Paper on DeFi regulatory challenges
July 2024
- AMF publishes summary of responses to DeFi Discussion Paper
December 30, 2024
- MiCA enters force for CASPs
June 30, 2026 Deadline
- End of MiCA transitional period for DASPs; full CASP licensing required
July 2027 Deadline
- EU AMLR ("single rulebook") comes into effect, standardizing crypto due diligence
Suggested considerations
Monitor and engage: Participate in AMF's ongoing DeFi discussions and tokenization consultations for asset managers; no mandatory actions from this summary alone.
MiCA compliance: DASPs must apply for CASP licenses or leverage exemptions (e.g., notify AMF with operational/AML details if regulated entities); ensure AML/CTF alignment with EBA/TFR "Travel Rule" extensions.
Assess decentralization: DeFi protocols should evaluate if they qualify as "sufficiently decentralized" to evade DASP rules; traditional firms notify AMF before crypto services.
Update policies: Incorporate AMF clarifications on DASP transitions (DOC-2019-23/24 updates) and prepare for 2026 priorities like DORA cybersecurity.
What changed
No immediate regulatory changes or new requirements are introduced; this is a non-binding summary of consultation feedback from July 2024, intended to inform future discussions rather than enact rules. It highlights stakeholder views on DeFi's challenges, such as decentralization's impact on traditional oversight, with the AMF planning continued ecosystem engagement to outline proportionate responses.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium - This consultation summary does not impose new obligations but underscores evolving DeFi scrutiny within MiCA's firm deadlines (e.g., June 2026 transition end), making it critical for crypto firms to align now to avoid sanctions like DASP withdrawals. It matters for maintaining competitiveness in France's innovation-friendly regime, especially with AMF's 2026 focus on MiCA convergence and tokenization.
Governance Periodic & ongoing disclosures Journalists Listed companies and issuers AMF proposes enhanced investor information when evaluating boards of listed companies
Why this matters
This regulatory update from the AMF proposes enhanced investor information requirements for evaluating the boards of listed companies. This impacts capital markets, wealth management, and investment management firms that are subject to these disclosure rules.
Innovation Markets Decentralised Finance (DeFi): IOSCO publishes its consultation report
AI Analysis
The AMF publication announces IOSCO's consultation report on Decentralised Finance (DeFi), highlighting ongoing global efforts to regulate DeFi activities under IOSCO's 2023 policy recommendations. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals intensifying scrutiny on DeFi platforms for investor protection, market integrity, and financial stability risks, potentially leading to harmonized rules that bridge traditional finance and crypto assets. Firms involved in DeFi must monitor this to align with emerging "same risk, same rule" standards across jurisdictions.
Key dates
31 July 2025
- Cut-off date for assessing Participating Jurisdictions' regulatory frameworks in IOSCO's Thematic Review
October 16, 2025
- Publication date of FSB and IOSCO reports assessing crypto-asset and stablecoin implementation, including DeFi elements
2 February 2026 Deadline
- IOSCO consultation comment deadline on related reports (e.g., FMIs’ management of general business risks)
6 February 2026 Deadline
- CPMI-IOSCO consultation comment deadline on FMIs’ general business risks guidance, relevant to DeFi infrastructure
Suggested considerations
Review and comment: Submit feedback on IOSCO consultations by early February 2026 to influence final guidance on DeFi risks.
Gap analysis: Assess current operations against IOSCO's 10 Assessed Recommendations (e.g., market integrity, investor protection, cross-border cooperation) and FSB frameworks, noting reforms underway.
Enhance compliance: Implement AML mechanisms for DeFi (e.g., on-chain identity attestations), improve cybersecurity, business continuity, and enforcement powers for CASPs.
Monitor cross-border: Leverage IOSCO MMoU for cooperation and prepare for global CASP supervision.
Pilot participation: Explore EU DLT Pilot Regime or similar sandboxes for compliant DeFi activities.
What changed
No immediate binding regulatory changes are introduced, as this is a consultation report tied to IOSCO's 2023 DeFi Recommendations and a 2025 Thematic Review assessing implementation progress. Key focuses include enhanced regulatory cooperation (Recommendation 11), addressing gaps in enforcement for Crypto Asset Service Providers (CASPs), and applying CDA Policy Recommendations to DeFi for risks like financial stability, investor protection, and market integrity. Progress is noted in legal frameworks, but challenges persist in cross-border cooperation and enforcement beyond CASPs.
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – While not yet binding, the report underscores incomplete global implementation (e.g., enforcement gaps, regulatory arbitrage risks), with IOSCO/FSB calling for swift action amid 2025-2026 reviews. This matters as DeFi's growth amplifies systemic risks, prompting "same risk, same rule" enforcement; firms risk non-compliance fines, operational restrictions, or lost innovation opportunities without proactive alignment.
Periodic & ongoing disclosures Sustainable Finance Regulatory developments The AMF responds to the European Commission’s public consultation on the draft European sustainability reporting standards
AI Analysis
The AMF's response to the European Commission's public consultation advocates for simplified European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) under the CSRD, emphasizing retained quality in climate reporting, interoperability with ISSB standards, and proportionality while opposing overly complex materiality assessments. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals upcoming ESRS revisions that could reduce reporting burdens but maintain investor-focused disclosures, influencing 2026-2028 sustainability statements for listed firms and financial institutions. https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/amf-responds-european-commissions-public-consultation-draft-european-sustainability-reporting
Key dates
July 31, 2025
EFRAG submits simplified ESRS draft for consultation. https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/corporate-sustainability-reporting-amfs-response-efrags-consultation-simplification-european
EFRAG presents technical advice to European Commission. https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/corporate-sustainability-reporting-amfs-response-efrags-consultation-simplification-european
Voluntary use of simplified standards possible if legislative timeline allows. https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/corporate-sustainability-reporting-amfs-response-efrags-consultation-simplification-european ; https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/depth/csrd-sustainability-reporting
Suggested considerations
Review and refresh double materiality assessments using "gross" impacts, specifying risks/opportunities per topic.
Retain "net-zero" definitions in climate plans if used; prepare quantitative climate financial effects data (Option 1).
Evaluate "undue costs" reliefs for non-climate metrics, documenting with time-bound justifications.
Monitor EFRAG/EC updates post-November 2025; test voluntary simplified ESRS in 2026 cycles.
What changed
- Simplified ESRS Structure: EFRAG's draft reduces mandatory datapoints by 57-71% and ESRS length by 55%, focusing on materiality, fair presentation, and quantitative data while streamlining double...
Materiality Assessment: AMF opposes assessing impact materiality post-mitigation (prefers "gross" approach for relevance and consistency) but supports specifying impacts, risks, or opportunities per...
Climate Reporting: AMF regrets removal of "net-zero" target definition (requiring 90-95% gross GHG reduction trajectory) and seeks harmonization for financial actors; supports Option 1 for...
Reporting Reliefs: Introduces "undue costs or efforts" exemptions (e.g., for metrics except Scope 3 GHG), with AMF recommending time-bound limits; further simplification proposed for social metrics...
Interoperability: AMF stresses alignment with ISSB, accepting some EU-specific divergences for simplification.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – Revisions offer relief (e.g., 57%+ datapoint cuts) but require proactive preparation for voluntary 2026 use and mandatory 2027/2028; critical for 2025 reporters under current ESRS/"quick fix" to avoid enforcement. Matters due to AMF/ESMA supervision ramp-up, investor demands for comparable climate data, and ISSB alignment risks if divergences grow.
Crypto-assets Innovation Fintech Journalists The AMF publishes a discussion paper on Decentralised Finance (DeFi)
AI Analysis
The Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF), France's financial markets regulator, published a discussion paper on June 19, 2023, outlining preliminary thoughts on regulatory challenges posed by Decentralised Finance (DeFi) activities on crypto-assets, inviting stakeholder feedback by September 30, 2023. A summary of responses was released on July 10, 2024, highlighting key themes like defining DeFi, distinguishing protocol types, and applying a "same activity, same risk, same regulation" principle. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals AMF's intent to develop proportionate DeFi oversight, balancing innovation with investor protection, AML/CTF risks, and market integrity amid evolving EU frameworks like MiCA.
Key dates
June 19, 2023
- AMF publishes initial discussion paper on DeFi regulatory issues
September 30, 2023 Deadline
- Deadline for stakeholder contributions to the discussion paper
July 10, 2024
- AMF publishes summary of responses to the discussion paper
Suggested considerations
Submit feedback (past deadline): Stakeholders could contribute by September 30, 2023, to [email protected].
Monitor developments: Track AMF/ACPR follow-ups, including smart contract certification discussions.
Conduct internal assessments: Analyze DeFi exposures using IOSCO criteria—identify responsible persons, risks (operational, AML/CTF), interconnections with TradFi, and ensure disclosures/conflict management.
Enhance compliance programs: Prepare for proportionate rules on governance, cybersecurity, solvency, transparency; align with "same risk, same regulation" for DeFi-like activities.
Engage stakeholders: Participate in AMF ecosystem dialogues at French/EU/international levels.
What changed
This is a discussion paper and consultation, not binding legislation, so no immediate regulatory changes or requirements are imposed. Key discussion points include:
Defining DeFi based on decentralization criteria (e.g., automation, network architecture, governance, lack of single points of failure).
Distinguishing permissioned vs. permissionless protocols and public vs. private blockchains.
Regulatory approaches to smart contracts (e.g., certification, varying responsibilities), open-source code, and governance.
Urgency: Medium – This is non-binding consultation feedback without hard deadlines or rules, but it previews AMF's regulatory trajectory toward DeFi oversight, including AML/CTF enforcement and investor safeguards, amid MiCA rollout. It matters because DeFi's growth amplifies risks like pseudonymity-driven financial crime and market abuse, potentially triggering enforcement of existing laws; firms risk non-compliance if unprepared for "same risk, same regulation" application, especially with AMF's international push.
Collective investments Shares The AMF presents its proposals to improve the readability of financial product fees in European law
AI Analysis
The Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF, France's financial markets authority) has proposed a new table for presenting subscription fees on financial instruments and an accompanying glossary to enhance investor readability and comparability, developed in collaboration with the Financial Sector Consultative Committee (FSCC) as input to the European Commission's Retail Investment Strategy. This matters because it targets reconciling MiFID 2 and PRIIPs disclosure requirements, which currently hinder clear fee communication, potentially influencing future EU-level amendments to improve retail investor protection without imposing new obligations.
Suggested considerations
Monitor and Respond: Review the proposed table and draft glossary (available in French); consider submitting feedback via FSCC or directly to European Commission consultations on Retail Investment Strategy.
Internal Review: Assess current MiFID 2/PRIIPs fee disclosures for compatibility with the proposed format; prepare for potential regulatory evolution by mapping existing presentations to the new table.
Testing and Training: Evaluate glossary integration into client communications; conduct internal consumer testing aligned with AMF tools if adopting early.
No immediate obligations, as this is a non-binding proposal requiring EU law changes.
What changed
- Alternative Fee Presentation Table: A proposed redesigned table for displaying costs associated with subscribing to financial instruments, emphasizing investor understanding rather than adding a...
Glossary of Terms: A harmonized glossary defining key fee types, tested with non-professional investors using AMF consumer testing tools, to standardize terminology across professionals and aid...
No changes to fee calculation methodologies; focus is solely on presentation and terminology.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – This is a consultative proposal without firm deadlines or binding rules, but it signals likely EU-level shifts in fee disclosure under MiFID 2/PRIIPs, impacting retail investor-facing firms. It matters for proactive compliance, as early adoption of clearer formats could mitigate future enforcement risks amid Retail Investment Strategy scrutiny, especially given AMF's history of fee doctrine updates (e.g., turnover fee bans).
Financial products Sustainable Finance Asset management Journalists Investment management companies The Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation: the AMF proposes a targeted review to include minimum environmental criteria
Why this matters
This regulatory update from the AMF focuses on the Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation, which impacts investment management firms, wealth managers, and banks that offer sustainable financial products.
Governance Europe & international The AMF encourages French participants to provide feedback to ESMA’s call for evidence on the implementation of the Shareholders Rights Directive (SRD 2)
AI Analysis
The AMF publication urges French market participants to submit feedback to ESMA's call for evidence evaluating the implementation of the Shareholder Rights Directive II (SRD II), which aims to enhance long-term shareholder engagement, transparency in voting processes, and issuer-shareholder dialogue across the EU/EEA. This matters for compliance teams as it signals ongoing regulatory scrutiny of SRD II transposition and operational compliance, potentially leading to harmonized amendments that could require process updates in shareholder identification, voting transmission, and engagement disclosures. French firms' input can influence future EU rules, mitigating risks of non-compliance with evolving standards.
Key dates
June 10, 2019 Deadline
- EU Member States' transposition deadline for SRD II into national law (e.g., France via law of May 22, 2019)
September 3, 2020
- SRD II go-live date for operational requirements like shareholder identification and voting processes
October 3, 2022
- European Commission request to ESMA/EBA for SRD II input, contextualizing ESMA's ongoing review
Suggested considerations
Submit feedback to ESMA: French participants must review ESMA's call for evidence and provide input on SRD II implementation challenges, such as intermediary processes, data transmission, and cross-border voting (immediate action urged by AMF).
Review current compliance: Audit internal systems for SRD II adherence, including electronic formats (e.g., seev.008 messages, MT 260SRD mandates), vote confirmations, and engagement policy disclosures.
Enhance processes if needed: Align with Implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/1212 for shareholder ID requests, meeting notifications, and voting (e.g., VOTACCESS adaptations for French market).
Monitor ESMA/EC outputs: Prepare for potential rule changes from the review, such as harmonized documentation or deadlines.
What changed
This AMF notice itself introduces no new regulatory changes; it promotes participation in ESMA's review of SRD II (Directive (EU) 2017/828), implemented via national laws by June 2019 and effective from September 3, 2020. SRD II's core requirements include: shareholder identification without delay, electronic/machine-readable transmission of voting and meeting information along the intermediary chain, confirmation of vote recording/counting, transparency on institutional investor and asset manager engagement policies/strategies, and extended scope to EEA-listed shares.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium - SRD II has been live since 2020, so core compliance is established, but ESMA's review could trigger targeted amendments (e.g., operational standardization), especially for French intermediaries handling cross-border flows. This matters for avoiding supervisory findings in ongoing AMF/ESMA exams, as non-participation in feedback risks unaddressed pain points becoming enforceable rules; proactive input now supports influence over final outcomes.
Asset management Savings protection Journalists The AMF is conducting a consultation on the end of life of private equity funds intended for retail investors
AI Analysis
The AMF is conducting a consultation on regulatory reforms governing the end-of-life management of retail private equity funds (FCPRs, FCPIs, and FIPs), with the objective of improving compliance with liquidation deadlines and enhancing investor protection through better information disclosure and operational safeguards. This initiative addresses systemic issues where fund managers have historically failed to respect contractual lifespan commitments, creating liquidity risks and investor communication failures.
Key dates
January 10, 2024
- Revised ELTIF Regulation came into application
June 13, 2024
- Enactment of Attractiveness Law No. 2024-537 (establishing 15-year maximum lock-up period)
November 12, 2024
- AMF decision approving amendments to General Regulation
December 5, 2024
- Effective date for new Article 422-120-16 (bank details collection requirement for newly established funds)
December 5, 2024
- Publication in Official Journal of the French Republic
Suggested considerations
*For All Retail Private Equity Fund Managers:
*Audit historical compliance with fund lifespan commitments over the preceding ten years to determine if warning requirements under Article 422-120-14-1 apply
*Update promotional materials to include required warnings if materiality thresholds are met (managing/having managed at least one other retail PE fund and at least three funds that reached end-of-life)
*Implement bank details collection for all funds established after December 5, 2024, incorporating requirements into subscription forms per Instruction DOC-2011-22
*Establish prior notification procedures for substantial changes to fund structure, investment strategy, or operations, with one-month advance notice to the AMF
What changed
The AMF has amended its General Regulation and policy framework to implement several substantive requirements: Liquidation Compliance & Warnings A new Article 422-120-14-1 requires management companies to include a warning in promotional materials if, over the ten years preceding fund authorization, the company failed to respect the lifespan of at least 50% of retail or professional private equity funds under its management.
Asset management Regulatory developments Other professionals Journalists Investment services providers Investment management companies The AMF launches a consultation on the integration of sustainability requirements into its General Regulation
AI Analysis
The AMF has launched a public consultation to integrate sustainability requirements into its General Regulation, aiming to embed ESG considerations directly into core operational rules for regulated entities. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals a shift toward mandatory sustainability integration across asset management and investment services, aligning with EU frameworks like SFDR and CSRD, and potentially increasing reporting and risk management obligations.
Key dates
21 November 2024
- Application date for ESMA Guidelines on ESG fund names (new funds)
30 December 2024
- AMF ESG Doctrine updated to comply with ESMA Guidelines
21 May 2025
- Application date for ESMA Guidelines on ESG fund names (existing funds)
January 13, 2026
- Referenced date for public consultation on General Regulation changes (exact consultation close date not specified in available data)
30 June 2026
- General Regulation of the AMF enters into force, including sustainability risk integration
Suggested considerations
Participate in consultation: Submit feedback on proposed sustainability integrations via AMF channels to influence final rules.
Review and update policies: Conduct gap analysis against new sustainability risk requirements in General Regulation; integrate into governance, risk management, and investment processes ahead of 30 June 2026.
Fund name compliance: For ESG-named funds, ensure 80% investments meet criteria, apply exclusions, and update marketing materials per AMF ESG Doctrine and ESMA Guidelines (immediate for new funds, by May 2025 for existing).
Enhance reporting: Prepare double materiality assessments, digital xHTML filings for CSRD/ESRS, and SFDR-aligned disclosures; update client onboarding for sustainability preferences.
Monitor EU developments: Track SFDR revisions, Taxonomy extensions, and ESMA digital taxonomy consultations.
What changed
- Integration of sustainability risks: The updated General Regulation requires asset management companies to explicitly take sustainability risks into account when complying with existing...
Alignment with EU sustainability frameworks: Builds on SFDR revisions by advocating for minimum environmental criteria in Article 8/9 products, simplification of rules, and support for CSRD...
Anti-greenwashing measures: Complements recent AMF ESG Doctrine updates (effective 30 December 2024), enforcing ESMA Guidelines on fund names with ESG terms, such as 80% quantitative thresholds for...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High - While the General Regulation effective date is 30 June 2026, related ESG rules (e.g., fund names) are already applicable, and consultation input is time-sensitive. This matters due to escalating EU sustainable finance enforcement, greenwashing risks, and operational overhauls required for investor protection and reporting accuracy, with non-compliance exposing firms to supervisory actions.
Europe & international Sustainable Finance Asset management The AMF invites providers, users and rated entities to respond to ESMA's Call for evidence on the ESG rating market in Europe
AI Analysis
The AMF is urging French stakeholders—ESG rating providers, users, and rated entities—to respond to ESMA's 2022 Call for Evidence on the EU ESG rating market to inform European Commission efforts on improving transparency and reliability. This matters as it contributes to the foundational data driving the ESG Ratings Regulation (EU 2024/3005), which imposes authorization, disclosure, and conflict-of-interest rules on providers, affecting sustainable finance compliance across the EU. With the regulation applying from 2 July 2026, early engagement helps shape final rules amid ongoing ESMA consultations on technical standards.
Suggested considerations
For Users and Rated Entities: Although the 2022 Call for Evidence is closed, monitor ESMA's ongoing RTS consultations (closed 20 June 2025) and Commission feedback; assess internal ESG data reliance for SFDR/Taxonomy alignment and update policies for new disclosure requirements.
All Affected Firms: Map ESG rating dependencies in investment processes, train compliance teams on upcoming rules, and engage in industry feedback to influence final RTS adoption expected post-Q4 2025.
AMF Stakeholders: Although dated, the notice encouraged French market input; now pivot to compliance readiness for 2026 application.
What changed
This AMF notice itself introduces no new regulatory changes; it promotes responses to ESMA's 2022 Call for Evidence, which gathered market insights to support the European Commission's July 2021 sustainable finance strategy. However, it highlights the push for a European framework on ESG ratings, including transparency on methodologies, conflict-of-interest management, internal controls, and dialogue with rated companies—elements now codified in the ESG Ratings Regulation effective 2 January 2025 (application from 2 July 2026).
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – The 2022 Call for Evidence is historical, but it feeds into the ESG Ratings Regulation now in force (since 2 January 2025), with application looming on 2 July 2026—less than 6 months away as of January 2026. Firms face authorization risks, operational overhauls for conflicts/disclosures, and potential market disruptions if unprepared; non-compliance could halt EU operations or trigger greenwashing probes under SFDR, amplifying sustainable finance scrutiny.
Asset management Prospectus Journalists Investment services providers Investment management companies The AMF proposes measures to promote a wider adoption of liquidity management tools by fund managers
Why this matters
This regulatory update from the AMF proposes measures to promote wider adoption of liquidity management tools by fund managers, which impacts investment management firms and capital markets. The measures relate to prudential requirements and consumer protection.
Financial disclosures & corporate financing Executive & other private individuals Journalists Listed companies and issuers Takeover listed companies The AMF proposes targeted measures to make financial markets more attractive for companies
Why this matters
This regulatory update from the AMF proposes measures to make financial markets more attractive for companies, which impacts banking, capital markets, and investment management firms.
Review finds that differential pricing practices can result in unfair outcomes for some consumers Proposal to ban the practice of ‘price walking’ to end the loyalty penalty for consumers who do not switch insurance provider regularly Proposals will ensure that new business discounts are still available to allow…
AI Analysis
The Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) proposes banning "price walking" in private car and home insurance to eliminate the loyalty penalty, where long-term customers pay significantly higher premiums (14% more for car, 32% more for home after 9 years) than new customers with similar risk profiles. This stems from a 2021 review finding differential pricing unfair to loyal or less mobile consumers, with regulations finalized and effective from 1 July 2022, confirmed effective in subsequent reviews. It matters as it enforces fair treatment under CBI's consumer protection mandate, requiring insurers to overhaul pricing models while preserving new customer discounts to maintain competition.
Key dates
22 October 2021
- Consultation period closes for proposals in the final report
Early 2022
- CBI intends to finalize measures post-consultation
15 March 2022
- Publication of final Insurance Requirements Regulations 2022
1 July 2022
- Regulations apply to insurance undertakings and intermediaries; ban on price walking effective
2023/2024
- CBI review confirms regulations working, no loyalty penalty observed, no further measures needed at that time
Suggested considerations
Pricing model adjustments: Revise systems to ensure renewal premiums ≤ year-one premiums for equivalent risks; test against historical data (e.g., 11 million policy records analyzed).
Disclosure updates: Amend new customer communications to explicitly state "new business discount" inclusion.
Governance and reviews: Implement annual pricing policy reviews with documented evidence of customer impact assessment and fair treatment compliance; integrate into board/CPC oversight.
Renewal processes: Obtain explicit consumer consent for auto-renewals; provide reminders and clear switching info pre-renewal.
Monitoring and reporting: Conduct internal audits; respond to CBI engagements; retain records for supervision.
What changed
- Ban on price walking: Insurers cannot charge second or subsequent renewal customers a higher premium than an equivalent year-one renewal customer with similar risk and service cost.
Disclosure of new business discounts: Firms must clearly disclose to new customers that lower prices include a new business discount.
Annual pricing policy reviews: Providers must review pricing policies yearly to ensure focus on customer impact, adherence to rules, and fair treatment.
Automatic renewals requirements: Introduce consumer consent for automatic renewals and enhanced information/reminders to support informed decisions and switching. These were implemented via the...
Compliance impact
Urgency: low (as of 2026). Rules have been effective since July 2022, with CBI's 2023/2024 review confirming no loyalty penalties, no unintended consequences, and market stability—Ireland was first EU state with such a ban. Firms compliant since 2022 face ongoing low-risk monitoring; non-compliance risks enforcement under Section 48(1), but positive outcomes reduce immediate pressure. Matters for legacy audits or CPC reviews.